XL12 Technical Instruction Manual

TECHNICAL INSTRUCTIONS
XL12
AM BROACAST TRANSMITTER 12 000 WATT (SIX PRESET POWER LEVELS)
Original Issue ...................01 January 2002
e-mail: support@nautel.com web: www.nautel.com
Nautel Maine Inc. 201 Target Industrial Circle, Bangor, Maine USA 04401 Phone: (207) 947-8200 Fax: (207) 947-3693 ISO 9002 REGISTERED
Nautel Limited Hacketts Cove, RR #1 Tantallon, Nova Scotia Canada B0J 3J0 Phone: (902) 823-3900 Fax: (902) 823-3183 ISO 9001 REGISTERED
Copyright 2002 NAUTEL. All rights reserved
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

The list of effective pages lists the status of all pages in this manual. Original pages are identified by a zero in the Change No. column. Pages subsequently changed are identified by the date of the change number. On a changed page, the text affected by the latest change is indicated by a vertical bar in the margin opposite the changed material.
Original ...............................................01 January 2002
Total number of printed sides in this manual is 251 as listed below :

PAGE Title Title (Rear) Effective (1) Effective (2) Effective (3) Effective (4) Safety (1) Safety (2) Safety (3) Safety (4) Warranty (1) Warranty (2) Contents (1) Contents (2) Contents (3) Contents (4) Contents (5) Contents (6) Contents (7) Contents (8) Contents (9) Contents (10) Contents (11) Contents (12) Contents (13) Contents (14) 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5 CHANGE No. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DATE 01 January 2002 Blank 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 Blank 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 Blank 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 Blank 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 Blank 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 PAGE 2-6 2-7 2-8 2-9 2-10 2-11 2-12 2-13 2-14 2-15 2-16 2-17 2-18 2-19 2-20 2-21 2-22 2-23 2-24 2-25 2-26 2-27 2-28 2-29 2-30 2-31 2-32 2-33 2-34 2-35 2-36 2-37 2-38 CHANGE No. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DATE 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 Blank
Effective Pages (Page 1) 15 January 2002
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (Continued)

PAGE 3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5 3-6 3-7 3-8 3-9 3-10 3-11 3-12 3-13 3-14 3-15 3-16 3-17 3-18 3-19 3-20 3-21 3-22 3-23 3-24 3-25 3-26 3-27 3-28 4-1 4-2 4-3 4-4 4-5 4-6 4-7 4-8 5-1 5-2 5-3 5-4 5-5 5-6 5-7 5-8 5-9 5-10 5-11 5-12 5-13 CHANGE No. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DATE 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 PAGE 5-14 5-15 5-16 6-1 6-2 6-3 6-4 6-5 6-6 6-7 6-8 6-9 6-10 6-11 6-12 6-13 6-14 7-1 7-2 7-3 7-4 7-5 7-6 7-7 7-8 7-9 7-10 7-11 7-12 7-13 7-14 8-1 8-2 8-3 8-4 8-5 8-6 8-7 8-8 8-9 8-10 8-11 8-12 8-13 8-14 8-15 8-16 CHANGE No. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DATE 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 Blank 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (Continued)

PAGE 8-17 8-18 8-19 8-20 8-21 8-22 8-23 8-24 8-25 8-26 8-27 8-28 8-29 8-30 8-31 8-32 8-33 8-34 8-35 8-36 8-37 8-38 8-39 8-40 8-41 8-42 8-43 8-44 8-45 8-46 8-47 8-48 8-49 8-50 9-1 9-2 9-3 9-4 SD-1 SD-2 SD-3 SD-4 CHANGE No. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DATE 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 Blank 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 Blank 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 PAGE SD-5 SD-6 SD-7 SD-8 SD-9 SD-10A SD-10B SD-11 SD-12 SD-13 10-1 10-2 MD-1 MD-2 MD-3 MD-4 MD-5 MD-6 MD-7 MD-8 MD-9 MD-10 MD-11 MD-12 MD-13 MD-14 MD-15 MD-16 MD-17 MD-18 MD-19 MD-20 MD-21 MD-22 MD-23 MD-24 MD-25 MD-26 MD-27 MD-28 MD-29 CHANGE No. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DATE 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002 01 January 2002
12 000 WATT FM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12
ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION (MOUTH-TO-MOUTH)

(a) START MOUTH-TO-MOUTH BREATHING IMMEDIATELY. SECONDS COUNT. Do not wait to loosen clothing, warm the casualty, or apply stimulants. ASSESS RESPONSIVENESS OF CASUALTY. Do not jar casualty or cause further physical injury (Figure 1) IF POSSIBLE, SEND A BYSTANDER TO GET MEDICAL HELP. Do not leave casualty unattended (Figure 2) CHECK CAROTID PULSE (Figure 3) LAY CASUALTY ON HIS/HER BACK and place any available jacket or blanket under his/her shoulders. TILT THE HEAD BACK AND LIFT THE CHIN to open the airway (Figure 4) PINCH CASUALTYS NOSE AND EXHALE TWO SLOW BREATHS INTO CASUALTY (Figure 5) REMOVE YOUR MOUTH and check for breathing (Figure
(b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i)
6)
CONTINUE GIVING ONE BREATH EVERY FIVE SECONDS without interruption. If any air is retained in the stomach after exhalation by casualty, press gently on stomach to expel air. IF CHEST DOES NOT RISE CHECK for obstruction in casualtys mouth: clear foreign material using your finger, tissues, etc. Use chin lift and recommence mouth-to-mouth breathing. WHILE MOUTH-TO-MOUTH BREATHING IS CONTINUED have someone else: (a) Loosen casualtys clothing. (b) Keep the casualty warm. DONT GIVE UP. Continue without interruption until the casualty is revived, or until a doctor pronounces the casualty dead. Four hours or more may be required. DO NOT PROVIDE ANYTHING ORALLY while victim is unconscious.
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
Safety (Page 1) 01 January 2002
GENERAL RULES FOR TREATMENT FOR BURNS, BLEEDING, AND SHOCK

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. After casualty has revived, treat for injuries and shock. Reassure casualty. Try to make him comfortable. Keep him reasonably warm but do not apply heat. If thirsty, liquids may be given but no alcohol (no liquids should be given in cases of severe burns). Treat burns or wounds. Infection danger in treating burns or wounds is very great so ensure hands are clean and do not handle affected areas more than necessary. Do not apply salves, grease, etc. to burns. Do not remove burned clothing which adheres to the skin or break blisters. Cover the burn with a dry sterile dressing, piece of sheeting, etc.
7. 8. 9.
10. Bandage lightly over blisters where care must be taken to cover and not to break. 11. If severe bleeding of wound, elevate affected area, except in the case of a fracture. 12. Expose wound and apply pressure. 13. Apply dressing, pad and bandage. 14. For burns and bleeding, immobilize injured part using splints if necessary and keep patient in restful position during removal to hospital or expert medical attention. 15. In all cases, send for medical aid immediately.
ELECTRIC SHOCK - RESCUE METHODS

Electricity can damage the body in a number of ways. It may interfere with the proper functioning of the nervous system and the heart action, it can subject the body to extreme heat and can cause severe muscular contractions. The path that the current of electricity takes through the body is important. Currents which pass from hand to hand or from hand to foot may pass directly through the heart and upset its normal functioning. This threat to life is related to the amount of current or amperage that will flow through a victim's body. Very little current (as little as 10 milliamps) can result in severe shock or death. Speed in the application of first aid measures is absolutely essential in cases of electrical injury. As soon as the victim is freed safely from the source of the electrical current, if breathing has stopped, artificial respiration should be commenced immediately. If the carotid pulse cannot be felt, external cardiac massage should be commenced simultaneously. Resuscitation should be continued until the patient is breathing on his own or until medical aid arrives. Survival rates can be quite high if cardio-pulmonary resuscitation is started within 3 to 4 minutes of the injury being received. ACT AT ONCE - DELAY OR INDECISION MAY BE FATAL 1. 2. 3. Turn OFF the electrical source. Commence artificial respiration immediately. Treat for burns, bleeding and shock. REMOVING A CASUALTY FROM ELECTRICAL CONTACT LOW VOLTAGE - 0 to 240 volts (household use) Switch off the current, if possible and time permits. If the switch cannot be located immediately and the supply is through a flexible cord or cable, the current may be shut off by removing the plug or even breaking the cable or wrenching free. Never attempt to shut off current by cutting cord with a knife or scissors. If the current cannot be shut off, the greatest care is necessary in removing the casualty. Household rubber gloves, rubber or plastic hose (if there is no water in them), a dry unpainted stick or a clean dry rope can be used to free victim. HIGH VOLTAGE - 240 volts and up (industrial machines and power lines) Do not touch any person or equipment in contact with a wire. Use a dry unpainted pole , clean dry rope, dry rubber or plastic water hose to separate the casualty from the contact. Keep as far away as possible. Do not touch the casualty until he is free.
WARRANTY
Nautel Limited/Nautel Maine Incorporated, hereinafter referred to as Nautel, guarantees all mechanical and electrical parts of the equipment for a period of thirteen months from date of shipment. 1. A "Part Failure" shall be deemed to have occurred when the part has become defective, or does not have the characteristics required for the specified equipment performance: (a) When the equipment is operated within the design parameters, and (b) When the equipment is installed and adjusted according to Nautel's prescribed procedures as stated in the instruction manual. 2. 3. Nautel shall provide replacements for all "Parts" at no cost to the Customer when they become defective during the warranty period, and upon the return of the defective part. In the event that a "Part" fails during the warranty period and causes damage to a sub-assembly that cannot be readily repaired in the field, the entire sub-assembly so damaged may be returned to Nautel for repair. The repairs will be made without charge to the Customer. Where warranty replacements or repair are provided under items 2 or 3, Nautel will pay that part of the shipping costs incurred in returning the part/assembly to the Customer. Warranty replacement parts and repair, which are provided under items 2 or 3, shall be guaranteed for a period of ninety days from date of shipment or until the end of the original warranty period, whichever occurs later. Nautel will not assume responsibility for any charges incurred by other than Nautel employees. Nautel shall have the privilege of investigating whether failures have been caused by factors beyond its control. Nautel shall in no event be liable for any consequential damages arising from the use of this equipment. When requesting a warranty repair/replacement, please provide complete and accurate information. Observe the instructions regarding 'Equipment Being Returned to Nautel' on page two of this warranty and provide the information requested. When ordering spare/replacement parts; please provide complete and accurate information. Refer to the parts list of this manual for ordering information. Provide as much of the information requested for 'Equipment Being Returned to Nautel' on page two of this warranty as is practical. The information identified by an asterisk is the minimum required.
4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9.
10.
ON-LINE PART QUOTES Nautel provides an on-line website service (www.nautel.com/in-service.html) where requests for part quotes may be submitted. Requests will normally be responded to within one working day.
Warranty (Page 1) 01 January 2002
FACTORY SUPPORT
TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE Nautel's field service department provides telephone technical assistance on a 24 hour, seven days a week basis. Requests by other media (facsimile or e-mail) will be responded to the next working day if received after Nautel's normal working hours. Contact the appropriate field service centre from the following: U.S.A. customers use:
Nautel Maine Incorporated 201 Target Industrial Circle Bangor, Maine 04401 Nautel Limited Hackett's Cove, RR#1 Tantallon Nova Scotia, Canada B0J 3J0 Telephone Facsimile 207-947-8200 (24 hours) 207-947-3693
All other customers use:
Telephone Facsimile E-Mail Web
902-823-3900 (24 hours) 902-823-3183 support@nautel.com www.nautel.com
MODULE EXCHANGE SERVICE

In order to provide Nautel customers with a fast and efficient service in the event of a problem, Nautel operates a factory rebuilt, module exchange service which takes full advantage of the high degree of module redundancy in Nautel equipment. This module exchange service is operated from Nautels factory in Bangor, Maine and Hacketts Cove, Nova Scotia. These two locations allow us to provide a quick turn around service to keep our customers on the air. During the transmitters warranty period, up to thirteen months from shipment, repair and exchange of modules is at no charge to the customer. When the warranty has expired, a charge of 80% of the list price for all exchanged modules is made. If the faulty module is returned to Nautel within 30 days, a credit is issued reducing this charge by one half to 40% of the list price. U.S.A. customers are required to contact our Bangor, Maine facility. Canadian and overseas customers should contact our Nova Scotia, Canada facility.
EQUIPMENT BEING RETURNED TO NAUTEL

All equipment being returned to Nautel and all requests for repairs or replacements should be marked 'field return' and addressed to the appropriate Nautel facility. Complete and accurate information regarding the equipment being returned will ensure prompt attention and will expedite the dispatch of replacements. Refer to the nameplate on the transmitter and/or the appropriate module/assembly to obtain name, type, part and serial number information. Refer to the parts list of this manual or the appropriate service instruction manual for additional ordering information. The following information should accompany each request: * * * * * * Model of Equipment Serial number of Equipment Name of Part/Assembly Serial number of Part/Assembly Complete reference designation of Part/Assembly Nautel's part number of Part/Assembly OEM's part number of Part/Assembly Number of hours in Use Nature of defect Return shipping address
* Denotes minimum information required to order spare/replacement parts
Warranty (Page 2) 01 January 2002
Section 1 GENERAL INFORMATION

1.1 1.2 1.3 1.3.1 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................... 1-1 FACTORY SUPPORT............................................................................................... 1-1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF MANUAL ...................................................................... 1-1 FAMILY TREE ......................................................................................................... 1-1 PURPOSE OF EQUIPMENT ..................................................................................... 1-1 MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION .................................................................................. 1-1 TECHNICAL SUMMARY .......................................................................................... 1-1 SPECIAL TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT ............................................................... 1-1 GLOSSARY OF TERMS .......................................................................................... 1-1
INSTALLATION
2.1 2.1.1 2.1.1.1 2.1.1.2 2.1.1.3 2.1.1.4 2.1.1.5 2.1.1.6 2.1.2 2.1.2.1 2.1.2.2 2.1.2.3 2.1.2.4 2.1.2.5 2.1.2.6 2.1.3 2.1.3.1 2.1.3.2 2.1.3.3 2.1.3.4 2.1.4 2.1.4.1 2.1.5 2.1.6 2.1.6.1 2.1.6.2 2.1.6.3 2.1.6.4 2.1.7 2.1.7.1 2.1.7.2 2.1.7.3 2.1.8 2.1.8.1 2.1.8.2 2.1.8.3
PLANNING AND SITE PREPARATION...................................................................... 2-1 TRANSMITTER ROOM REQUIREMENTS ................................................................... 2-1 Transmitter Dimensions ...................................................................................... 2-1 Transmitter Clearances ....................................................................................... 2-1 Air Flushing ....................................................................................................... 2-1 Cooling .............................................................................................................. 2-1 Heating.............................................................................................................. 2-1 Work Area ......................................................................................................... 2-1 LIGHTNING PROTECTION ........................................................................................ 2-1 Station Reference Ground ................................................................................... 2-2 AC Power Source............................................................................................... 2-2 Antenna Feed Cable ........................................................................................... 2-2 Antenna/RF Output Disconnect ........................................................................... 2-2 Antenna Tower ................................................................................................... 2-2 External Control/Monitor Wiring ........................................................................... 2-2 ELECTRICAL POWER.............................................................................................. 2-2 Nominal Voltage ................................................................................................. 2-2 Voltage Stability ................................................................................................. 2-2 Power Consumption............................................................................................ 2-3 External AC Switching ........................................................................................ 2-3 ANTENNA SYSTEM ................................................................................................. 2-3 RF Feed Cable ................................................................................................... 2-3 EXTERNAL RF DRIVE SOURCE ............................................................................... 2-3 MODULATING AUDIO............................................................................................... 2-3 Both Exciters Monaural (Internal or External RF Drive) ........................................... 2-3 Both Exciters AM Stereo (External RF Drive) ........................................................ 2-4 One Exciter AM Stereo (External RF Drive)/One Exciter Monaural .......................... 2-4 Exciter 'A' AM Stereo (Optional C-QUAM AM Stereo Exciter as RF Drive Source..... 2-4 SAFETY INTERLOCKS............................................................................................. 2-4 External Electrical Interlock ................................................................................. 2-4 Internal Electrical Interlock .................................................................................. 2-5 Mechanical Safety Interlock................................................................................. 2-5 REMOTE CONTROL CIRCUITS ................................................................................. 2-5 On/Off Control .................................................................................................... 2-6 Main Exciter Selection ........................................................................................ 2-6 Preset Power Level Selection .............................................................................. 2-6
Contents (Page 1) 01 January 2002
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Section 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

INSTALLATION (Continued)
2.1.8.4 2.1.8.5 2.1.8.6 2.1.9 2.1.9.1 2.1.10 2.1.10.1 2.1.10.2 2.1.10.3 2.1.10.4 2.1.11 2.1.11.1 2.1.11.2 2.1.11.3 2.1.11.4 2.1.11.5 2.1.11.6 2.1.11.7 2.1.11.8 2.1.11.9 2.1.11.10 2.1.11.11 2.1.11.12 2.1.11.13 2.1.11.14 2.1.11.15 2.1.11.16 2.1.11.17 2.1.11.18 2.1.11.19 2.1.12 2.1.12.1 2.1.12.2 2.1.12.3 2.1.12.4 2.1.13 2.1.13.1 2.1.14 2.1.14.1 2.1.15 2.2 2.2.1 2.2.2 2.2.3 2.2.4 2.2.5 2.2.6
Page
Power Level Adjust Select ................................................................................... 2-6 System Reset .................................................................................................... 2-7 Alarm Recall ...................................................................................................... 2-7 OTHER REMOTE CONTROLS .................................................................................. 2-7 External PDM (RF) Inhibit Control ........................................................................ 2-7 RF PERFORMANCE MONITORING ........................................................................... 2-7 RF Monitor Sample............................................................................................. 2-7 Forward Power Level ........................................................................................... 2-7 Reflected Power Level ......................................................................................... 2-7 Power Amplifier Volts.......................................................................................... 2-7 REMOTE ALARM INDICATIONS ................................................................................ 2-8 RF Stress Current Alarm ..................................................................................... 2-8 Filter Over Temp Alarm ....................................................................................... 2-8 High Reflected Power Alarm ................................................................................ 2-8 RF Power Cutback Alarm .................................................................................... 2-8 RF Inhibit Alarm ................................................................................................. 2-8 Standby Exciter Alarm ........................................................................................ 2-8 Modulation Protection Alarm................................................................................ 2-8 Power Module Fault Alarm .................................................................................. 2-8 B+ Power Supply Fault Alarm.............................................................................. 2-9 AC Fail Alarm .................................................................................................... 2-9 Power Supply Over Temp Alarm........................................................................... 2-9 Battery Low Alarm .............................................................................................. 2-9 External Interlock Alarm ...................................................................................... 2-9 Internal Interlock Alarm ....................................................................................... 2-9 RF Power Shutback Alarm .................................................................................. 2-9 RF Drive B+ Fail Alarm ....................................................................................... 2-9 PDM Failure Alarm ............................................................................................. 2-9 RF Drive Fail Alarm............................................................................................. 2-9 Low DC Volts Fail Alarm ..................................................................................... 2-9 REMOTE STATUS INDICATIONS ............................................................................ 2-10 Remote Control Status ...................................................................................... 2-10 RF Pwr On Status ............................................................................................ 2-10 Exciter B Status ............................................................................................... 2-10 RF Power Level Status ...................................................................................... 2-10 PARTS SUPPLIED BY NAUTEL.............................................................................. 2-10 Ancillary Parts ................................................................................................. 2-11 PARTS REQUIRED BUT NOT SUPPLIED BY NAUTEL ............................................. 2-11 Surge Protector Panel....................................................................................... 2-11 TEST EQUIPMENT AND SPECIAL TOOLS .............................................................. 2-11 NON-TECHNICAL PRE-COMMISSIONING............................................................... 2-12 ACCEPTANCE OF SHIPMENT................................................................................ 2-12 UNPACKING INSTRUCTIONS ................................................................................. 2-12 CABINET PRE-POSITIONING.................................................................................. 2-12 DISASSEMBLY REQUIRED.................................................................................... 2-13 VISUAL INSPECTION ............................................................................................. 2-13 REASSEMBLY ...................................................................................................... 2-14
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Section

2
Page
INSTALLATION (Continued) 2.2.6.1 Installation of Reference Ground Stud ................................................................. 2-14 2.2.6.2 Installation of Fan Trays .................................................................................... 2-14 2.2.6.3 Installation of RF Power Modules ....................................................................... 2-14 2.2.6.4 Installation of Main Power Transformer................................................................ 2-15 2.2.6.5 Connection of Power Transformer (A23A1) Wiring ................................................ 2-15 2.2.7 AC POWER CONNECTION..................................................................................... 2-16 2.2.7.1 Installation of Circuit Breaker Enclosure.............................................................. 2-16 2.2.7.2 Installation of AC Power Wiring (Service Entrance to Enclosure) ........................... 2-16 2.2.7.3 Installation of AC Power Wiring (Enclosure to Transmitter) ................................... 2-16 2.2.8 INSTALLATION OF RF FEED CABLE ...................................................................... 2-17 2.2.9 INSTALLATION OF EXTERNAL WIRING................................................................... 2-17 2.2.9.1 External Control Wiring ..................................................................................... 2-18 2.2.9.2 RF Performance Monitoring Wiring ..................................................................... 2-18 2.2.9.3 Alarm/Status Monitor Wiring.............................................................................. 2-18 2.2.9.4 Audio Wiring .................................................................................................... 2-19 2.2.9.5 External RF Drive Wiring ................................................................................... 2-19 2.2.10 REASSEMBLY ...................................................................................................... 2-19 2.2.11 REFERENCE GROUND INTERCONNECTION .......................................................... 2-19 2.3 TECHNICAL PRE-COMMISSIONING....................................................................... 2-21 2.3.1 AC POWER SOURCE VARIABLES......................................................................... 2-21 2.3.1.1 Main Power Transformer Primary Tap Selection................................................... 2-21 2.3.1.2 Low Volts Pwr Supply Transformer Primary Tap Selection .................................... 2-21 2.3.2 EXCITER RF DRIVE PWB OPTIONS ....................................................................... 2-22 2.3.2.1 Exciter A's RF Drive PWB ................................................................................. 2-22 2.3.2.2 Exciter B's RF Drive PWB ................................................................................. 2-22 2.3.3 INTERNAL/EXTERNAL RF DRIVE SOURCE ............................................................. 2-22 2.3.4 FREQUENCY DEPENDENT VARIABLES ................................................................ 2-22 2.3.5 AUDIO PASS BAND SELECTION............................................................................ 2-23 2.3.6 AUDIO CHOICES ................................................................................................... 2-23 2.3.7 REMOTE CONTROL CHOICES ............................................................................... 2-23 2.3.7.1 Differential Inputs .............................................................................................. 2-23 2.3.7.2 Single Ended Inputs.......................................................................................... 2-23 2.3.8 ALARM/STATUS OUTPUT CHOICES....................................................................... 2-24 2.3.8.1 Logic False - Open Collector ............................................................................. 2-24 2.3.8.2 Logic False - +5VDC ........................................................................................ 2-24 2.3.9 ALARM DISPLAY OPTIONS ................................................................................... 2-25 2.3.9.1 Continuous Alarm Display ................................................................................. 2-25 2.3.9.2 Flashing Alarm Display ..................................................................................... 2-25 2.4 COMMISSIONING PROCEDURES .......................................................................... 2-26 2.4.1 PRECAUTIONS TO BE OBSERVED........................................................................ 2-26 2.4.2 TURN ON PREREQUISITES ................................................................................... 2-26 2.4.3 INITIAL TURN-ON ................................................................................................... 2-27 2.4.4 RF DRIVE CHECKS ............................................................................................... 2-29 2.4.4.1 RF Drive Frequency .......................................................................................... 2-29 2.4.4.2 RF Drive Symmetry .......................................................................................... 2-29 2.4.4.3 RF Drive Level .................................................................................................. 2-30 2.4.5 CHECK OF RF POWER STAGES ........................................................................... 2-30

Section 2 INSTALLATION (Continued) 2.4.5.1 RF Power Checks ............................................................................................ 2-30 2.4.5.2 Setting Preset RF Power Levels......................................................................... 2-31 2.4.5.3 Setting RF Monitoring Voltages ......................................................................... 2-31 2.4.6 MODULATION CHECKS ......................................................................................... 2-33 2.4.6.1 Modulation Envelope (Monaural Output).............................................................. 2-33 2.4.6.2 Modulation Checks (AM Stereo Output).............................................................. 2-34 2.4.6.3 Modulation Peak Limiting .................................................................................. 2-34 2.4.7 PLACING TRANSMITTER ON-AIR ........................................................................... 2-35 2.4.8 ON-AIR TESTS ...................................................................................................... 2-35 2.5 SPECIAL ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES ................................................................. 2-36 2.5.1 INCIDENTAL PHASE MODULATION (External AM Stereo Drive) COMPENSATION ..... 2-36 2.5.2 RF CURRENT LEVEL............................................................................................. 2-37 CONTROLS AND INDICATORS 3.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 3-1 3.2 CONTROL/MONITOR PANEL CONTROLS AND INDICATORS ................................... 3-1 3.3 EXCITER PANEL CONTROLS AND INDICATORS ..................................................... 3-1 3.4 RF DRIVE TUNING PWB CONTROLS....................................................................... 3-1 3.5 RF DRIVE STAGE CONTROLS AND INDICATORS .................................................... 3-1 3.6 AC/DC POWER SUPPLY CONTROLS AND INDICATORS .......................................... 3-1 3.7 8-INPUT RF COMBINER/FILTER ASSEMBLY............................................................ 3-2 3.8 FORWARD/REFLECTED POWER PROBE ASSEMBLY.............................................. 3-2 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 4.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 4-1 4.1.1 PRECAUTIONS TO BE OBSERVED.......................................................................... 4-1 4.2 CONTROLS AND INDICATORS ................................................................................ 4-1 4.3 EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN PROCEDURE.................................................................. 4-1 4.3.1 TURN OFF RF OUTPUT............................................................................................ 4-1 4.3.2 COMPLETE SHUTDOWN ......................................................................................... 4-1 4.4 IEC215 ENTRY KIT OPTION ..................................................................................... 4-1 4.5 ELECTROSTATIC PROTECTION .............................................................................. 4-2 4.5.1 PERSONAL DISCHARGING...................................................................................... 4-2 4.5.2 HANDLING/STORAGE.............................................................................................. 4-2 4.5.3 TOOLS/TEST EQUIPMENT....................................................................................... 4-2 4.5.4 STRESS CURRENT PROTECTION ............................................................................ 4-2 4.6 PRE-STARTUP CHECKS .......................................................................................... 4-2 4.7 READING METERS .................................................................................................. 4-2 4.7.1 READING RF POWER METER ................................................................................. 4-2 4.7.2 READING DC VOLTS METER................................................................................... 4-3 4.8 LOCAL/REMOTE CONTROL .................................................................................... 4-3 4.8.1 LOCAL CONTROL .................................................................................................... 4-3 4.8.2 REMOTE CONTROL................................................................................................. 4-3 4.9 OPERATIONAL CONTROLS .................................................................................... 4-4 4.9.1 ACTIVE EXCITER SELECTION .................................................................................. 4-4 4.9.1.1 Exciter 'A' Active ................................................................................................ 4-4

Section 4 OPERATING INSTRUCTION (Continued) 4.9.1.2 Exciter 'B' Active ................................................................................................ 4-4 4.9.1.3 Exciter Assemblies ............................................................................................ 4-4 4.9.2 PRESET RF POWER SELECTION ............................................................................ 4-4 4.9.3 RF POWER TRIM .................................................................................................... 4-5 4.9.3.1 Increase RF Power ............................................................................................. 4-5 4.9.3.2 Decrease RF Power............................................................................................ 4-5 4.9.4 RF ON/OFF SELECTION .......................................................................................... 4-5 4.9.4.1 RF On Selection................................................................................................. 4-5 4.9.4.2 RF Off Selection ................................................................................................. 4-5 4.9.5 LOCAL/REMOTE CONTROL SELECTION .................................................................. 4-5 4.9.6 ADJUST AUDIO LEVEL ............................................................................................ 4-5 4.10 STATUS DISPLAYS ................................................................................................ 4-5 4.10.1 DISPLAY COLOUR .................................................................................................. 4-5 4.10.2 DISPLAY TYPE ....................................................................................................... 4-6 4.10.2.1 Latching Alarm Display ....................................................................................... 4-6 4.10.2.2 Non-Latching Alarm Displays............................................................................... 4-6 4.11 TESTING DISPLAYS ............................................................................................... 4-7 4.12 LATCHING PROTECTION CIRCUITS ........................................................................ 4-7 4.12.1 B+ POWER SUPPLY OVER TEMP........................................................................... 4-7 4.12.2 PDM FAILURE ......................................................................................................... 4-7 4.12.3 RF POWER MODULE FAILURES ............................................................................. 4-7 4.12.3.1 RF Drive Failure Detectors ................................................................................... 4-7 4.12.3.2 Over Temperature Detector .................................................................................. 4-8 4.12.3.3 Modulator Failure Detectors ................................................................................. 4-8 4.12.4 RESETTING LATCHED PROTECTION CIRCUITS ........................................................ 4-8 4.13 TURN-ON EXPECTATIONS ...................................................................................... 4-8 SYSTEM LEVEL TROUBLE SHOOTING 5.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 5-1 5.2 SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ................................................................................... 5-1 5.3 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE.................................................................................. 5-1 5.3.1 ON-AIR TROUBLE SHOOTING .................................................................................. 5-2 5.3.1.1 Remote Trouble Shooting .................................................................................... 5-2 5.3.1.2 Local Trouble Shooting........................................................................................ 5-2 5.3.2 OFF-AIR TROUBLE SHOOTING ................................................................................ 5-2 5.4 ELECTROSTATIC PROTECTION .............................................................................. 5-2 5.5 TROUBLE SHOOTING FRONT PANEL ALARMS....................................................... 5-2 5.5.1 RF POWER MODULES ALARM ................................................................................ 5-3 5.5.1.1 RF Power Module Fault Validation ....................................................................... 5-3 5.5.1.2 RF Power Module Trouble Shooting...................................................................... 5-3 5.5.2 EXTERNAL INTERLOCK ALARM ............................................................................... 5-3 5.5.3 INTERNAL INTERLOCK ALARM ................................................................................ 5-3 5.5.4 B+ POWER SUPPLY - AC FAIL ALARM ................................................................... 5-4 5.5.5 B+ POWER SUPPLY - OVER VOLTAGE ALARM ...................................................... 5-4 5.5.6 B+ POWER SUPPLY - UNDER VOLTAGE ALARM .................................................... 5-4 5.5.7 B+ POWER SUPPLY - TEMPERATURE ALARM ....................................................... 5-4

Section 5 SYSTEM LEVEL TROUBLE SHOOTING (Continued) 5.5.8 LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY - RF DRIVE AMP ALARM ..................................... 5-5 5.5.9 LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY - BATTERY LOW ALARM ..................................... 5-5 5.5.10 LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY - REGULATED VOLTAGE ALARM ........................ 5-5 5.5.11 EXCITER - RF DRIVE ALARM ................................................................................... 5-6 5.5.12 EXCITER - INTERPHASE PDM DRIVE ALARM ........................................................... 5-7 5.5.13 EXCITER - MODULATOR PROTECTION ALARM ........................................................ 5-8 5.5.14 EXCITER - EXTERNAL PDM INHIBIT ALARM .............................................................. 5-9 5.5.15 EXCITER - STANDBY ALARM ................................................................................... 5-9 5.5.16 RF POWER CUTBACK ALARM ................................................................................ 5-9 5.5.17 RF POWER SHUTBACK ALARM ............................................................................ 5-10 5.5.18 OUTPUT NETWORKS - RF CURRENT ALARM ........................................................ 5-10 5.5.19 OUTPUT NETWORKS - VSWR ALARM ................................................................... 5-10 5.5.20 OUTPUT NETWORKS - TEMPERATURE ................................................................. 5-11 5.5.21 RF DRIVE TUNING PROCEDURE ........................................................................... 5-11 5.5.21.1 RF Drive Series Tuning...................................................................................... 5-11 5.5.21.2 RF Power Module Tuning .................................................................................. 5-12 5.5.21.3 RF Drive Level .................................................................................................. 5-12 5.6 REPLACEMENT OF RF POWER MODULE.............................................................. 5-13 5.6.1 RF POWER MODULE REMOVAL ........................................................................... 5-13 5.6.2 RF POWER MODULE INSTALLATION ..................................................................... 5-13 5.7 PWB REPLACEMENT/ADJUSTMENT ..................................................................... 5-14 5.7.1 SYSTEM CONTROL PWB REPLACEMENT............................................................. 5-14 5.7.2 DISTRIBUTION PWB REPLACEMENT/ADJUSTMENT............................................... 5-15 5.7.3 EXCITER INTERFACE PWB REPLACEMENT .......................................................... 5-15 5.7.4 DC POWER SUPPLY PWB REPLACEMENT........................................................... 5-15 5.7.5 RF DRIVE PWB REPLACEMENT............................................................................ 5-16 5.7.6 INTERPHASE PDM DRIVER PWB REPLACEMENT................................................. 5-16 5.7.7 POWER SUPPLY MONITOR PWB REPLACEMENT ................................................ 5-16 THEORY OF OPERATION 6.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 6-1 6.2 SYSTEM OVERVIEW ............................................................................................... 6-1 6.3 EXCITER STAGE..................................................................................................... 6-1 6.3.1 EXCITER INTERFACE PWB ..................................................................................... 6-1 6.3.1.1 Exciter Selection ................................................................................................ 6-1 6.3.1.2 Audio Source ..................................................................................................... 6-2 6.3.1.3 PDM Frequency Monitor .................................................................................... 6-2 6.3.1.4 IPM Correction ................................................................................................... 6-2 6.3.1.5 PDM Monitor...................................................................................................... 6-2 6.3.1.6 Low Voltage Supply Detector............................................................................... 6-3 6.3.2 RF DRIVE SOURCE ................................................................................................. 6-3 6.3.2.1 RF Drive PWB.................................................................................................... 6-3 6.3.2.2 Frequency Synthesizer PWB .............................................................................. 6-3 1 6.3.2.3 C-QUAM AM Stereo Exciter PWB ...................................................................... 6-3 6.3.3 INTERPHASE PDM DRIVE PWB .............................................................................. 6-3 6.3.4 DC POWER SUPPLY PWBS.................................................................................... 6-3

Section 6 THEORY OF OPERATION (Continued) 6.4 RF DRIVE STAGE.................................................................................................... 6-4 6.4.1 REGULATED POWER SUPPLIES............................................................................. 6-3 6.4.2 RF DRIVE AMPLIFIER.............................................................................................. 6-3 6.4.3 RF DRIVE TUNING ................................................................................................... 6-4 6.4.4 RF DRIVE TUNING PWB .......................................................................................... 6-4 6.5 RF POWER STAGE ................................................................................................. 6-5 6.5.1 DISTRIBUTION PWB ................................................................................................ 6-5 6.5.1.1 Fan Control ........................................................................................................ 6-5 6.5.1.2 High Temperature Detector .................................................................................. 6-5 6.5.1.3 Stress Current Detector ...................................................................................... 6-5 6.5.1.4 Fan Current Limiters ........................................................................................... 6-6 6.5.1.5 Power Module Interlock ....................................................................................... 6-6 6.5.2 RF POWER MODULE .............................................................................................. 6-6 6.5.3 RF COMBINER/OUTPUT FILTER............................................................................... 6-6 6.5.3.1 8-Input Combiner Filter ....................................................................................... 6-6 6.5.3.2 RF Output Filter ................................................................................................. 6-6 6.5.3.3 RF Current Probe PWB....................................................................................... 6-6 6.5.3.4 Forward/Reflected Power Probe ........................................................................... 6-6 6.5.3.5 Static Drain Assembly ........................................................................................ 6-6 6.5.3.6 Surge Arrestor Assembly .................................................................................... 6-7 6.5.3.7 Capacitive Divider Assembly ................................................................................ 6-7 6.5.3.8 RF Current Probe Assembly ................................................................................ 6-7 6.6 CONTROL/MONITOR FUNCTION ............................................................................. 6-7 6.6.1 SYSTEM CONTROL PWB (A1A3) ............................................................................. 6-7 6.6.2 RF POWER METER................................................................................................. 6-7 6.6.3 DC VOLTS METER .................................................................................................. 6-7 6.6.4 REMOTE CONTROL CIRCUITS ................................................................................. 6-7 6.6.5 RF ON/OFF CONTROL ............................................................................................. 6-8 6.6.6 PRESET POWER LEVEL SELECT ........................................................................... 6-8 6.6.7 EXCITER A/B SELECT ............................................................................................. 6-8 6.6.8 RF POWER TRIM .................................................................................................... 6-8 6.6.9 SYSTEM RESET ..................................................................................................... 6-8 6.6.10 PWM INHIBIT CONTROL .......................................................................................... 6-8 6.6.11 ALARM RECALL ...................................................................................................... 6-8 6.6.12 CUTBACK RESET.................................................................................................... 6-8 6.6.13 RF PERFORMANCE MONITORING ........................................................................... 6-8 6.6.13.1 Forward Power Level ........................................................................................... 6-9 6.6.13.2 Reflected Power Level ......................................................................................... 6-9 6.6.13.3 RF Monitor Sample............................................................................................. 6-9 6.6.14 REMOTE ALARM INDICATIONS ................................................................................ 6-9 6.6.14.1 RF Stress Current Alarm ..................................................................................... 6-9 6.6.14.2 AC Fail Alarm .................................................................................................... 6-9 6.6.14.3 Battery Alarm..................................................................................................... 6-9 6.6.14.4 VSWR Shutback Alarm ...................................................................................... 6-9 6.6.14.5 Cutback Alarm ................................................................................................... 6-9 6.6.14.6 Internal interlock Alarm ..................................................................................... 6-10 6.6.14.7 External Interlock Alarm .................................................................................... 6-10

Section 6 THEORY OF OPERATION (Continued) 6.6.14.8 Filter Temperature Alarm ................................................................................... 6-10 6.6.14.9 Power Supply Temperature Alarm ...................................................................... 6-10 6.6.14.10 Power Module Alarm......................................................................................... 6-10 6.6.14.11 Power Supply Alarm ......................................................................................... 6-10 6.6.14.12 Modulation Protection Alarm.............................................................................. 6-10 6.6.14.13 PDM Inhibit Alarm ............................................................................................ 6-10 6.6.14.14 Standby Alarm ................................................................................................. 6-10 6.6.15 REMOTE STATUS INDICATIONS ............................................................................ 6-10 6.6.15.1 Remote Status ................................................................................................. 6-10 6.6.15.2 RF On Status ................................................................................................... 6-11 6.6.15.3 Exciter B Status ............................................................................................... 6-11 6.6.15.4 Power Level Status ........................................................................................... 6-11 6.7 AC/DC POWER SUPPLY ....................................................................................... 6-11 6.7.1 MAIN POWER TRANSFORMER ............................................................................. 6-11 6.7.2 B+ POWER SUPPLY/DISTRIBUTION ...................................................................... 6-11 6.7.2.1 3 Rectifier ...................................................................................................... 6-12 6.7.2.2 Power Supply Monitor PWB .............................................................................. 6-12 6.7.3 DC POWER SUPPLY PWB .................................................................................... 6-12 6.7.3.1 Power Supply Temp Monitor .............................................................................. 6-12 6.7.3.2 B+ Monitor....................................................................................................... 6-12 6.7.3.3 Relay Controls ................................................................................................. 6-12 6.7.3.4 Low Voltage Supply .......................................................................................... 6-12 6.7.4 DC POWER SUPPLY MONITOR PWB .................................................................... 6-13 6.7.4.1 AC Fail Detector............................................................................................... 6-13 COMPONENT LEVEL TROUBLE SHOOTING 7.1 TROUBLE SHOOTING REFERENCE DATA ............................................................... 7-1 7.2 AC/DC POWER SUPPLY ......................................................................................... 7-1 7.3 EXCITER STAGE..................................................................................................... 7-1 7.3.1 EXCITER INTERFACE PWB...................................................................................... 7-1 7.3.2 RF DRIVE PWB ....................................................................................................... 7-1 7.3.3 DC POWER SUPPLY PWB ...................................................................................... 7-1 7.3.4 INTERPHASE PDM DRIVER PWB ............................................................................ 7-1 7.3.5 FREQUENCY SYNTHESIZER PWB .......................................................................... 7-1 7.3.6 C-QUAM STEREO EXCITER PWB ............................................................................ 7-1 7.4 RF DRIVE STAGE.................................................................................................... 7-1 7.4.1 REGULATED POWER SUPPLY PWB ....................................................................... 7-1 7.4.2 RF DRIVE AMPLIFIER.............................................................................................. 7-1 7.4.3 RF DRIVE TUNING PWB .......................................................................................... 7-1 7.5 RF POWER STAGE ................................................................................................. 7-1 7.5.1 DISTRIBUTION PWB ................................................................................................ 7-1 7.5.2 RF POWER MODULE .............................................................................................. 7-2 7.6 CONTROL/MONITOR FUNCTION ............................................................................. 7-2 7.6.1 SYSTEM CONTROL PWB ........................................................................................ 7-2

Section 8 PARTS LIST 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.4.1 8.4.2 8.5 8.6 8.6.1 8.6.2 8.6.3 8.6.4 8.6.5 8.6.6 8.6.7 INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................... 8-1 FAMILY TREE ......................................................................................................... 8-1 MANUFACTURER'S INDEX ...................................................................................... 8-1 HOW TO LOCATE INFORMATION FOR A SPECIFIC PART....................................... 8-1 WHEN NAUTEL CONFIGURATION CONTROL NUMBER IS KNOWN ........................... 8-1 WHEN REF DES IS KNOWN.................................................................................... 8-1 REFERENCE DESIGNATION INDEXES ..................................................................... 8-1 COLUMN CONTENT EXPLANATION ........................................................................ 8-1 USE CODE COLUMN............................................................................................... 8-1 REF DES COLUMN.................................................................................................. 8-2 NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION COLUMN ......................................................... 8-2 NAUTEL'S PART NO. COLUMN ................................................................................ 8-2 JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. COLUMN........................................................................... 8-2 X/Y GRID COLUMN .................................................................................................. 8-2 OEM CODE COLUMN .............................................................................................. 8-2
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS 9.1 INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................... 9-1 9.2 COMPONENT VALUES ............................................................................................ 9-2 9.3 GRAPHIC SYMBOLS ............................................................................................... 9-1 9.4 LOGIC SYMBOLS ................................................................................................... 9-1 9.5 REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS .................................................................................. 9-1 9.6 UNIQUE SYMBOLOGY............................................................................................. 9-1 9.6.1 TYPE OF INPUTS/OUTPUTS .................................................................................... 9-1 9.6.2 LOGIC LEVEL/CONVENTION.................................................................................... 9-1 9.7 IDENTIFICATION OF SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS ......................................................... 9-1 9.8 STRUCTURE OF SCHEMATICS ............................................................................... 9-1 9.9 LOCATING A PART/ASSEMBLY IDENTIFIED ON A SCHEMATIC .............................. 9-2 9.10 LOCATING THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM(S) FOR A FUNCTIONAL BLOCK ................. 9-2 9.10.1 WHEN FIGURE NUMBER IDENTIFIED ...................................................................... 9-2 9.10.2 WHEN REFERENCE DESIGNATION ASSIGNED TO BLOCK ...................................... 9-2 9.10.3 TITLE OF BLOCK ..................................................................................................... 9-2 MECHANICAL DRAWINGS 10.1 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................... 10-1 10.2 CONTENT OF MECHANICAL DRAWINGS............................................................... 10-1 10.3 LOCATING ASSEMBLY DETAIL DRAWINGS.......................................................... 10-1
10
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Number 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5 2-6 2-7 2-8 4-1 4-2 4-3 5-1 5-2 5-3 5-4 5-5 5-6 5-7 7-1 7-2 7-3 7-4 7-5 7-6 7-7 7-8 7-9 7-10 7-11 7-12 7-13 7-14 7-15 7-16 7-17 7-18 7-19 8-1 Title Page
Single Ended Input Selected.................................................................................................. 2-5 Differential Input Selected ...................................................................................................... 2-6 Ground Stud Assembly Detail.............................................................................................. 2-14 External Input/Output Interface............................................................................................. 2-20 Balanced Drive c Input Waveform........................................................................................ 2-29 Balanced RF Amplifier Output .............................................................................................. 2-30 2PDM Frequency Waveform............................................................................................... 2-30 RF Output with Positive Peak Limiting .................................................................................. 2-35 Latching Alarms ................................................................................................................... 4-6 Non-Latching Alarms (RF Inhibiting) ....................................................................................... 4-6 Non-Latching Alarms (No RF Inhibit)....................................................................................... 4-6 RF Drive Amplifier Output Waveform ....................................................................................... 5-6 c Output Waveform ............................................................................................................. 5-6 RF Drive Waveform ............................................................................................................... 5-7 Interphase PDM Waveform .................................................................................................... 5-7 Interphase PDM Waveform .................................................................................................... 5-8 pdm Waveform.................................................................................................................... 5-8 Chopper Control Waveform .................................................................................................... 5-9 c Unbalanced Drive ............................................................................................................. 7-4 2PDM Unbalanced Drive ......................................................................................................... 7-4 Carrier Frequency c ............................................................................................................. 7-4 Mod Level Detector Input ....................................................................................................... 7-6 Mod Level Detector Output .................................................................................................... 7-6 Audio with Positive Peak Limiting........................................................................................... 7-7 Carrier Level Control Input ...................................................................................................... 7-7 Carrier Level Control Output ................................................................................................... 7-7 Linear Integrator Output ......................................................................................................... 7-7 Interphase Generator Input - PDM 1 ....................................................................................... 7-8 Interphase Generator Input - PDM 2 ....................................................................................... 7-8 PDM1 Output ....................................................................................................................... 7-8 PDM2 Output ....................................................................................................................... 7-8 PDM Output .......................................................................................................................... 7-9 RF Amplifier Output ............................................................................................................ 7-11 RF Amplifier Input ............................................................................................................... 7-11 Tuned RF Drive ................................................................................................................... 7-12 PDM Carrier Reference ....................................................................................................... 7-14 Watchdog Timer Output ...................................................................................................... 7-14 Family Tree - XL12 12kW AM Broadcast Transmitter .............................................................. 8-6
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (Continued)

Number SD-1 SD-2 SD-3 SD-4 SD-5 SD-6 SD-7 SD-8 SD-9 SD-10 SD-11 SD-12 SD-13 MD-1 MD-2 MD-3 MD-4 MD-5 MD-6 MD-7 MD-8 MD-9 MD-10A MD-10B MD-11 MD-12 MD-13 MD-14 MD-15 MD-16 MD-17 MD-18 MD-19 MD-20 MD-21 MD-22 MD-23 MD-24 MD-25 MD-26 MD-27 MD-28 MD-29 Title Page
Electrical Schematic - XL12 - 12 000 Watt AM Broadcast Transmitter .................................... SD-1 Electrical Schematic - Exciter Stage ................................................................................... SD-2 Electrical Schematic - RF Drive Stage ................................................................................. SD-3 Electrical Schematic - RF Power Stage ............................................................................... SD-4 Electrical Schematic - Control/Monitor Functions ................................................................. SD-5 Electrical Schematic - AC/DC Power Stage ......................................................................... SD-6 Electrical Schematic - Remote Interface PWB (NAPI25A) ..................................................... SD-7 Electrical Schematic - Exciter Interface PWB (NAPI22E) ...................................................... SD-8 Electrical Schematic - RF Drive Tuning PWB (NAPI59) ......................................................... SD-9 Electrical Schematic - Distribution PWB (NAPI50B) ............................................................SD-10 Electrical Schematic - DC Power Supply PWB (NAPS16C)..................................................SD-11 Electrical Schematic - DC Power Supply Monitor PWB (NAPI48B) .......................................SD-12 Electrical Schematic - RF Combiner/Output Filter (NAF101A/NAF102) ..................................SD-13 Assembly Detail - XL12 12 000 Watt AM Broadcast Transmitter (Top and Front) ..................... MD-1 Assembly Detail - XL12 12 000 Watt AM Broadcast Transmitter (Rear and Sides)................... MD-2 Assembly Detail - NAC101 Control/Monitor Panel................................................................. MD-3 Assembly Detail - NAPD07/01 and NAPD07/02 Meter/Switch Monitor PWBs ......................... MD-4 Assembly Detail - NAPI25A Remote Interface PWB ............................................................. MD-5 Assembly Detail - NAEE37A Exciter Panel.......................................................................... MD-6 Assembly Detail - NAPI22E Exciter Interface PWB .............................................................. MD-7 Assembly Detail - NAE83 RF Drive Panel ............................................................................ MD-8 Assembly Detail - NAAA02 RF Drive Amplifier...................................................................... MD-9 Assembly Detail - NAPI60/01 and NAPI60/02 RF Drive Tuning PWB .................................. MD-10A Assembly Detail - NAPI60/03 and NAPI60/04 RF Drive Tuning PWB .................................. MD-10B Assembly Detail - NAPS10B Regulated Power Supply PWB ............................................... MD-11 Assembly Detail - NAPI50B Distribution PWB.................................................................... MD-12 Assembly Detail - Fan Tray (P/N 183-8350) ....................................................................... MD-13 Assembly Detail - NAF102 RF Output Filter (Top View)....................................................... MD-14 Assembly Detail - NAF102 RF Output Filter (Rear View) ..................................................... MD-15 Assembly Detail - NAFP90 Forward/Reflected Power Probe ................................................ MD-16 Assembly Detail - NAX161 Static Drain Choke ................................................................... MD-17 Assembly Detail - NAF101A 8-Input RF Combiner/Filter (Rear View) .................................... MD-18 Assembly Detail - NAF101A 8-Input RF Combiner/Filter (Side View) .................................... MD-19 Assembly Detail - NAPP02 RF Current Probe PWB ........................................................... MD-20 Assembly Detail - Capacative Divider Assembly (176-8253) ................................................. MD-21 Assembly Detail - NAX202/04 Surge Arrestor Assembly (DWA00-555) ................................. MD-22 Assembly Detail - NASR104A AC/DC Power Supply (Top View) .......................................... MD-23 Assembly Detail - NASR105 & /01 Power Transformer Assembly ........................................ MD-24 Assembly Detail - 3 Rectifier (UP28) ............................................................................... MD-25 Assembly Detail - NAPS16C DC Power Supply PWB ......................................................... MD-26 Assembly Detail - NAPI48B DC Power Supply Monitor PWB............................................... MD-27 Dimensional Information - XL12 12 000 Watt AM Broadcast Transmitter ............................... MD-28 Assembly/Dimensional Information - NAX165 Circuit Breaker Enclosure ............................... MD-29
LIST OF TABLES
Number 1-1 1-2 1-3 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5 3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5 3-6 3-7 7-1 7-2 7-3 7-4 7-5 7-6 7-7 7-8 7-9 8-1 8-2 8-3 8-4 8-5 8-6 8-7 8-8 8-9 8-10 8-11 8-12 8-13 8-14 8-15 8-16 8-17 9-1 10-1 Title Page
Test Equipment .................................................................................................................... 1-2 Special Tools ....................................................................................................................... 1-3 Glossary of Terms ................................................................................................................ 1-3 Primary Winding Taps for A23A1T1 ...................................................................................... 2-21 Primary Winding Taps for A23A2T1 ...................................................................................... 2-22 Audio Pass Band Selection ................................................................................................. 2-23 Grouping of Alarm/Status Outputs........................................................................................ 2-24 DC Volts Meter Readings .................................................................................................... 2-28 Control/Monitor Panel Controls and Indicators ......................................................................... 3-3 Exciter Panel Controls and Indicators ................................................................................... 3-19 RF Drive Tuning PWB Controls and Indicators ....................................................................... 3-22 RF Drive Stage Controls and Indicators ................................................................................. 3-23 AC/DC Power Supply Controls and Indicators ....................................................................... 3-24 8-Input RF Combiner/Filter Controls and Indicators ................................................................ 3-27 Forward/Reflected Power Probe Controls and Indicators ......................................................... 3-28 Test Voltages for Exciter Interface PWB (A2A1) ...................................................................... 7-3 Test Voltages/Waveforms for RF Drive PWB (A2A1A1/A2A1A4) ............................................... 7-4 Test Voltages for DC Power Supply PWB (A2A1A2/A2A1A3) ................................................... 7-5 Test Voltages/Waveforms for Interphase PDM Driver PWB (A2A1A5/A2A1A6) ........................... 7-6 Test Voltages for Regulated Power Supply PWB (A11A4/A11A5) ........................................... 7-10 Test Voltages/Waveforms for RF Drive Amplifier (A11A1/A11A3) ............................................. 7-11 Test Voltages/Waveforms for RF Drive Tuning PWB (A11A2) .................................................. 7-12 Test Voltages/Waveforms for Distribution PWB (A16) ............................................................ 7-13 Test Voltages/Waveforms for System Control PWB (A1A3) .................................................... 7-14 Manufacturer's Code to Address Index .................................................................................... 8-3 Reference Designation Index - XL12 12kW AM Broadcast Transmitter ....................................... 8-9 Reference Designation Index - NAC101 Control/Monitor Panel ................................................ 8-13 Reference Designation Index - NARI25 Remote Interface PWB ............................................... 8-15 Reference Designation Index - NAPI22 Exciter Interface PWB ................................................ 8-21 Reference Designation Index - NAE83 RF Drive Panel........................................................... 8-25 Reference Designation Index - NAAA02 RF Drive Amplifier ..................................................... 8-26 Reference Designation Index - NAPI60 RF Drive Tuning PWB ................................................. 8-27 Reference Designation Index - NAPS10 Regulated DC Power Supply PWB ............................. 8-30 Reference Designation Index - NAPI50 Distribution PWB ....................................................... 8-31 Reference Designation Index - NAF102 RF Output Filter ........................................................ 8-34 Reference Designation Index - NAFP90 Forward/Reflected Power Probe.................................. 8-36 Reference Designation Index - NAF101 8-Input RF Combiner/Filter.......................................... 8-38 Reference Designation Index - NAPP02 RF Current Probe PWB ............................................. 8-41 Reference Designation Index - NAX202/04 Surge Arrestor Assembly ....................................... 8-42 Reference Designation Index - NASR108 AC/DC Power Supply .............................................. 8-43 Reference Designation Index - NAPS16 DC Power Supply PWB............................................. 8-44 List of Electrical Schematics ................................................................................................. 9-3 List of Mechanical Drawings ................................................................................................ 10-2
SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION

INTRODUCTION The XL12 AM broadcast transmitter system 1.1 is a totally solid state, medium wave, amplitude modulated, broadcast transmitter system. It may be operated as a monaural or an AM stereo transmitter. The exciter stage contains duplicated RF drive PWBs, interphase PDM driver PWBs, exciter DC power supplies, RF drive buffer amplifiers and RF drive DC power supplies, which are connected as an active and a reserve exciter. The transmitter contains eight RF power modules and a high current AC/DC power supply. It operates at one preset frequency, in the AM broadcast frequency band, into a nominal 50 ohm, unbalanced, transmission line. Typically the transmitter will operate continuously at 140 percent positive peak programme modulation at 12 000 watts. Remote control interfacing is a standard feature. FACTORY SUPPORT Nautel provides after sales factory support. 1.2 Technical assistance is available on a 24 hour, seven days a week basis. A factory service facility for repair of modules/assemblies is also available. Refer to the Factory Support portion of the Warranty pages at the front of this manual for additional information. PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF MANUAL This Technical Instruction Manual 1.3 provides the information required to install, operate and maintain the transmitter. Detailed information for modules/assemblies, which are normally removed from the transmitter for servicing, is not included. Service Instruction Manual appendices provide information for troubleshooting and maintaining bench-repairable modules/assemblies used in the transmitter. 1.3.1 FAMILY TREE: The family tree for this transmitter is depicted in figure 8-1. It identifies the major assemblies and shows their hierarchical assembly relationship. It also identifies the reference designation assigned to each assembly and where their parts list is located. PURPOSE OF EQUIPMENT The XL12 - 12 000 watt AM broadcast 1.4 transmitter system is intended to be used in conventional AM broadcasting stations. Remote control facilities are incorporated to allow unattended operation at a transmitter site, remotely located from station studios. MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION The transmitter's modules/assemblies are 1.5 housed in a single rack. Figures MD-1 thru MD-29 provide assembly detail and identify the location of all electrical parts. The mechanical drawings are presented in order of the reference designation assigned to their assemblies. Refer to the list of mechanical drawings in table 10-1 to locate a specific illustration. NOTE Some modules/assemblies may have an alpha suffix on their designator (A, B, C, etc.). The suffix is assigned alphabetically and indicates the module contains minor component or circuit variations. Since a change that merits an alpha suffix change will normally enhance the operation of the affected module/assembly or compliment the operation of an external circuit, it is not recommended that later versions be interchanged with earlier versions. All earlier versions can be replaced by later versions. TECHNICAL SUMMARY A Technical Summary is provided at in the 1.6 specifications brochure at the front of this manual. SPECIAL TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT Table 1-1 - Test Equipment, lists the test 1.7 equipment that is required to operate and maintain the transmitter. Table 1-2 lists the special tools required. GLOSSARY OF TERMS: Table 1-3 - Glossary of Terms, provides a 1.8 list of all unique terms, abbreviations and acronyms used in this publication.
Page 1-1 01 January 2002
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 1-1 Test Equipment

NOMENCLATURE PART, MODEL, OR TYPE NUMBER (EQUIVALENTS MAY BE USED) APPLICATION
Dummy Load Digital Multimeter
50 ohms, 20,000 Watts (minimum) VSWR 1.1 3 1/2 digit, AC and DC volts (10M ohms input), ohms and amps, 0.5% accuracy, Beckman 3010 5ppm up to 10MHz Fluke Model 1900A Tektronix Model T922 50-ohm input impedance, -100% to +125% mod depth TFT Model 375 10Hz to 10MHz, 600 ohms, 0 to +15dBm Hewlett Packard model 651B 20Hz to 20kHz Marconi Model TF231 540kHz to 1700kHz Tektronix Model CFG253
'off-air' testing testing and maintenance
Frequency Counter Oscilloscope Modulation Monitor Audio Signal Generator Distortion Analyzer RF Signal/Function Generator
measure carrier frequency testing and maintenance to set up audio level simulates modulating audio input during testing and maintenance measures audio distortion during testing and maintenance testing and maintenance
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 1-2 Special Tools

NOMENCLATURE PART, MODEL, OR TYPE NUMBER (EQUIVALENTS MAY BE USED) APPLICATION
Torque Wrench HEX Wrench Screwdriver
Capable of torquing to four inch-pounds (0.532 Newton-Meters) 5/32" or 4 mm HAZ79 (located in ancillary parts kit)
Installing power MOSFETs Terminating wires on AC breaker Tuning RF drive
Table 1-3 Glossary of Terms

TERM DESCRIPTION
Integral Modular Reserve (IMR)
Identical modules operating in an overall system design such that failure of individual modules results in a power reduction only and not a complete system shutdown. Identical modules operating in an overall system design such that failure of one module does not affect the output of the system. Pulse duration modulation. Printed wiring (circuit) board. Pulse width modulation.
Modular Redundancy
PDM PWB PWM
SECTION 2 INSTALLATION
PLANNING AND SITE PREPARATION Transmitter sites for Nautel's XL12 - 12 000 2.1 watt AM broadcast transmitters should be prepared to receive the transmitter prior to its delivery and/or installation. The following must be taken into consideration when preparing new sites. They should be used as the evaluating criteria at existing sites. It is recommended that all requirements be incorporated to ensure optimum reliability and performance is obtained. NOTE Frequent reference is made to terminal boards on the remote interface PWB, which is located on the rear of the control/monitor panel. Refer to figure MD-3 as an aid in locating the remote interface PWB and then, if necessary, to figure MD-5 for its assembly detail. 2.1.1 TRANSMITTER ROOM REQUIREMENTS: The following transmitter room requirements must be addressed when the transmitter site is being finalized. 2.1.1.1 Transmitter Dimensions : Refer to figure MD-28 for transmitter dimensions. These dimensions identify floor space requirements and will assist in determining cable lengths and routing. 2.1.1.2 Transmitter Clearances: A clearance of at least 1.3 metres (4.0 feet) should be maintained at the front and rear of the transmitter. 2.1.1.3 Air Flushing: Four fan trays pull cooling air through the cabinet's rear door, circulate it through the RF power modules and exhaust it as a low velocity stream through openings in the top of the cabinet. 2.1.1.4 Cooling: The transmitter room's ambient air temperature must not exceed 50C. A room air exchange rate of 1000 CFM should achieve an acceptable intake/exhaust temperature rise. For air conditioning requirements, it can be assumed 16% of the power being consumed, from the AC power source, is converted to waste heat. NOTE A simple method of determining the number of British thermal units (BTUs) per hour being generated as waste heat is to multiply the average RF output power (in watts) by 0.1905 (waste heat factor) and then multiply the product by 3.413 (watts/BTU factor). As an example: At 12 000 watts carrier power with 50% modulation, the average power output is 13 500 watts. This represents an average long-term output power based on typical processed program material. At 84% overall efficiency, the waste heat generated (13 500 x 0.1905) is 2570 watts which equals (2570 x 3.413) 8776 BTU's per hour. Since 12 000 BTU's per hour requires one ton of air conditioning in a closed system, if the example was in a closed system, it would require a 0.75 ton air conditioner to remove the waste heat. 2.1.1.5 Heating: The transmitter room must contain a heating system that will ensure its ambient air temperature does not go below 0C. 2.1.1.6 Work Area: It is recommended that a suitable work area with an adequate table surface be provided adjacent to the transmitter to permit bench adjustment/repair of modules. 2.1.2 LIGHTNING PROTECTION: Extremely high voltage/current transients are produced when a lightning strike occurs. These transients, which are probably the most significant hazard to any solid state transmitter, may be passed to the transmitter through the wiring connecting it to its power source and its antenna system. It is imperative that all practical precautions be taken to protect the transmitter from this phenomenon. Refer to Nautel's Lightning Protection for Radio Transmitter Stations booklet for recommendations and for specific protection techniques. The following requirements are considered to be essential.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 2.1.2.1 Station Reference Ground: The site must contain a station reference ground, as defined in Nautel's Lightning Protection for Radio Transmitter Stations booklet. This ground must provide a continuous, low impedance path to the earth. The transmitter cabinet's designated reference ground point, the shield of the coaxial feed cable and the ground connection of the power source's surge protection devices must be connected directly to the station reference ground. 2.1.2.2 AC Power Source: All conductors from the AC power source should be protected by bi-directional surge protection devices that are connected between each conductor and the station reference ground. In addition, the conductors should pass, as a group, through a ferrite toroid. The inductance formed by this toroid will be transparent to the AC voltages but will present an impedance to transients originating in the power source. A surge protector panel, that contains suitably rated varistors is available from Nautel for this purpose. If used, the surge protector panel should be installed in close proximity to the station reference ground. NOTE The AC power source usually presents the lowest impedance path to ground potential for a lightning strike and will normally carry most of the lightning induced current away from the transmitter site. When lightning hits the power source, a significant amount of induced current may flow towards the transmitter. In this instance, the objective is to route the current around the transmitter, instead of through it, to the best ground available. 2.1.2.3 Antenna Feed Cable : The shield of the antenna feed coaxial cable should be connected directly to the station reference ground where it enters the building. In addition, the centre conductor and the shield of the feed cable should pass through a ferrite toroid which is positioned between the shield ground, at the building entrance and the shield termination, at the transmitter reference ground. This toroid will be transparent to the RF signal, but will present an impedance to transients originating in the antenna. 2.1.2.4 Antenna/RF Output Disconnect: A switching circuit that disconnects the antenna from the transmitter's RF output when the transmitter is turned off should be incorporated into the RF feed/ antenna design. This switching circuit will prevent lightning induced transients from entering the transmitter when its solid state devices are most susceptible to electrostatic failure. 2.1.2.5 Antenna Tower: The antenna tower is the most likely target for lightning strikes. It is imperative that it contain lightning protection devices, such as air-gap spark balls, as the first line of defense against lightning strikes. 2.1.2.6 External Control/Monitor Wiring: All external/control wiring, that may be subjected to lightning induced transients, should be interfaced to the station reference ground by surge protection devices where they enter the building. all conductors and their shields should pass through a ferrite toroid which is positioned between its surge protection device and the transmitter. This toroid will be transparent to control/monitor signals, but will present an impedance to lightning induced transients. 2.1.3 ELECTRICAL POWER: The transmitter is configured during manufacture to operate from one of a variety of 50/60Hz AC power sources. The option selected is specified by the purchaser. The preferred option is a three-phase, four-wire, wye connected, AC power source meeting all of the following requirements: 2.1.3.1 Nominal Voltage: The primary winding of the main AC power transformer contains taps to accommodate voltages that differ from the ideal voltage of the power source. These taps represent five percent increments and are selected during installation to provide the optimum nominal voltage for the transmitter. 2.1.3.2 Voltage Stability: The AC power source's nominal voltage must be stable to within plus or minus ten percent under all loading conditions. The transmitter contains circuitry that maintains the RF output at the preset carrier level for voltage variations within this range.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 2.1.3.3 Power Consumption: When operating at 12kW with 100% modulation by a continuous sine wave, power consumption is 21.43kW. When operating at 12kW and no modulation, power consumption is 14.29kW. Power consumption for a specific station will depend on the programming format and the level of audio processing. It is recommended the AC power source have a twentyfive percent over-capacity to ensure adequate regulation. 2.1.3.4 External AC Switching: An external AC input switch is provided as the master on/off circuit between the AC power source and the transmitter. When the contract calls for a key controlled safety interlock system that meets the requirement of the International Electrotechnical Commission specification IEC215, clause 13; the AC input switch will contain a key controlled dead bolt that forms part of a mechanical safety interlock system. Refer to paragraph 2.1.7.3 for additional information. The AC input switch should be located close to the transmitter and it should be marked TRANSMITTER EMERGENCY ON/OFF SWITCH. 2.1.4 ANTENNA SYSTEM: It is recommended that the antenna system meets (as a minimum) the standards specified in EIA Standard TR-101-A, paragraph 8(b) with a normal impedance of 50 j0 ohms at the carrier frequency. The transmitter will function while operating into a maximum VSWR of 1.5:1, or with sideband VSWR's of up to 2:1 when the carrier frequency impedance is 50 j0 ohms, but overall system performance will be degraded. 2.1.4.1 RF Feed Cable : The RF feed cable interconnecting the transmitter and the antenna system should be a suitably rated coaxial cable. Unless otherwise specified in contract documents, the transmitter's RF output device will accept a 1 5/8 inch EIA flange connector. The RF feed cable's transmitter end must be terminated by an appropriate mating connector. 2.1.5 EXTERNAL RF DRIVE SOURCE: There is provision to apply an externally generated RF drive (monaural or AM stereo) to the exciter interface PWB's EXT RF BNC connector (J7). It can be used in lieu of the integral carrier frequency oscillator for one or both exciters (A/B), except for exciter 'A' when the optional C-QUAM AM stereo exciter PWB is installed as it's RF drive source. NOTE There is only one external RF drive input. If it is used for both exciters, it is recommended the RF drive source be duplicated (main/standby). An automatic changeover circuit should be incorporated to select the standby source when the main source fails. 2.1.5.1 The external RF drive must:
be the carrier frequency ( c), within 5Hz or 5 parts per million ( ppm) whichever is greater, when it is not being modulated. have a peak-to-peak amplitude of between 5.0 and 12 volts (sine wave or square wave). have a 50-ohm impedance at c. be phase modulated and contain left minus right (L-R) audio for external AM stereo.
2.1.6 MODULATING AUDIO: Modulating audio must be applied from an external source. The RF drive source configuration will dictate the audio requirements as detailed in the following. NOTE The transmitter does not have audio processing capability. Processing must be completed before the audio is applied. For monaural applications, the audio may be processed to provide 145% positive peak program modulation at 12 000 watts RF carrier. 2.1.6.1 Both Exciters Monaural (Internal or External RF Drive): When both exciters are configured for monaural operation there is provision for a single audio source (common to both exciters), or for two audio sources (one for each exciter) regardless of the source for the RF drive. In both cases the audio must: be a balanced 600 ohms. have an output level which is between 0dBm and +12dBm (factory set to 10dBm) for 100% modulation.
2.1.6.1.1 A single audio source m ust be connected between TB2-8(+) and TB2-9(-) of the remote interface PWB. The exciter interface PWB's AUDIO SOURCE switch must be set to SINGLE.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 2.1.6.1.2 When two audio sources are used, they are both connected to terminals on the remote interface PWB. Exciter A's audio must be connected between TB2-8(+) and TB2-9(-). Exciter B's audio must be connected between TB2-11(+) and TB2-12(-). The exciter interface PWB's AUDIO SOURCE switch must be set to DUAL. 2.1.6.2 Both Exciters AM Stereo (External RF Drive): When both exciters are configured for AM stereo operation and the RF drive is being produced by an external AM stereo generator, the L+R audio from the AM stereo generator must be considered as a single source and connected between TB2-8(+) and TB2-9(-) of the remote interface PWB. The exciter interface PWB's AUDIO SOURCE switch must be set to SINGLE. The audio must: be a balanced 600 ohms. have an output level which is between 0dBm and +12dBm for 100% modulation. contain the left plus right (L+R) audio information required for AM stereo. 2.1.6.3 One Exciter AM Stereo (External RF Drive)/One Exciter Monaural: When only one exciter (either) is configured for AM Stereo operation using an external AM stereo generator as the RF drive source, the other must be configured for monaural operation using its integral RF drive. The left plus right (L+R) audio from the AM stereo generator and a monaural audio must be used and connected to the appropriate exciter's audio input terminals on the remote interface PWB [exciter 'A' audio to TB2-8(+)/TB2-9(-)/exciter 'B' audio to TB211(+)/TB2-12(-)]. The exciter interface PWB's AUDIO SOURCE switch must be set to DUAL. The audio inputs must: be a balanced 600 ohms. have an output level which is between 0dBm and +12dBm for 100% modulation. The audio for the AM stereo exciter must contain the left plus right (L+R) audio information. 2.1.6.4 Exciter 'A' AM Stereo (Optional CQUAM AM Stereo Exciter as RF Drive Source: When the optional C-QUAM AM stereo exciter PWB (A2A2) is installed as exciter A's RF drive source, exciter 'B' may be configured for AM stereo or monaural operation from an external RF drive source or for monaural operation from its integral RF drive. Exciter A's left and right audio must be applied directly to terminals on the CQUAM AM stereo exciter PWB [left audio to TB15(+)/TB1-3(-) and right audio to TB1-10(+)/TB1-8()]. The audio for exciter 'B' must be connected between TB2-11(+) and TB2-12(-) of the remote interface PWB. The exciter interface PWB's AUDIO SOURCE switch must be set to STEREO. All audio inputs must be a balanced 600 ohms. Exciter A's left and right audio output levels must both be +10dBm for 100% modulation (left plus right channel). Exciter B's audio output levels must be between 0dBm and +12dBm for 100% modulation. 2.1.7 SAFETY INTERLOCKS: There are three types of safety interlocks, one mechanical and two electrical. The mechanical interlock is a key controlled system that locks the rear door and prevents access to areas with high voltages when AC power is being applied. One of the electrical interlocks is an external circuit that inhibits the RF output if any of its serially connected switches is opened. The second electrical interlock is an internal circuit that prevents the RF output from being enabled if the ground wand has not been returned to its retaining clips after use. 2.1.7.1 External Electrical Interlock: The external electrical interlock circuit is connected between TB1-26 (+24V INTLK) and TB1-25 (INTLK OPEN) of the remote interface PWB. When it is safe to produce an RF output, the circuit must be intact and apply +24V to TB1-25 (INTLK OPEN). When it is not safe to produce an RF output (one or more of the external interlock switches have been activated), the circuit must provide an open circuit to TB1-25 (INTLK OPEN). Any number of serial interlock switches may be installed, provided +24V is removed from TB1-25 if any interlock switch is activated.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 NOTE If external wiring is lengthy, unwanted transients may be induced on the 24V source. If this occurs, a user supplied relay, with its energized/de-energized state controlled by the external interlock switches, should be installed near the remote interface PWB. It should be connected as a fail-safe relay (energized when the interlock circuit is intact, de-energized when it is opened) with its normally open contacts interconnecting TB1-25 and TB1-26. 2.1.7.2 Internal Electrical Interlock: The internal electrical interlock prevents the RF output from being enabled when the ground wand is not properly stored in its retaining clips. 2.1.7.3 Mechanical Safety Interlock: The mechanical safety interlock system, which meets the requirements of International Electrotechnical Commission Specification IEC215, clause 13; is standard. It is installed unless otherwise specified in contract documents. It consists of two keycontrolled dead bolts (one on the AC input switch and the second on the rear door of the cabinet) with a single key that is common to both. 2.1.7.3.1 When the key is inserted in the AC input switch's dead bolt lock: The AC input switch may be turned on. If the switch is turned on, the key is latched and may not be removed. The cabinet's rear door is locked and access to high voltage areas is not possible. 2.1.7.3.2 When the key is inserted in the rear door's dead bolt lock: The AC input switch is tuned off and it may not be inadvertently turned on. Access to areas that normally contain high voltage is possible by unlocking and opening the door. If the rear door is not closed and locked, the key is latched and may not be removed.
NOTE External control circuits are interfaced to the transmitter circuits through opto couplers on the remote interface PWB. The opto couplers effectively buffer/isolate the external circuits and prevent any unwanted transients from affecting transmitter operation. They only have influence when REMOTE control is selected at the transmitter. The remote interface PWB contains selection circuits that allow the user to select an internal (single ended input) or external (differential input) DC power supply as the current source for the opto coupler associated with each controlled function. The switching circuit for each remotely controlled function must be the equivalent of a normally open/ held closed spring-loaded (momentary) switch. Each must be configured to operate as a single ended input using the transmitter's unregulated +24V as the DC volts source (see figure 2-1) or as a differential input using an external DC power supply (24-30V) as the DC volts source (see figure 2-2). Each control function has positive and negative input terminals, on the remote interface PWB, to accommodate the selected configuration. Single Ended Input (Internal VDC): When the transmitter's unregulated, +24V is to be used as the current source for a control function's opto coupler, its circuit on the remote interface PWB must be configured for a single ended input. The 3-pin header associated with the control function must have its 2-socket shunt post connected to configure the circuit as depicted in figure 2-1 (pins 2 and 3 shorted). A negative logic (active state is a currentsink-to-ground) command must be applied to the control's negative (-) input terminal. The ground must be obtained from TB1-27.
2.1.8 REMOTE CONTROL CIRCUITS: The on/off status, active (A/B) exciter, preset RF power level, power level adjustment, alarm recall and system alarm reset can be controlled remotely, by switching circuits that comply with the following:
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 The EXCITER B input terminals are TB1-7(+) and TB18(-) and the associated 3-pin header/2-socket shunt post on the remote interface PWB is E4. NOTE There must be a minimum two second interval between exciter selection commands. 2.1.8.3 Preset Power Level Selection: The power level selection circuit selects one of six preset RF power levels. It has six switching circuits (RF Pwr - 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 and 6 ). Each must be controlled by a single ended input (see figure 2-1) or by a differential input (see figure 2-2). RF PWR 1 terminals are TB1-9(+) and TB1-10(-) and the associated 3-pin header/2-socket shunt post on the remote interface PWB is E5. RF PWR 2 terminals are TB1-11(+) and TB1-12(-) and the associated 3-pin header/2-socket shunt post on the remote interface PWB is E6. RF PWR 3 terminals are TB1-13(+) and TB1-14(-) and the associated 3-pin header/2-socket shunt post on the remote interface PWB is E7. RF PWR 4 terminals are TB1-15(+) and TB1-16(-) and the associated 3-pin header/2-socket shunt post on the remote interface PWB is E8. RF PWR 5 terminals are TB1-17(+) and TB1-18(-) and the associated 3-pin header/2-socket shunt post on the remote interface PWB is E9. RF PWR 6 terminals are TB1-19(+) and TB1-20(-) and the associated 3-pin header/2-socket shunt post on the remote interface PWB is E10. 2.1.8.4 Power Level Adjust Select: The power level adjust circuit controls a dynamic circuit that slews the RF output level in an increasing or decreasing direction as long as the appropriate input is active. It comprises an increase and a decrease circuit. Each must be configured to be controlled by a single ended input (see figure 2-1) or by a differential input (see figure 2-2). INCR RF PWR terminals are TB1-21(+) and TB1-22(-). The associated 3-pin header/2-socket shunt post on the remote interface PWB is E11. DECR RF PWR terminals are TB1-23(+) and TB1-24(-). The associated 3-pin header/2-socket shunt post on the remote interface PWB is E12.
Figure 2-2 Differential Input Selected Differential Input (External VDC): When an external DC voltage (24 to 30V) is to be used as the current source for a control function's opto coupler, the control function's external switching circuit and the remote interface PWB's selection circuitry must be configured for a differential input. The 3-pin header associated with the control function must have its 2-socket shunt post connected to configure the circuit as depicted in figure 2-2 (pins 1 and 2 shorted). The normally open/held closed switch may be located between the DC voltage's negative output and the negative (-) input terminal (negative logic) or between its positive output and the positive (+) input terminal (positive logic). 2.1.8.1 On/Off Control: The remote on/off circuitry controls the on/off status of the RF power stage. It comprises an on circuit and an off circuit. Each must be configured to be controlled by a single ended input (see figure 2-1) or by a differential input (see figure 2-2). terminals are TB1-1(+) and TB1-2(-) and the associated 3-pin header/2-socket shunt post on the remote interface PWB is E1. RF PWR OFF terminals are TB1-3(+) and TB1-4(-) and the associated 3-pin header/2-socket shunt post on the remote interface PWB is E2.
RF PWR ON
2.1.8.2 Main Exciter Selection: The main exciter selection circuit selects which exciter will be enabled as the main exciter. It comprises an A and a B circuit. Each must be configured to be controlled by a single ended input (see figure 2-1) or by a differential input (see figure 2-2). The EXCITER A input terminals are TB1-5(+) and TB1-6(-) and the associated 3-pin header/2-socket shunt post on the remote interface PWB is E3.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 2.1.8.5 System Reset: The system reset circuit generates reset pulses which are applied to the AC/DC power, exciter and RF power stages. It also resets any alarm circuit that is/was latched in its alarm state. It must be configured to be controlled by a single ended input (see figure 2-1) or by a differential input (see figure 2-2). The SYSTEM RESET terminals are TB2-1(+) and TB2-2(-). The associated 3-pin header/2-socket shunt post on the remote interface PWB is E13. 2.1.8.6 Alarm Recall: The alarm recall circuit allows the user to reinstate an active remote alarm condition for any alarm(s) that caused the last RF shutback and is not currently being displayed or affecting the RF output. It must be configured to be controlled by a single ended input (see figure 2-1) or by a differential input (see figure 2-2). The ALARM RECALL terminals are TB2-3(+) and TB2-4(-). The associated 3-pin header/2-socket shunt post on the remote interface PWB is E14. 2.1.9 OTHER REMOTE CONTROLS: An RF inhibit control can be connected, at the user's discretion. This input will influence the transmitter's RF output regardless of the selected control location (LOCAL or REMOTE). 2.1.9.1 External PDM (RF) Inhibit Control: The external PDM inhibit circuit reduces the 'on' time of the PDM signal to near zero, effectively turning off the RF output (a residual RF leak of approximately 10 watts may be present) the instant an active condition is applied. This state is maintained as long as the active condition exists. It must be configured to be controlled by a single ended input (see figure 2-1) or by a differential input (see figure 2-2). PDM INHIBIT terminals are TB2-5(+) and TB2-6(-). The associated 3-pin header/2-socket shunt post on the remote interface PWB is E15. NOTE
The external PDM inhibit input is intended to be used in conjunction with antenna switching circuitry to ensure minimal RF output current flows during opening/closing of contacts in the transmitter's RF feed cable. An active 'PDM inhibit' condition must be applied prior to contact opening (disconnecting the RF load) and must be maintained until contact closure has occurred and an appropriate impedance has been connected to the transmitter's RF output. The RF output will be instantly restored to its original level when the active condition is removed.
2.1.10 RF PERFORMANCE MONITORING: The transmitter provides outputs to monitor RF performance. They include DC voltages which are representative of the forward power level, the reflected power level and the DC voltage being applied to the RF amplifiers. In addition, a true RF sample of the RF output's voltage waveform is available for external monitoring. These outputs are available on the remote interface PWB. 2.1.10.1 RF Monitor Sample : A true sample of the RF output's voltage waveform, including its modulation envelope, is provided at a BNC connector (RF MONITOR) on the remote interface PWB. The RF monitor output is intended to be applied to a station modulation monitor with a 50-ohm input impedance. It may also be monitored by an oscilloscope during maintenance procedures. The RF monitor output can be set to provide 5.0 volts RMS for each preset power level, provided the power levels are preset to a level between 1000 and 12 000 watts. 2.1.10.2 Forward Power Level: A buffered DC voltage that is representative of the forward power level is available on TB4-1 (BFRD FWD PWR) [TB4-2 (GND) is the return path]. This voltage is a non-linear (square law) function and will be 13.7 0.5 VDC when the forward power is 12 000 watts. The impedance of the monitoring circuit must be greater than 1000 ohms. 2.1.10.3 Reflected Power Level: A buffered DC voltage that is representative of the reflected power level is available on TB4-3 (BFRD REFLD PWR) [TB4-2 (GND) is the return path]. This voltage is a non-linear (square law) function and will be 5.25 0.5 VDC when the reflected power is 1500 watts. The impedance of the monitoring circuit must be greater than 1000 ohms. 2.1.10.4 Power Amplifier Volts: A buffered DC voltage that is directly proportional to the DC voltage being applied to the RF amplifiers in the RF power modules is available on TB4-5 (BFRD PA VOLTS) [TB4-4 (GND) is the return path]. This voltage will be 2.85 VDC when the DC voltage being applied to the RF amplifiers is 129 VDC. The impedance of the monitoring circuit must be greater than 1000 ohms.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 2.1.11 REMOTE ALARM INDICATIONS: Outputs that indicate stress thresholds for critical parameters have been exceeded are available on terminals of the remote interface PWB. A switching device for each alarm output provides a negative logic (current-sink-to-ground) output when an alarm condition exists. There are two options available for the non-alarm condition. Alarm outputs are protected against transients and/or over voltage by 39 volt zener diodes. Option 1: The switching circuit provides an open collector during normal operation (non-alarm condition) and has no influence on the external monitoring circuit. For this option, resistor arrays U11 thru U14 are not installed on the remote interface PWB and each monitoring circuit must present an impedance, between the switching device and a positive DC voltage source, that will result in a current flow of not more than 50 milliamperes. If desired, +24 VDC is available for use by the remote monitoring circuits from TB1-26 (+24V INTLK) of the remote interface PWB. If an external DC power source is used, it must not exceed +24 VDC and its return must be connected to TB1-27 ( GND) on the remote interface PWB. Option 2: The switching circuits provide a TTL compatible output. +5 VDC is applied to the alarm output terminal as the logic '0' state (non-alarm condition) and a current sink to ground is applied as the logic '1' state (alarm condition). For this option, resistor arrays U11 thru U14 must be installed on the remote interface PWB and the DC return for the monitor circuits must be connected to TB1-27 (GND) on the remote interface PWB. 2.1.11.1 RF Stress Current Alarm: An alarm output that indicates the RF output is being cutback, because the RF output current is exceeding the maximum current the RF power modules can provide, is available on TB2-24 (RF OVER CURRENT). A negative logic output (current-sink-to-ground) will be present for an alarm condition. 2.1.11.2 Filter Over Temp Alarm: An alarm output that indicates the RF output is being inhibited, because the ambient air temperature in the RF output filter is in excess of 85C, is available on TB2-22 (FILTER OVER TEMP). A negative logic output (current-sink-to-ground) will be present for an alarm condition. 2.1.11.3 High Reflected Power Alarm: An alarm output that indicates the peak reflected power is exceeding or has exceeded 2000 watts is available on TB2-26 (HIGH VSWR). A negative logic output (current-sink-to-ground) will be present for an alarm condition. 2.1.11.4 RF Power Cutback Alarm: An alarm output that indicates the RF carrier level has been automatically reduced (cut back) to a level that will not exceed the stress current threshold of the RF power amplifiers. Cutback occurs when the RF output is momentarily shut back (turned off) more than three times in any five second period because an RF related stress threshold was exceeded. This output is available on TB2-27 (RF PWR CUTBACK). A negative logic output (current-sink-to-ground) will be present for an alarm condition. 2.1.11.5 RF Inhibit Alarm: An alarm output that indicates the RF output is being inhibited, because an active external RF inhibit command is being applied to the PDM INHIBIT terminals (TB2-5 or TB2-6), is available on TB3-1 ( INHIBIT PDM EXT ). A negative logic output (current-sink-to-ground) will be present for an alarm condition. 2.1.11.6 Standby Exciter Alarm: An alarm output that indicates an automatic exciter changeover has occurred and the reserve (standby) exciter is enabled as the pulse duration modulation (PDM)/RF drive source, is available on TB3-2 ( STANDBY ). A negative logic output (current-sink-to-ground) will be present for an alarm condition. 2.1.11.7 Modulation Protection Alarm: An alarm output that indicates the modulating audio's positive peaks are being limited; because their amplitude and/or low frequency duration would require RF currents that exceed the RF amplifier's stress current threshold, is available on TB3-3 (MODULATOR PROTECTION). A negative logic output (current-sink-to-ground) will be present for an alarm condition. 2.1.11.8 Power Module Fault Alarm: An alarm output that indicates the RF output has been reduced, because one more RF power modules have been turned off and are not contributing to the RF output, is available on TB3-4 (PM FAULT). A negative logic output (current-sink-to-ground) will be present for an alarm condition.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 2.1.11.9 B+ Power Supply Fault Alarm: An alarm output that indicates the RF output has been inhibited, because the output of the B+ DC power supply is not within 10% of its optimum voltage (over or under) is available on TB3-5 ( B+ P/S FAIL). A negative logic output (current-sink-to-ground) will be present for an alarm condition. 2.1.11.10 AC Fail Alarm: An alarm output that indicates the RF output has been inhibited; because the voltage from the AC power source is more than ten percent below the ideal voltage for the power transformer's selected primary winding taps, or a loss of phase has occurred; is available on TB3-6 (AC A negative logic output (current-sink-toFAIL). ground) will be present for an alarm condition. 2.1.11.11 Power Supply Over Temp Alarm: An alarm output that indicates the RF output has been inhibited, because the sensed temperature in the AC/DC power supply compartment is in excess of 85C, is available on TB3-7 (P/S OVER TEMP). A negative logic output (current-sink-to-ground) will be present for an alarm condition. 2.1.11.12 Battery Low Alarm: An alarm output that indicates the charge status of the batteries on the system control PWB has decayed to less than 4.0 VDC and they should be replaced, is available on TB3-9 (BATTERY LOW). A negative logic output (current-sink-to-ground) will be present for an alarm condition. 2.1.11.13 External Interlock Alarm: An alarm output that indicates the RF output is being inhibited, because one or more of the external interlock switches has been opened, is available on TB3-10 (EXT INTLK OPEN). A negative logic output (currentsink-to-ground) will be present for an alarm condition. 2.1.11.14 Internal Interlock Alarm: An alarm output that indicates the RF output is being inhibited, because the transmitter's ground wand is not properly stored in its retaining clip, is available on TB3-11 (INT INTLK OPEN). A negative logic output (current-sink-to-ground) will be present for an alarm condition. 2.1.11.15 RF Power Shutback Alarm: An alarm output that indicates the RF output is being inhibited (shutback), because a protection circuit threshold has been exceeded, is available on TB5-1 (RF PWR CUTBACK). A negative logic output (current-sink-toground) will be present for an alarm condition. 2.1.11.16 RF Drive B+ Fail Alarm: An alarm output that indicates the RF output has been inhibited, because the output of the RF drive amplifier's B+ DC power supply is less than 56V, is available on TB5-2 (RF DR B+ FAIL). A negative logic output (current-sink-to-ground) will be present for an alarm condition. 2.1.11.17 PDM Failure Alarm: An alarm output that indicates the RF output has been inhibited, because one or both of the pulse duration modulation (PDM) outputs from the active interphase PDM driver PWB has failed, is available on TB5-3 ( PDM A negative logic output (current-sink-toFAIL). ground) will be present for an alarm condition. 2.1.11.18 RF Drive Fail Alarm: An alarm output that indicates the RF output has been inhibited, because the peak-to-peak voltage of the RF drive being applied to the FETs in the RF amplifiers of the RF power module is less than 17.5 volts peak-topeak, is available on TB5-4 (RF DRIVE FAIL). A negative logic output (current-sink-to-ground) will be present for an alarm condition. 2.1.11.19 Low DC Volts Fail Alarm: An alarm output that indicates the RF output has been inhibited, because the output of one of the low voltage DC power supplies (+8V, +5V, -5V, +15V or -15V) has failed, is available on TB5-5 (LV P/S FAIL). A negative logic output (current-sink-to-ground) will be present for an alarm condition.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 2.1.12 REMOTE STATUS INDICATIONS: Outputs that indicate the status of operator controlled circuits are available on terminals of TB2 on the remote interface PWB. A switching device for each alarm output provides a negative logic (current-sinkto-ground) output when a logic true condition exists. There are two options available for the logic false condition. Alarm outputs are protected against transients and/or over voltage by 39 volt zener diodes. Option 1: The switching circuit provides an open collector for a logic false condition and has no influence on the external monitoring circuit. For this option, resistor array U11 thru U14 are not installed on the remote interface PWB and each monitoring circuit must present an impedance, between the switching device and a positive DC voltage source, that will result in a current flow of not more than 50 milliamperes. If desired, +24V is available for use by the remote monitoring circuits from TB1-26 (+24V INTLK) of the remote interface PWB. If an external DC power source is used, it must not exceed +24V and its return must be connected to TB1-27 (GND) on the remote interface PWB. Option 2: The switching circuits provide TTL compatible outputs. +5V is applied to the status output terminal for a logic false condition (logic '0') and a current sink to ground is applied for a logic true condition (logic '1'). For this option, resistor array U11 must be installed on the remote interface PWB and the DC return for the monitor circuits must be connected to TB1-27 (GND) on the remote interface PWB. 2.1.12.1 Remote Control Status : A status output that indicates the local/remote control status of the transmitter, as selected by LOCAL/REMOTE CONTROL switches on its control/monitor panel, is available on TB2-15 (REMOTE STATUS ). A current-sink-to-ground will be present as the logic true condition when remote control is selected. An open collector or +5 VDC (depending on the logic false option selected) will be present as the logic false condition when local control is selected. 2.1.12.2 RF Pwr On Status : A status output that indicates the on/off status of the transmitter's RF power stage is available on TB2-14 (RF PWR ON). A current-sink-to-ground (negative logic) will be present as the logic true condition when the RF power stage is enabled and capable of producing an RF output. An open collector or +5 VDC (depending on the logic false option selected) will be present as the logic false condition when the RF power stage is turned off and will not produce an RF output. 2.1.12.3 Exciter B Status : A status output that indicates which exciter is enabled as the active exciter is available on TB2-16 (EXCITER B). A current-sink-to-ground (negative logic) will be present as the logic true condition when exciter 'B' is enabled as the active exciter. An open collector or +5 VDC (depending on the logic false option selected) will be present as the logic false condition when exciter 'A' is enabled as the active exciter. 2.1.12.4 RF Power Level Status : Six RF POWER STATUS outputs (one for each available preset RF power level) are available on TB2-17 ( 1), TB2-18 (2), TB2-19 (3), TB2-20 (4), TB2-21 (5) and TB2-22 (6). Only one of the six outputs will be a logic true condition, the remainder will be a logic false condition. A current-sink-to-ground (negative logic) will be present as the logic true condition for the selected preset RF power level. An open collector or +5 VDC (depending on the logic false option selected) will be present as the logic false condition for the remainder of the preset RF power levels. 2.1.13 PARTS SUPPLIED BY NAUTEL: The following parts/materials are supplied by or are available from Nautel.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 2.1.13.1 Ancillary Parts: An ancillary parts kit is provided with each transmitter. These parts are provided to ensure initial installation is not delayed because of a lost or damaged part and to allow the user to maintain the equipment until a comprehensive maintenance spares kit is obtained. They are not intended to be long term maintenance spares. Detailed information about these parts is not included in this manual. The ancillary parts kit contents is itemized in its packing list. 2.1.14 PARTS REQUIRED BUT NOT SUPPLIED BY NAUTEL: Some parts and materials required to complete an installation are not supplied with the transmitter or are not provided by Nautel. The user must supply these parts. Each installation will dictate the parts required, and will normally include the following: A suitable 50-ohm RF output coaxial cable, terminated by a 1 5/8 inch EIA connector complete with centre male connector at the transmitter end, is required. All external control/monitor wiring, including their associated terminating devices and conduit clamps must be provided by the user. All electrical p ower cables, including conduit, terminating devices and conduit clamps must be provided by the user. 2.14.1 Surge Protector Panel: A surge protector panel, that is rated for the AC power source to be applied to the transmitter, is available from Nautel. The surge protector panel will help protect the transmitter against lightning induced voltage transients on the AC power source and/or the antenna system. 2.1.15 TEST EQUIPMENT AND SPECIAL TOOLS: The test equipment required to install and maintain the transmitter is listed in table 1-2 and the special tools are listed in table 1-3.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 NON-TECHNICAL PRE-COMMISSIONING On delivery of the transmitter, the following 2.2 non-technical procedures should be observed and completed. NOTE Non-technical procedures are defined as being those procedures that do not require technical knowledge of transmitter circuits or their operation to complete. 2.2.1 ACCEPTANCE OF SHIPMENT: All shipments should be inspected for transit damage prior to acceptance. (a) It is recommended the crates be positioned near the transmitter's final assembly location prior to unpacking. The following crated and uncrated weights of the major assemblies is provided to ensure personnel are aware of lifting requirements.
CRATE CONTENT CRATED WEIGHT
kg LBS
UNCRATED WEIGHT
kg LBS
Transmitter Cabinet RF Power Module (4) RF Power Module (1) Power Transformer
277 44 182
610 97 400
400 6.8 159
750 15 350
(b) Sufficient manpower or mechanical assistance should be on hand when removing the transmitter cabinet from its packing crate. The crate may weigh in excess of 400 kilograms (867 pounds) 2.2.2 UNPACKING INSTRUCTIONS: The unpacking instructions are dictated by the method of packaging for shipment. Transmitters not shipped by electronic equipment moving specialists may be packed in wooden crates, with the number of crates determined by the extent of disassembly for shipment. Instructions accompany any crate requiring special unpacking information. Packing lists provide detailed listings of shipment contents.
For each crate, remove the panel labelled 'open this side', noting it is attached by cross recessed (philip) head screws. Remove any visible packing material, including braces, from the crate's interior. Where necessary, remove the philip head screws securing the remaining panels to the base of the crate and carefully lift away the crate panels. Lift/slide the transmitter cabinet off the base of its crate.
(c) (d)
(e)
Do not accidentally discard the transmitter access keys during unpacking procedures. The keys required to open the front and rear doors, including the keys for the optional IEC215 mechanical safety interlock system when installed, are located in a bag attached to the transmitter's plastic wrapping material. NOTE The transmitter will be partially disassembled for shipment. As a minimum, the power transformer will be removed. The extent of any additional disassembly will be dictated by the shipping method, site information provided by the user and the handling equipment of the mover.
2.2.3 CABINET PRE-POSITIONING (see figure MD-28 for dimensional information): Prior to installing the AC power transformer and when removed for shipment, the fan trays and RF power modules, place the transmitter cabinet in its assigned position. NOTE It is assumed the final orientation and positioning of the transmitter has been pre-determined, based on the dimensional information provided with the pre-installation package. (a) Ensure the cabinet's location will accommodate entry of AC power wiring from the AC input interlock switch. Ensure the cabinet's location will accommodate connection of the RF feed cable to the RF output connection.
(b)
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 (c) Ensure the cabinet's front edges are flush with a straight line representing the front of the transmitter. (d) Gain access to the interior of the RF output filter (A21) by removing its rear access panel. The panel is secured by twelve sets of M5 attaching hardware (one bolt and one external tooth washer per set). Gain access to the interior of the 8-input RF combiner/filter (A22) by removing its rear access panel. The panel is secured by fifteen sets of M5 attaching hardware (one bolt and one external tooth washer per set). Gain access to the RF feed cable's termination point on the top of the transmitter. Remove the top, front cover noting it is secured by ten sets of M5 attaching hardware (one bolt and one external tooth washer per set).
2.2.4 DISASSEMBLY REQUIRED: Disassemble the cabinet to the extent necessary to install the assemblies/modules which were removed for shipping, as follows: NOTE Do not disassemble to a greater extent than is necessary to complete the following procedures. All hardware/parts removed during disassembly must be retained for reuse during reassembly. (a) Remove the rear door from the cabinet: unlock using one of the keys that was located and saved during unpacking. disconnect door-to-cabinet ground wire. release door's spring-loaded hinge pin carefully lift away the door.
(e)
(f)
NOTE A duplicate (spare) key is provided for the IEC215 mechanical safety interlock system. It should be placed in a controlled access area and not issued unless the other key is lost. Use of the spare key will circumvent the interlock system and could cause a life-threatening situation to occur. (b) Remove the protective cover which prevents non-intentional contact with the main AC power contactor (A23K2), noting it is accessed from the rear of the cabinet and is located on the floor of the AC/DC power supply compartment (see figure MD-1). The cover is secured by four sets of M4 attaching hardware. Retain hardware for reuse when the cover is reinstalled. If the RF power modules are not installed, remove the RF power module connector access panels (two) which are immediately below the RF power module mounting trays, noting the lower panel also provides access to the fan tray mounting trays. Each panel is secured by a pawl fastener which requires a quarter turn counter-clockwise to release.
2.2.5 VISUAL INSPECTION: It is recommended a visual inspection be performed on the cabinet interior, its removable modules/ assemblies and printed wiring boards. Inspect for the following: (a) (b) Verify pointers of all meters are indicating zero. Check for and remove any packing materials, including tape or tyraps securing wiring that was disconnected for shipment, noting wiring associated with the AC/DC power supply is tyrapped in the lower portion of the cabinet. Check for obvious damage and missing parts. Check electrical wiring for broken or frayed insulation, loose or improper connections and broken, shorted or pinched conductors. Verify all hardware is firmly tightened. Check for and remove any u nwanted foreign objects from the interior of the cabinet, paying particular attention for floating conductive materials such as strands of wire, metal slivers/filings and loose hardware. If they were removed for shipping, visually inspect each RF power module for obvious damage and listen for loose or free floating objects while rotating the module.
(c) (d)
(e) (f)
(c)
(g)
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 NOTE If disassembly of an RF power module is necessary, refer to its service instruction manual for details. (h) Inspect the main power transformer assembly for obvious damage. Verify all attaching hardware is firmly tightened.
2.2.6 REASSEMBLY: Install the assemblies/ modules which were removed for shipping as follows: 2.2.6.1 Installation of Reference Ground Stud: If the transmitter's reference ground stud was repositioned for shipment, install it in the appropriate entry hole at the bottom, rear of the cabinet (see figure MD-2) as follows: NOTE If the reference ground stud assembly was removed for shipment, it was reassembled and secured to the cabinet immediately adjacent to its entry hole. (a) Locate the reference ground stud assembly, disassemble it to the extent necessary to install it by removing two nuts, two split washers, a flat washer and the insulating shoulder washer from one end of the stud. The following wires should be attached to the other end of the stud: 8AWG wire from transformer ground stud 6AWG wire from 8-input RF combiner/filter 6AWG wire from A23TB1 2AWG wire from RF output filter (b) Insert the stud in its entry hole and reassemble it as depicted in figure 2-3. Ensure insulating shoulder washer is positioned in the entry hole from the exterior side and the flat insulating washer is against the interior of the cabinet wall. Ensure all nuts except the nut that secures the exterior safety/reference ground wire are firmly tightened. Figure 2-3 Ground Stud Assembly Detail 2.2.6.2 Installation of Fan Trays : If the four fan trays (A17 thru A20) were removed for shipping, install them as follows (refer to figure MD-1 as an aid in locating and identifying a specific fan tray): (a) Install each fan tray on its mounting support and slowly slide it in until the fan tray's four pin connector engages its mating connector. Ensure connectors are fully mated but do not use excessive force if resistance is felt. Secure each fan tray to its mounting support using the retaining pawl fastener on the front of the fan tray. Turn fastener clockwise until it is firmly tightened.
(b)
2.2.6.3 Installation of RF Power Modules: Install the eight RF power modules, as follows (refer to figure MD-1 as an aid in locating and identifying a specific RF power module): (a) Position each RF power module on its mounting tray and slowly slide it to the rear until the guide pin of its six-pin connector (on rear of module) engages with the mating connector. Continue to slide RF power module to the rear until the connectors are fully mated.
(c)
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 (b) Secure each RF power module to its mounting tray using the retaining screw which is accessed through the hole in the front panel. Firmly tighten retaining screw. NOTE
The retaining screw requires a slotted screwdriver
Ensure the two large, electrolytic capacitors, protruding thru the bottom of the 8-input RF combiner/filter (A22), are not damaged during installation of the power transformer. (c) Carefully lift or slide the power transformer into the cabinet. Ensure mounting holes in its base are aligned with locating holes in the cabinet's bottom. Secure the base of the power transformer to the cabinet in two places (terminal side nearest front of cabinet and opposite side nearest rear of cabinet). Use attaching hardware obtained in step (a).
(c)
Complete the electrical interconnection of each RF power module to the cabinet cableform wiring by mating the associated cableform connector with A1J1 of the module. A1J1 is located on the bottom of the module, immediately in front of the retaining screw. Secure cableform connector to module control/monitor PWB using thumb screws on connector. Use the following as a guide when installing connectors:
P41 to A1J1 of RF power module A3. P42 to A1J1 of RF power module A4. P43 to A1J1 of RF power module A5. P44 to A1J1 of RF power module A6. P45 to A1J1 of RF power module A7. P46 to A1J1 of RF power module A8. P47 to A1J1 of RF power module A9. P48 to A1J1 of RF power module A10.
(d)
2.2.6.5 Connection of Powe r Transformer (A23A1) Wiring: Connect the wiring which was disconnected to remove the power transformer (refer to figure MD-23 or MD-24 to identify specific areas of the power transformer assembly) as follows: (a) Locate three black, 6AWG wires (#6, #7 and #8) which originate at terminals of AC power contactor A23K2, a black 8AWG jumper which originates at the station reference ground terminal and a black 18AWG wire (#342) which originates at LVPS transformer assembly and route them to the vicinity of the transformer's 'H' terminals. Connect: #6 to A23A1T1-H1 #7 to A23A1T1-H2 #8 to A23A1T1-H3 #342 to A23A1T1-ground stud 8AWG jumper to A23A1T1-ground stud Locate three black, 6AWG wires (#9, #10 and #11) which originate at rectifier assembly A25 and route them to the vicinity of the transformer's 'X' terminals. Connect: #9 to A23A1T1-X1 #10 to A23A1T1-X2 #11 to A23A1T1-X3 Locate three black, 6AWG wires (#12, #13 and #14) which originate at rectifier assembly A26 and route them to the vicinity of the transformer's 'Y' terminals. Connect:
2.2.6.4 Installation of Main Power Transformer: Install the main power transformer assembly in the cabinet as follows:
The main power transformer (weighs approximately 160 kg (350 lbs). Do not attempt to move it unless sufficient manpower or mechanical assistance is available to move it into position without damaging the cabinet or causing injury to personnel. (a) Obtain the transformer's attaching hardware, which consists of two sets of M10 hardware (one bolt, one flat washer and one split washer per set), noting it is located in a plastic bag secured to wiring at the bottom, rear of the AC/DC power supply compartment. Position the power transformer assembly directly behind the cabinet, with its taps facing the right side (viewed from rear) as depicted in figure MD-2.
(b)
(b)
(c)

#12 #13 #14 to to to A23A1T1-Y1 A23A1T1-Y2 A23A1T1-Y3
(d)
Locate three grey, 20AWG wires (#329, #330 and #331 which originate at the DC power supply PWB and route them to the vicinity of the fuseholder (XF1) on the top of the transformer. Connect: #329 to A1T1XF1-2 #330 to A1T1XF1-4 #331 to A1T1XF1-6
NOTE The circuit breaker enclosure contains a number of knockouts (top and bottom) to accommodate different wiring configurations. The installer must knock out the appropriate cable entry holes where the electrical wiring enters/exits the enclosure. A sealed safety wire is installed thru holes in the bolts which secure IEC125 key lock systems. It provides a visual confirmation the lock has not been tampered with. Removal or breaking the seal of this safety wire will defeat its purpose and may compromise the safety of maintainers. 2.2.7.2 Installation of AC Power Wiring (Service Entrance to Enclosure): Connect the AC power wiring which will interconnect the service entrance to the LINE side of the circuit breaker in the circuit breaker enclosure. All wiring must be in conformance with the local electrical codes. NOTE Do not install a neutral conductor unless the local electrical code specifically requires it. If it is necessary, connect it as dictated by the local codes. 2.2.7.3 Installation of AC Power Wiring (Enclosure to Transmitter): Connect the AC power wiring which will interconnect the LOAD side of the circuit breaker (in the circuit breaker enclosure) to main power contactor A23K2 and A23TB1 (ground) (in the transmitter) as follows (refer to figure MD-2 as an aid in locating A23K2 and A23TB1, noting they are accessed through the rear door): (a) At the transmitter end, route AC power wiring through the preselected and prepared cable entry hole to the vicinity of contactor A23K2 and terminal board A23TB1. Cut each conductor to length and install them as follows:
Line () 1 Line () 2 Line () 3 Ground A23K2-L1 A23K2-L2 A23K2-L3 A23TB1-2
2.2.7 AC POWER CONNECTION: Install the circuit breaker enclosure (ac input switch) supplied with the transmitter and the interconnecting electrical wiring, between the AC power service entrance and the transmitter as follows: NOTE The user must determine the entry point for the AC power wiring and then open the appropriate sized cable entry hole in the transmitter cabinet. Pilot holes are located at both top, rear corners to accommodate top entry. The installer must drill or punch the appropriate sized cable entry hole. A double knockout is located at the bottom, rear, left-hand corner (viewed from front) of the cabinet to accommodate bottom entry. Access is gained through a hole in the AC/DC power supply chassis. If this option is selected, the installer must knock-out the appropriate sized cable entry hole. If any other entry location is required, the installer must ensure the wiring will not interfere with transmitter assemblies and then drill/punch the appropriate sized cable entry hole. It is recommended the interconnecting electrical wiring be installed in a metal conduit which is rigidly attached at both ends. 2.2.7.1 Installation of Circuit Breaker Enclosure : Install the circuit breaker enclosure in close proximity to the transmitter, noting it is a dedicated interface between the AC power service entrance and the transmitter. Refer to figure MD-29 for the circuit breaker enclosure's dimensional/ assembly information.
NOTE A23K2 terminals require a 5/32 inch or 4mm hex head wrench.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 (b) At the circuit breaker enclosure end, route the AC power wiring through the selected cable entry hole. install the voltage carrying conductors on the circuit breaker's LOAD terminals. install the ground wire in the ground terminal. (c) (a) Verify the RF feed cable has been cut to the required length and has been terminated by a 1 5/8 inch EIA flange connector which contains a male inner connector (bullet). Remove the M6 nuts/washers from the four 1 5/8 inch EIA flange mounting studs on the top of RF output filter (see figure MD-14). Install the RF feed cable's 1 5/8 inch EIA flange connector on the RF output filter's flange mounting studs and secure using the M6 nuts/washers removed in step (b). Ensure nuts are firmly tightened. Gain access to the interior of the RF output filter, from the rear of the transmitter. Locate the RF output filter's female inner (cup) connector (J1) noting it terminates a twisted pair of teflon wires which originate at the top of capacitor C3 (see figure MD-15). Install the RF output filter's female inner (cup) connector on the RF feed cable's male inner connector (bullet) ensuring it is firmly and fully mated.
(b)
NOTE Final selection of the power transformer's primary winding taps is completed during the technical pre-commissioning procedures (paragraph 2.3.1.1). 2.2.8 INSTALLATION OF RF FEED CABLE: Connect the RF feed cable to the transmitter's RF output connection point, noting the transmitter end must contain the appropriate termination (1 5/8 inch EIA flange connector unless otherwise specified in contract documents). The RF feed cable's connection point is on top of the RF output filter and it is accessible from the top of the cabinet (see figure MD-28 for location/ dimensional information).
(d) (e)
(f)
WARNING
Hazardous static and RF voltages which may cause serious personal injury or even death can be applied thru the RF feed cable if it is connected directly to an antenna system. Ensure the centre conductor is properly grounded/ disconnected from the antenna before touching it or any of the exposed conductors in the RF output filter. NOTE The RF output should be applied to a dummy load during commissioning procedure's initial turn-on. If the RF feed cable is not connected to a switching circuit that permits antenna/dummy load selection, ensure the dummy load's RF feed cable is connected to the RF output connection until otherwise specified during the commissioning procedures. The following instructions assume the RF feed cable's terminating device is a 1 5/8 inch EIA flange connector. If any other termination is used, the user is responsible for proper connection.
2.2.9 INSTALLATION OF EXTERNAL WIRING: Connect wiring from the modulating audio source, remote control/monitoring devices, and when used, the external RF drive source; to terminating points in the transmitter: NOTE Chassis punch pilot holes are provided at both front corners of the cabinet's top, front cover to accommodate cable entry. If their location is not satisfactory, any suitable point may be selected. The installer must drill/punch an appropriate size cable entry hole at the selected entry point. It is recommended the wiring be installed in a metal conduit which is rigidly attached at both ends. (a) Route all external wiring through the selected cable entry hole to the vicinity of the remote interface PWB on the rear of the control/monitor panel. Ensure all wiring passes through the panel's ferrite toroid. Refer to figure MD-1 to locate the control/ monitor panel, to figure MD-3 to locate the remote interface PWB and to figure MD-5 for the remote interface PWB's assembly detail.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 (b) Coaxial cable J2 ( RF MONITOR) terminating at the remote interface PWB should be cut to the appropriate length and terminated by a BNC connector. Wires routed to a terminal on the remote interface PWB or if applicable, the C-QUAM AM stereo exciter PWB, should be cut to length and the insulation should be stripped to expose 6mm (0.25 inches) of the conductor. connect both control wires from each differential input to the appropriate terminals.
(c)
2.2.9.2 RF Performance Monitoring Wiring: Refer to paragraph 2.1.10 to determine the RF performance outputs that are available for monitoring and the type of information each provides. (a) Determine which RF performance outputs will be monitored and then record the type of wire termination required and where applicable, the terminals on the remote interface PWB which are associated with each output to be monitored. Route the RF performance wires thru a cable entry hole in the cabinet and through the control/monitor panel's ferrite toroid, to the vicinity of the remote interface PWB. Connect the wiring to the termination point recorded in step (a).
2.2.9.1 External Control Wiring: Refer to paragraphs 2.1.8.1 thru 2.1.8.6 and 2.1.9 to identify the control functions that can be controlled remotely. NOTE There are two control input terminals (+) and (-) for each control function. Each control function also has a header/post shunt combination which must be configured for the type of control input (single ended or differential) that will be applied. The type of control input and the resultant header/ post shunt configuration will dictate whether control wiring is connected to one or both terminals. The header/post shunt configuration is not selected/ verified during these procedures. It is completed during the technical commissioning procedures in paragraph 2.3. (a) Determine which remote control inputs will be applied. Note and record the terminals (+ and -) on the remote interface PWB which are associated with each control to be applied. Determine if each control circuit will provide a single ended input or a differential input as described in paragraph 2.1.8. Route the remote control wires thru a cable entry hole in the cabinet and through the control/monitor panel's ferrite toroid, to the vicinity of the remote interface PWB and connect the wiring to the termination point recorded in step (a). connect the single control wire from each single ended input to its associated negative terminal. (b)
(c)
2.2.9.3 Alarm/Status Monitor Wiring: Refer to paragraphs 2.1.11 and 2.1.12 to identify the alarm/status outputs that are available to be monitored remotely. (a) Determine which alarm/status outputs will be monitored. Note and record the terminal on the remote interface PWB which is associated with each output to be monitored. Determine the type of output that is required from the two options available. Route the alarm/status wires thru a cable entry hole in the cabinet and through the control/monitor panel's ferrite toroid, to the vicinity of the remote interface PWB and connect the wiring to the termination point recorded in step (a).
(b) (c)
(b)
(c)
NOTE The presence or absence of resistor arrays U11 thru U14 is not addressed during these procedures. Their installation/removal is completed or verified during the technical commissioning procedures in paragraph 2.3.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 2.2.9.4 Audio Wiring: Refer to paragraph 2.1.6 to identify the audio input options and then determine the audio input option(s) which is/are applicable to the exciter configuration in use. (a) Route audio wires thru a cable entry hole in the cabinet and through the control/monitor panel's ferrite toroid, to the destination identified for the exciter configuration in use. If a monaural audio input which provides 125% positive/100% negative modulation is used, connect the positive input to TB2-8 and the negative input to TB2-9 of the remote interface PWB. If a second monaural audio input is used for exciter B, connect the positive input to TB2-11 and the negative input to TB2-12 of the remote interface PWB. (a) Route RF drive coaxial cable thru a cable entry hole in the cabinet and through the control/monitor panel's ferrite toroid, to the vicinity of the exciter interface PWB. Cut the RF drive coaxial cable to length, terminate it with a coaxial BNC connector and connect it to the exciter interface PWB's EXT RF connector (J7).
(b)
(b)
2.2.10 REASSEMBLY: Assemble panels and assemblies removed in paragraph 2.2.4. (a) (b) (c) Install the rear door on the cabinet: lift door over cabinet hinge pin. snap door's spring-loaded hinge pin into cabinet retaining socket. connect door-to-cabinet ground wire. Install AC contactor cover inside rear cabinet frame above A23K1. Install the connector access panels below the RF power module trays by turning 1/4 turn fasteners clockwise. Install RF output filter access cover using retained hardware. Install 8-input RF combiner/filter access cover using retained hardware. Install transmitter top cover.
(c)
NOTE Connection of the audio cable's shield is dependent on the presence or absence of ground loops. In some installations, it may be necessary to connect the shield at one end only. In these cases, connect the end that provides the best results. (d) If Nautel's AM stereo option is installed, connect the left and right audio to TB1 of the C-QUAM AM stereo exciter PWB. The phase relationship of the left and right audio is crucial to C-QUAM AM stereo operation. The correct polarization must be maintained when connections are made: connect left audio's positive input to TB1-5, negative input to TB1-3 and shield to TB1-4. connect right audio's positive input to TB1-10, negative input to TB1-8 and shield to TB1-9.
(d) (e) (e)
2.2.9.5 External RF Drive Wiring: If the RF drive for one or both exciters is to be applied from an external source (refer to paragraph 2.1.5), connect its wiring as follows:
2.2.11 REFERENCE GROUND INTERCONNECTION: Connect a continuous, lowimpedance conductor (0 AWG copper wire, two-inch copper strap or equivalent), as described in Nautel's 'Lightning Protection for Radio Transmitter Stations' booklet, between the station reference ground and the transmitter's reference ground bolt Refer to figure MD-2 to locate the transmitter's reference ground and to figure 2-3 for its assembly detail.
Figure 2-4 External Input/Output Interface Page 2-20 01 January 2002
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 TECHNICAL PRE-COMMISSIONING Prior to applying AC power and turning on 2.3 the transmitter, some circuits must be customized to the station's power source and operating requirements. The following should be completed. NOTE Technical pre-commissioning procedures require technical decisions and customizing of electrical circuits. They should be incorporated by the station engineer or a competent electronic technician. Reference is made to RF drive and PDM interphase driver PWBs in the following procedures. These printed wiring boards are located on the exciter panel. Refer to figure MD1 to locate the exciter panel, to figure MD-6 to locate the specified PWB and then to the appropriate PWB service instruction manual for its assembly detail. 2.3.1 AC POWER SOURCE VARIABLES: The main power transformer (A23A1T1) and the low voltage power supply transformer (A23A2T1) have tapped primary windings to accommodate variations in the mean voltage level of the AC power source. Determine and record the AC power source's nominal, loaded, phase-to-phase, RMS voltage and then complete the following: Table 2-1 Primary Winding Taps for A23A1T1
NOMINAL VOLTAGE (RMS, PHASE-TO-PHASE) 178-252 178-193 194-203 204-213 214-223 224-234 235-252 360-505 360-379 380-405 406-430 431-450 451-475 476-505 PRIMARY WINDING TAPS
H1 1-A 1-B 1-C 1-D 1-E 1-F
H2 2-A 2-B 2-C 2-D 2-E 2-F
H3 3-A 3-B 3-C 3-D 3-E 3-F
(b)
Verify installed power transformer is rated for the AC power source voltage by noting voltage rating on its nameplate. Connect the moveable wire from each of the power transformer's input terminals (H1, H2 and H3) to the tap of their associated primary windings identified in step (a), noting the tap for all three primary windings must be the same (A, B, C, etc.).
(c)
WARNING
Ensure AC power source is switched off at the service entrance. If this precaution is not observed, voltages that may cause serious injury or death will be present on circuit breaker and transformer terminals. 2.3.1.1 Main Power T ransformer Primary Tap Selection: Identify which primary winding taps should be used and connected to the transformer's AC power input (H) terminals, as follows: NOTE Access to the main power transformer and its terminals is obtained through the rear door opening. (a) Using the voltage recorded as the nominal, loaded, phase-to-phase, RMS voltage, enter table 2-1 and determine which primary winding taps should be selected.
2.3.1.2 Low Volts Pwr Supply Transformer Primary Tap Selection: Identify which primary winding tap should be used and which terminal on the DC power supply PWB (A28) should be connected to its E3 terminal, as follows NOTE The primary winding leads from the low voltage power supply power transformer are routed to quick-disconnect terminals on the DC power supply PWB. The appropriate primary winding tap is selected by interconnecting terminal E3 of the DC power supply PWB to the appropriate quick-disconnect terminal. (a) Using the voltage recorded as the nominal, loaded, phase-to-phase, RMS voltage, enter table 2-2 and determine which quickdisconnect terminal should be connected to terminal E3 on the DC power supply PWB. Interconnect the moveable jumper wire which originates at terminal E3 to the quickdisconnect terminal identified in step (a).
(b)
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 2-2 Primary Winding Taps for A23A2T1
NOMINAL VOLTAGE (RMS, PHASE-TO-PHASE) 178-252 178-203 204-223 224-234 235-252 360-505 360-405 406-450 451-475 476-505 DC PWR SUPPLY PWB CONNECT TERMINAL E3 TO E7 E6 E5 E4
2.3.3 INTERNAL/EXTERNAL RF DRIVE SOURCE: RF drive and frequency synthesizer PWBs have provision to use their integral RF oscillator or an external RF generator as their RF drive source. The user must identify which RF drive source is to be used and then configure or verify the installed PWB is configured to use the desired source. Refer to the Preparation for Use section of the installed PWB's service instruction manual for selection instructions. The factory default selection is the integral RF oscillator. NOTE If an external RF drive is used for the 'A' and 'B' exciters, it is recommended it be duplicated (main/ standby) and connected to changeover when a failure occurs. If this is not the case, it is recommended one RF drive/frequency synthesizer PWB be connected to use its integral oscillator as its RF drive source. This will ensure continued operation in the event of an external RF drive source failure. 2.3.4 FREQUENCY DEPENDENT VARIABLES: The printed wiring boards which provide the RF drive for the 'A' and 'B' exciters contain components, switch selections and/or shorting link selections which are dependent on the carrier frequency. Refer to the Preparation for Use section of the installed PWB's service instruction manual for selection information to verify it has been configured for the transmitter's carrier frequency. NOTE Factory installed PWBs will be configured for the frequency that was identified in contract documents and will be precisely calibrated for optimum operation when the transmitter is operating into a 50-ohm load. Do not change any adjustment, link selection or switch setting other than those specified in these Technical or the Pre-commissioning Procedures Commissioning Procedures of paragraph 2.4. The optimum variable pulse duration modulation frequency ( PDM) was selected during factory tests. Refer to the Transmitter Configuration Sheet, provided with the Factory Test Results, to determine switch settings that were established to obtain this frequency. These settings should be used unless the assigned carrier frequency is changed.
2.3.2 EXCITER RF DRIVE PWB OPTIONS: There are a number of options for the printed wiring boards which provide the RF drive for the 'A' and 'B' exciters. Identify and record which option has been installed for exciter 'A' and for exciter 'B', noting they are located on the exciter panel: NOTE If a C-QUAM AM stereo PWB is installed to provide exciter A's RF drive, it is located on the rear of the exciter panel in its A2A2 position. In this case, a PWB will not be installed in the exciter panel's A1A1 position. 2.3.2.1 Exciter A's RF Drive PWB : One of three RF drive PWBs will be installed on the exciter panel (A2) to provide exciter A's RF drive. They are: NAPE68 RF Drive PWB (standard). NAPE60 Frequency Synthesizer PWB. NAPE49 C-QUAM AM Stereo Exciter PWB. 2.3.2.2 Exciter B's RF Drive PWB : One of two RF drive PWBs will be installed in the exciter panel's A1A4 position to provide exciter B's RF drive. They are: NAPE68 RF Drive PWB (standard). NAPE60 Frequency Synthesizer PWB. (A1A4).
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 2.3.5 AUDIO PASS BAND SELECTION: The interphase PDM driver PWBs (A1A5 for exciter 'A' and A1A6 for exciter 'B' on the exciter panel) have provision to select one of four audio pass bands. Refer to the interphase PDM driver PWBs. The selection is determined by the settings of their AUDIO FILTER switch (S1). The user must determine the most suitable roll-off frequency from the four choices tabulated in table 2-3 and then set the AUDIO The FILTER switch for each PWB accordingly. factory default selection is for a -1.0dB roll-off at the highest frequency. This selection will be adequate for most installations. NOTE A 3-pole Butterworth filter that can be altered towards a pseudo-Bessel response is used as the low-pass audio filter. The decision to select a lower roll-off frequency will be dictated by complex factors. They may include an antenna with sideband limitations, square wave overshoot, and the processing the audio is subjected to. In some instances, AM stereo stations may wish to reduce/eliminate pass band influence. Nautel's field service department will provide advice and recommendations based on the installation. (a) Refer to table 2-3 to determine the roll-off frequencies that can be selected and the settings of the AUDIO FILTER switch that are required to obtain them. Record the selected roll-off frequency and the AUDIO FILTER switch settings for future reference. Set or verify the AUDIO FILTER switch, on both interphase PDM driver PWB's, has been set to provide the desired high-frequency roll off, as recorded in step (a). Table 2-3 Audio Pass Band Selection
HIGH FREQ ROLL-OFF
(-1.0 dB) 16.0 kHz 13.5 kHz 10.5 kHz 7.5 kHz
AUDIO FILTER SWITCH SETTINGS

S1-1 CLOSED OPEN CLOSED OPEN S1-2 CLOSED CLOSED OPEN OPEN
2.3.6 AUDIO CHOICES: The AUDIO SOURCE switch on the exciter panel's interface PWB must be set to reflect the type of audio and number of audio inputs that are applied to the transmitter. Paragraph 2.1.6 identifies the audio input options which are available. 2.3.6.1 Refer to paragraphs 2.1.6.1 thru 2.1.6.4 to identify which exciter/audio input option is in use and then set or verify the exciter interface PWB's AUDIO SOURCE switch has been set to the setting identified for that option. 2.3.7 REMOTE CONTROL CHOICES: Remote control input circuits must be configured to reflect the type of inputs that are applied to them. Paragraphs 2.1.8 and 2.1.9 identify the functions that can be controlled remotely and what their connection options are. Refer to paragraphs 2.1.8.1 thru 2.1.8.6 and 2.1.9.1 to identify which remote control inputs are being applied and then determine which are connected to apply a differential input and which are connected to apply a single-ended input. 2.3.7.1 Differential Inputs: Install a 2-socket shunt post in the DIFFERENTIAL INPUT position (pins 1 and 2 shorted) of the 3-pin header identified as being associated with each control that applies a differential input. 2.3.7.2 Single Ended Inputs: Install a 2-socket shunt post in the SINGLE ENDED INPUT position (pins 2 and 3 shorted) of the 3-pin header identified as being associated with each control that applies a single ended input.
(b)
NOTE The optimum variable pulse duration modulation frequency ( PDM) was selected during factory tests. Refer to the Transmitter Configuration Sheet, provided with the Factory Test Results, to determine switch settings that were established to obtain this frequency. These settings should be used unless the assigned carrier frequency is changed.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 2-4 Grouping of Alarm/Status Outputs STATUS OUTPUTS INFLUENCED BY
RESISTOR ARRAY U11
ALARM OUTPUTS INFLUENCED BY

RESISTOR ARRAY U12 RESISTOR ARRAY U13 RESISTOR ARRAY U14
RF PWR ON REMOTE STATUS EXCITER B RF PWR STATUS 1 RF PWR STATUS 2 RF PWR STATUS 3 RF PWR STATUS 4 RF PWR STATUS 5 RF PWR STATUS 6
RF DR B+ FAIL B+ P/S FAIL AC FAIL P/S OVER TEMP P/S FAN FAIL BATTERY LOW INT INTLK OPEN EXT INTLK OPEN
RF OVER CURRENT FILTER OVER TEMP HIGH VSWR RF PWR CUTBACK INHIBIT PDM EXT STANDBY MODULATOR PROTECTION PM FAULT
SHUTBACK PDM FAIL RF DRIVE FAIL LV P/S FAIL
NOTE: THE OUTPUTS ASSOCIATED WITH A RESISTOR ARRAY WILL ALL BE SET FOR THE SAME OUTPUT OPTION
2.3.8 ALARM/STATUS OUTPUT CHOICES: There are two options available for the remote alarm/status monitoring outputs (see paragraphs 2.1.11 and 2.1.12). Both options provide a currentsink-to-ground for a logic true condition (alarm state or active status). Unless otherwise specified in contract documents, the factory default selection is option '1' Option '1' provides an open collector for a logic false condition (no alarm or not active status), Option '2' provides +5 VDC (TTL compatible) for a logic false condition. NOTE The alarm/status outputs are grouped into sets (see table 2-4). The presence or absence of the resistor array associated with each set will dictate which output option is selected for the whole set. 2.3.8.1 Logic False - Open Collector: When the logic false output for an alarm/status output must be an open collector, proceed as follows: (a) Enter table 2-4 with the output name silkscreened adjacent to its output terminal on the remote interface PWB and determine the associated resistor array. NOTE
If a resistor array is not installed, all outputs which are influenced by that array (see table 2-4) will provide an open collector as their logic false outputs. (b) Remove or verify resistor array identified in step (a) is not installed on the remote interface PWB.
2.3.8.2 Logic False - +5VDC: When the logic false output for an alarm/status output must be +5 VDC (TTL compatible), proceed as follows: (a) Enter table 2-4 with the output name silkscreened adjacent to its output terminal on the remote interface PWB and determine the associated resistor array.
NOTE If the resistor arrays were not factory installed, sufficient quantities are included in the transmitter's ancillary parts kit (Nautel P/N UF17). If a resistor array is installed, all outputs which are influenced by that array (see table 2-4) will provide +5 VDC as their logic false outputs. (b) Install or verify resistor array identified in step (a) is installed on remote interface PWB.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 2.3.9 ALARM DISPLAY OPTIONS: There are two display options available for the ALARM display LEDs on the control/monitor panel. They can be preset for a continuous or a flashing alarm display when they are active. The factory default selection is a continuous alarm display. NOTE The positioning of shunt post E1 on 3-pin header XE1 of the system control PWB determines which alarm display option is selected. The system control PWB is located on the rear of the control/monitor panel. If necessary, refer to the system control PWB's service instruction manual for its assembly detail. 2.3.9.1 Continuous Alarm Display: If a continuous alarm display is desired, install shunt post E1 in the SOLID position of XE1 (pins 1 and 2 shorted). 2.3.9.2 Flashing Alarm Display: If a flashing alarm status display is desired, install shunt post E1 in the FLASHING position of XE1 (pins 2 and 3 shorted).
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 COMMISSIONING PROCEDURES These procedures are in a step-by-step 2.4 format. They will permit a person who is not familiar with the transmitter to perform required checks. They should be completed in sequence, as each procedure establishes settings and contains prerequisites for subsequent procedures. NOTE The transmitter was precisely calibrated and subjected to a burn-in during manufacture. It should not be necessary to change any adjustment, other than the ones specified. If the tests associated with a procedure indicate that the preset adjustments are not optimum, perform the appropriate adjustment procedure as detailed in section 5 prior to proceeding with additional tests. The exciter assemblies are duplicated and are connected to form an active and a reserve exciter. The control/monitor panel's EXCITER switch setting determines which set is selected as the active exciter. Refer to the following listings to determine which PWB/assembly is selected for a specific EXCITER switch A or B setting. An optional C-QUAM AM stereo exciter PWB (A2A2) may be installed on the exciter panel as exciter A's RF drive source. When this option is included, the exciter panel's 'A' RF drive PWB (A2A1A1) will not be installed. Exciter A Selected (Stereo Option Not Installed)
A - DC Power Supply ................................. A2A1A2 A - RF Drive or Freq Synthesizer PWB ........ A2A1A1 A - Interphase PDM Driver PWB ................. A2A1A5 A - RF Drive Amplifier....................................A11A1 A - Regulated Power Supply ..........................A11A4
2.4.1 PRECAUTIONS TO BE OBSERVED: The transmitter contains many solid state devices which may be damaged if subjected to excessive heat or high voltage transients. Every effort must be taken to ensure circuits are not overdriven or disconnected from their loads while turned on. The precautionary information included in the operating instructions of section 4 should be read and fully understood prior to applying power and must be observed during operation. 2.4.2 TURN ON PREREQUISITES: Verify the transmitter is ready to turn on as follows: (a) Verify pre-commissioning requirements of paragraph 2.2 and 2.3 have been completed. Ensure AC power is turned off at the service entrance. Terminate the transmitter's RF output into a precision, 50 ohm, resistive, 20kW, dummy load that has provision to accurately display the RF power being applied to it. Verify the ground wand is properly stored, all panels are installed (ensure their attaching hardware is firmly tightened) and the rear door is closed and locked. Place or verify the EMERGENCY ON/OFF switch, which is immediately below the control/ monitor panel, is pulled out (ON position).
(b) (c)
(d)
(e)
WARNING
If a jumper is placed between interlock inputs TB1-25/TB1-26 on the remote interface PWB, safety features controlled by the external interlocks will be disabled. A fail safe method of alerting personnel to this fact should be implemented. Voltages which are dangerous to life will be present on the RF output stages and the antenna system if the transmitter is turned on. (f) Close all external interlocks or connect a temporary jumper wire between TB1-25 and TB1-26 of the remote interface PWB. Configure the audio input circuits for a common source for exciter 'A' and 'B' by setting the exciter interface PWB's AUDIO SOURCE switch to its SINGLE position.
Exciter A Selected (Stereo Option Installed)

A - DC Power Supply ................................. A2A1A2 A - C-QUAM AM Stereo Exciter PWB ............. A2A2 A - Interphase PDM driver PWB .................. A2A1A5 A - RF Drive Amplifier....................................A11A1 A - Regulated Power Supply ..........................A11A4
Exciter B Selected
B - DC Power Supply ................................. A2A1A3 B - RF Drive or Freq Synthesizer PWB ........ A2A1A4 B - Interphase PDM driver PWB .................. A2A1A6 B - RF Drive Amplifier....................................A11A3 B - Regulated Power Supply ..........................A11A5
(g)
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 (h) In lieu of normal station programming, connect an audio signal generator [preset to 1000Hz at a zero output level (turned off)], between TB28(+) and TB2-9(-) of the remote interface PWB. NOTE Exciter B is selected in the following procedures, unless a test specifically requires exciter A to be selected. This selection ensures the procedures can be used regardless of RF drive source for exciter A. In single exciter transmitters, exciter B's assemblies/modules are not installed. Exciter A must be selected. Second exciter tests should be disregarded. (a) (b) (i) If the RF drive for one or both exciters is being provided by an external RF generator, verify it is not being modulated and it is the assigned carrier frequency 5.0Hz and its nominal level is between 5.0 and 12 Vpp. Connect a 50 ohm, 10W resistive load to the remote interface PWB's RF MONITOR connector (J2). If the optional C-QUAM AM stereo exciter PWB is installed on the interface panel as exciter A's RF drive source: disable the AM stereo feature and select monaural operation by setting its STEREO ENABLE switch to MONO. inhibit the 25Hz pilot frequency by setting its PILOT switch to OFF. turn off its left and right audio inputs. (d) 2.4.3 INITIAL TURN-ON: Switch on the AC power at the service entrance, turn on the transmitter and observe its alarm and status indicators as follows: Obtain three, size AA, alkaline batteries (provided in ancillary parts kit) and install them in the system control PWB's battery holder. Ensure the polarity marked on the battery holder is observed. Verify the requirements of paragraph 2.4.2 have been completed. Verify the AC power is turned on at the service entrance and then apply AC power to the transmitter by setting the circuit breaker enclosure's circuit breaker to ON. NOTE
Transmitter control circuits will automatically default to the following control settings whenever AC power is applied during initial turn on or after the battery voltage provided by the system control PWB's batteries has been interrupted and restored.
Ensure the peak-to-peak amplitude of the external RF drive does not exceed 12.0 volts. Voltages in excess of 12.0 volts will over stress RF drive input components and cause them to overheat.
(j)
(k)
(c)
local control is selected. exciter A is selected. preset RF power level 6 is selected. RF power stage is turned off. control/monitor panel meters are turned off. An audible indication that the AC charge contactor and main AC contactor has energised should be heard.
Do not change setting of any adjustment on an AM stereo exciter unless specifically directed to do so and then only if test results are not within specified tolerances. Improper adjustment may result in out- of-tolerance emission level test results and will probably cause a badly distorted or otherwise unacceptable AM stereo output.
NOTE Control switches, that have self-contained status indicating lamps and bicolor (red/green) indicator lamps are located on the system control PWB. They protrude through openings in the control/monitor panel and are considered to be on the control/monitor panel in the following procedures. Unless otherwise stated, all referenced controls and indicators, are located on or accessible from the control/monitor panel in the following.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 2-5 DC Volts Meter Readings
METER SCALE
SELECTED
(k)
METER READING
MIN MAX
Reset or verify the protection and alarm circuits are reset. Press/release the SYSTEM RESET switch. All bicolor STATUS lamps shall be green.
(l)
B+ PA VOLTS +48V +24V +15V +5V -5V -15V
320.0 0.0 45.0 20.0 14.0 4.8 4.8 14.0
340.0 0.0 52.0 28.0 16.0 5.2 5.2 16.0
NOTE If a STATUS lamp is red, a fault condition exists. Refer to section 5 to determine the cause and the remedial action that must be taken. (m) Verify all control/monitor panel lamps are functional by pressing the LED TEST switch. All bi-coloured lamps shall alternately flash green and red. All single-coloured lamps shall be continuously on. (n) Select forward power to be displayed on the KILOWATTS meter.
RF
(d) (e) (f)
Verify the lamps in the LOCAL, RF EXCITER-A and RF OFF switches are on.
POWER 1,
Verify the lamps in the METER ON/OFF and both SELECT METER SCALE switches are off. Turn on the meters. Press/release METER ON/OFF switch, noting its integral lamp and the lamps in both SELECT METER SCALE switches shall turn on. Sequentially check the outputs of the DC power supplies as displayed on the DC VOLTS meter and verify the readings are within the tolerances tabulated in table 2-5.
(g)
NOTE The FORWARD POWER (0-14kW) lamp will turn on when forward power is selected for display. The selection can be changed by pressing and releasing the RF KILOWATTS meter's SELECT METER SCALE switch until the appropriate selection lamp turns on. (o) Turn on the RF power stage. Press/release RF ON switch noting its integral lamp turns on and the RF OFF switch's lamp turns off. The RF output, as displayed on the KILOWATTS meter, shall be zero watts.
RF
NOTE The lamp associated with a selection will turn on when it is selected for display. The selection can be changed by pressing and releasing the DC VOLTS meter's SELECT METER SCALE switch until the lamp associated with a selection turns on. (h) Select exciter B. Press/release EXCITER B switch noting its integral lamp turns on and the EXCITER A switch's lamp turns off. Repeat step (g). Preset the initial RF power level for zero watts when the RF power stage is turned on. Simultaneously press/release the DECR and INCR - RF POWER switches.
(p)
(q)
Verify all cooling fans are operating. Check for air flow at the top of each of the four upper RF power modules.
(i) (j)
NOTE Refer to the notes and listings before paragraph 2.4.1 to determine which assemblies are associated with exciter 'A' and which are associated with exciter 'B'. The DC power supply, RF drive/frequency synthesizer, C-QUAM AM stereo exciter (when installed) and interphase PDM driver PWB's are located on the exciter panel (see figure MD-6). The RF drive amplifiers and regulated DC power supply PWB's are located on the front of RF drive panel (see figure MD-8).
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 2.4.4 RF DRIVE CHECKS: Check the frequency, symmetry and level of the RF drive for the 'A' and 'B' exciters as follows: (a) Verify the requirements of paragraph 2.4.3 have been completed and are being met.
2.4.4.1 RF Drive Frequency: Measure the frequency of the RF drive being applied to the active RF drive amplifier: (a) Connect a frequency counter between the lead of R1 identified as TP1 on the active RF drive amplifier and TP2 (ground). The RF drive frequency, as indicated by the frequency counter, shall be the assigned carrier frequency 5.0 Hz or five parts per million (ppm) whichever is greater. If required, adjust the frequency at the active exciter's RF drive source for precisely the assigned carrier frequency: If an external RF generator is the RF drive source adjust its output frequency as directed in its maintenance manual. If an RF drive PWB is the RF drive source, adjust its FREQ ADJUST variable capacitor (C15). If a frequency synthesizer PWB is the drive source, adjust its FREQ TRIM variable capacitor (C30). If a C-QUAM AM stereo exciter PWB is the RF drive source (exciter 'A' only), adjust its 4 c variable capacitor (C49). Select exciter A. Press/release EXCITER A switch noting its integral lamp turns on and the EXCITER B switch's lamp turns off. Repeat steps (a) thru (c) (f) (g) Disconnect the frequency counter. Return to exciter B. Press/release EXCITER B switch noting its integral lamp turns on and the EXCITER A switch's lamp turns off. (c) Figure 2-5 Balanced Drive c Input Waveform c = 1700kHz (AC Coupled) 2.4.4.2 RF Drive Symmetry: Measure the symmetry of the RF drive being applied to the active RF drive amplifier: (a) Connect an oscilloscope between the lead of R1 identified as TP1 on the active RF drive amplifier and TP2 (ground). Oscilloscope indication should be similar to example depicted in figure 2-5. It should be a symmetrical (50% duty cycle) square wave with a nominal amplitude of 15.0 Vpp. If necessary, adjust the RF drive source to obtain a symmetrical square wave:
(b)
(c)
(b)
(d)
NOTE If an external RF generator is producing the RF drive, verify its output waveform is symmetrical. If necessary adjust it as directed in its maintenance manual. If an RF drive PWB is the RF drive source/ processor, adjust its SYMMETRY potentiometer (R5). If a frequency synthesizer PWB is the drive source/processor, adjust its SLICER BIAS potentiometer (R41). If a C-QUAM AM stereo exciter PWB is the RF drive source (exciter 'A' only), adjust its SLICER BIAS potentiometer (R154).
(e)
Figure 2-6 Balanced RF Amplifier Output c = 1700kHz (AC Coupled) (d) Select exciter A. Press/release EXCITER A switch noting its integral lamp turns on and the EXCITER B switch's lamp turns off. Repeat steps (a) thru (c). Disconnect oscilloscope. Return to exciter B. Press/release EXCITER B switch noting its integral lamp turns on and the EXCITER A switch's lamp turns off. (e) (f) (g) (c)
Figure 2-7 2 pdm Frequency Waveform 2 pdm = 150 kHz (DC Coupled) Verify EXCITER - RF DRIVE lamp is green indicating the RF drive level being applied to the RF power modules is satisfactory. Select exciter A. Press/release EXCITER A switch noting its integral lamp turns on and the EXCITER B switch's lamp turns off. Repeat steps (a) thru (c). Disconnect oscilloscope. Return to exciter B. Press/release EXCITER B switch noting its integral lamp turns on and the EXCITER A switch's lamp turns off.
(e) (f) (g)
(d)
2.4.4.3 RF Drive Level: Measure the amplitude (level) of the RF drive being applied to the RF power modules as follows:
Use extreme care when connecting/disconnecting the oscilloscope probe in the following procedures. Do not allow the probe to short the RF drive to ground. (a) Monitor the RF drive output of the active RF drive amplifier by connecting an oscilloscope between terminal E1 (RF DRIVE) and TP2 (ground) on the active RF drive amplifier. Oscilloscope waveform shall be similar to the example in figure 2-6. Waveform's peak-topeak amplitude should be between 66 and 87 volts.
2.4.5 CHECK OF RF POWER STAGES: Verify the RF power stages are functioning and then set the six preset RF power levels for the desired carrier level as follows: 2.4.5.1 RF Power Checks: Check the forward/ reflected power and DC input current levels as follows: (a) Verify lamps in and both switches are on, indicating transmitter control is from the control/ monitor panel and the meters are enabled.
SELECT METER SCALE LOCAL, METER ON/OFF
(b)
(b)
Verify the lamps in RF ON, EXCITER B and RF POWER 1 switches are on, indicating RF output level is zero, exciter 'B' is active and RF power 1 is the selected preset power level.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 (c) All bicolor STATUS lamps shall be green. NOTE When a preset RF power level is selected, the RF output will be the level that was present when it was last selected, with two exceptions. If the DC voltage provided by the batteries on the system control PWB was interrupted or the RF power level was set to zero by simultaneously pressing/releasing the DECR and INCR - RF POWER switches, the memory for all the preset power levels will be erased and set to zero. (a) Sequentially select each preset RF power level and set the RF output, as displayed on the RF KILOWATTS meter, to the forward power level desired for each selection.
NOTE If a STATUS lamp is red, a fault condition exists. Refer to section 5 to determine the cause and the remedial action which must be taken. (d) Verify forward power is selected to be displayed on the RF KILOWATTS meter (FORWARD POWER (0-14kW) lamp is on). Set the RF output to 2000 watts, as displayed on the dummy load's RF power indicator. Press and hold INCR - RF POWER switch until a reading of 2000 watts is obtained.. The forward power indication on the KILOWATTS meter shall be 2000 watts.
RF
(e)
(f)
(g)
The current being consumed by the RF power amplifiers, as indicated by the DC AMPERES meter, shall be a nominal 8.0 amperes. Select reflected power to be displayed on the RF KILOWATTS meter (REFLECTED POWER (03.5kW) lamp shall be on). The reflected power, as displayed on the KILOWATTS meter, shall be near 0.0 watts.
RF
2.4.5.3 Setting RF Monitoring Voltages: Set the RF voltage sample applied to the remote interface PWB's RF MONITOR connector, for each preset RF power level, to 5.0 volts rms (14.14 volts peak-topeak) when the load presented by the modulation monitor is 50 ohms, as follows: NOTE The RF monitor circuit is designed to provide 5.0 volts RMS (14.14 volts peak-to-peak) at any RF output between 1000 watts and 13000 watts provided its load (modulation monitor) is 50 ohms. Difficulty may be experienced in obtaining the desired results if any other voltage/impedance combination is used. If difficulty is experienced, consult Nautel's field service department. A voltage sample of the RF output is applied to a selective resistance network that is in series with the load connected to the RF MONITOR output. The network has six legs, one for each preset RF power level and each has a coarse selection (positioning of two shorting shunt posts) and a fine adjustment (setting of a potentiometer). The referenced 3-pin headers and potentiometers are located on the remote interface PWB. (a) Select preset RF power level 1 (lamp in RF POWER 1 switch shall be on) and verify the RF output, as displayed on the RF KILOWATTS meter, is the desired forward power level (must be between 1000 and 13 000 watts). Connect a 50 ohm, 10W resistive load to the remote interface PWB's RF MONITOR connector.
(h)
(i) (j)
Select forward power to be displayed on the RF KILOWATTS meter (FORWARD POWER (0-14kW) lamp is on). Repeat steps (e) thru (j) for an RF power output of 6000 watts and 13 000 watts, noting the DC AMPERES meter reading shall be a nominal 23 amperes at 6000 watts and a nominal 47 amperes at 13 000 watts.
(k)
2.4.5.2 Setting Preset RF Power Levels: Set each preset RF power level to produce the desired RF output when a preset RF power level is selected, noting the RF output should be not less than 1000 watts and not more than 13 000 watts.
(b)
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 (c) Connect an AC voltmeter across the 50 ohm, 10W resistive load connected to the RF MONITOR connector. Set monitor circuit's RF PWR (R26) fully counter clockwise.
1
(l)
Select preset RF power level 2 (lamp in RF POWER 2 switch shall be on); verify the RF output is the desired forward power level and then repeat steps (d) thru (k), substituting: E18/XE18 (RF 2) for E16/XE16 (RF 1). E19/XE19 (RF 2) for E17/XE17 (RF 1). RF PWR 2 potentiometer (R27) for RF potentiometer (R26).
(d) (e)
potentiometer
Verify a 2-socket shunt post is not installed on monitor circuit's 3 -pin header XE16 (RF 1). If necessary, remove shunt post. Select highest, series resistance. Short pins 1 and 2 of monitor circuit's 3 -pin header XE17 (RF 1). Use a 2-socket shunt post (E17). If AC voltmeter reading is more than 5.0 volts RMS or less than 0.714 volts RMS, verify requirements of steps (a) thru (f) are being met. Contact Nautel's field service department if problem persists. If AC voltmeter reading is between 5.0 and 3.8 volts RMS, adjust RF PWR 1 potentiometer (R26) for a reading of 5.0 volts rms. If AC voltmeter reading is between 3.8 and 2.75 volts RMS: Remove 2 -socket shunt post E17 from 3-pin header XE17 (RF 1). Short pins 2 and 3 of 3-pin header XE16 (RF 1) using a 2-socket shunt post (E16). Adjust RF PWR 1 potentiometer (R26) for a reading of 5.0 volts rms. If AC voltmeter reading is between 2.75 and 1.8 volts RMS: Reposition 2-socket shunt post E17 on 3-pin header XE17 (RF 1) so it shorts pins 2 and 3. Adjust RF PWR 1 potentiometer (R26) for a reading of 5.0 volts RMS. If AC voltmeter reading is between 1.8 and 0.714 RMS: Remove 2-socket shunt post E17 from 3-pin header XE17 (RF 1). Short pins 1 and 2 of 3-pin header XE16 (RF 1) using a 2-socket shunt post (E16). Adjust RF PWR 1 potentiometer (R26) for a reading of 5.0 volts rms.
PWR 1
(f)
(g)
(m) Select preset RF power level 3 (lamp in RF POWER 3 switch shall be on); verify the RF output is the desired forward power level and then repeat steps (d) thru (k), substituting: E20/XE20 (RF 3) for E16/XE16 (RF 1). E21/XE21 (RF 3) for E17/XE17 (RF 1). RF PWR 3 potentiometer (R28) for RF PWR 1 potentiometer (R26). (n) Select preset RF power level 4 (lamp in RF POWER 4 switch shall be on); verify the RF output is the desired forward power level and then repeat steps (d) thru (k), substituting: E22/XE22 (RF 4) for E16/XE16 (RF 1). E23/XE23 (RF 4) for E17/XE17 (RF 1). RF PWR 4 potentiometer (R29) for RF PWR 1 potentiometer (R26). Select preset RF power level 5 (lamp in RF POWER 5 switch shall be on); verify the RF output is the desired forward power level and then repeat steps (d) thru (k), substituting: E24/XE24 (RF 5) for E16/XE16 (RF 1). E25/XE25 (RF 5) for E17/XE17 (RF 1). RF PWR 5 potentiometer (R30) for RF PWR 1 potentiometer (R26). Select preset RF power level 6 (lamp in RF POWER 6 switch shall be on); verify the RF output is the desired forward power level and then repeat steps (d) thru (k), substituting: E26/XE26 (RF 6) for E16/XE16 (RF 1). E27/XE27 (RF 6) for E17/XE17 (RF 1). RF PWR 6 potentiometer (R31) for RF PWR 1 potentiometer (R26).
(h)
(i) (j) (k) -
(o)
(p)
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 2.4.6 MODULATION CHECKS: Verify the RF output is appropriately modulated when audio is applied, as follows: (a) (b) Verify transmitter's RF output is connected to a 50 ohm, resistive, 20kW, dummy load. Verify the RF power stages have been checked, the preset power levels have been established and the RF monitor output voltage has been set as detailed in paragraph 2.4.5. Connect an appropriate modulation monitor to the remote interface PWB's RF MONITOR connector (J2) in lieu of the 50-ohm resistive load used to establish the RF monitor voltages. Verify forward power is selected to be displayed on the RF KILOWATTS meter [FORWARD POWER (0-14kW) lamp is on]. Select the highest preset RF power level and verify the RF output, as displayed on the RF KILOWATTS meter, is the desired forward power level. (a) Verify the audio input is configured as a common source for exciter 'A' and 'B' (exciter interface PWB's AUDIO SOURCE switch is set to its SINGLE position), an audio signal generator is connected between TB2-8(+) and TB2-9(-) on the remote interface PWB and its output is preset to 1000Hz at a zero output level (turned off). Increase the output level of the audio signal generator until a modulation depth of 100% is attained, as indicated on the modulation monitor. The audio signal generator's output level should be +10dBm.
(b)
(c)
(d)
NOTE The AUDIO GAIN potentiometer on an interphase PDM driver PWB associated with a monaural RF drive source was factory set to provide 100% modulation, when the audio input level is +10dBm. If a C-QUAM AM stereo exciter that is set for monaural operation is exciter A's RF drive source, the audio signal generator's output level may not be precisely +10dBm in step (b) when exciter A is the active exciter. If the exciter will be reset to provide AM stereo operation, disregard steps (c) thru (g). (c) If the monaural program audio can be set to +10dBm when 100% modulation is required, it is recommended the AUDIO GAIN potentiometer on the interphase PDM driver PWBs be left at the factory setting. If the monaural program audio can not be set to +10dBm when 100% modulation is required, the AUDIO GAIN potentiometer on interphase PDM driver PWBs associated with a monaural exciter must be reset as follows: Determine monaural program audio level (in dBm) that will be applied when 100% modulation is expected, noting it must be between 0dBm and +12dBm. Set the audio signal generator's output to the level that will be applied by the program audio when 100% modulation is expected. Adjust the AUDIO GAIN potentiometer on the active exciter's interphase PDM driver PWB for 100% modulation, as indicated on the modulation monitor.
(e)
Do not change the AUDIO GAIN potentiometer setting on exciter A's interphase PDM driver PWB if a C-QUAM AM stereo exciter is installed as exciter A's RF drive source. The setting of this potentiometer was precisely calibrated for AM stereo operation during manufacture and a change in its setting will necessitate a time consuming recalibration. 2.4.6.1 Modulation Envelope (Monaural Output): Check the RF output's modulation envelope is acceptable when a monaural exciter is the RF drive source. NOTE If exciter A's RF drive source is a C-QUAM AM stereo exciter, it must be set for monaural operation as detailed in step (k) of paragraph 2.4.2 if it is to be checked when monaural audio is being applied. If an external AM stereo generator is the RF drive source it must not be modulated and the audio source must be configured as detailed in steps (g) and (h) of paragraph 2.4.2.
(d)
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 (e) (f) Set the output level of the audio signal generator to zero (turned off). Select exciter A. Press/release EXCITER A switch noting its integral lamp turns on and the EXCITER B switch's lamp turns off. (e) Set the C-QUAM AM stereo exciter PWB to produce an AM stereo output. Set its STEREO ENABLE switch to the STEREO position. Turn on the RF power stage. Press/release RF ON switch noting its integral lamp turns on and the RF OFF switch's lamp turns off. Check the function of the C-QUAM AM stereo exciter PWB. Refer to the section of its service instruction Maintenance manual, noting: Final testing and adjustments are completed with the transmitter operating into its antenna system. The RF drive output must not be disabled by disconnecting the RF drive coaxial cable from the C-QUAM AM stereo exciter PWB's RF DRIVE connector unless it is necessary to trouble shoot the PWB or a complete functional test is to be completed.
(f)
NOTE If a C-QUAM AM stereo exciter is installed as exciter A's RF drive source, proceed to paragraph 2.4.6.2 unless it is to be checked when it is set for monaural operation. (g) Repeat steps (a) thru (e) for exciter 'A', paying particular attention to the caution about adjusting the interphase PDM driver PWB's AUDIO GAIN potentiometer if a C-QUAM AM stereo exciter PWB is exciter A's RF drive source. Turn off the RF power stage. Press/release RF OFF switch noting its integral lamp turns on and the RF ON switch's lamp turns off. Disconnect the audio signal generator from TB2-8(+) and TB2-9(-) on the remote interface PWB.
(g)
(h)
(i)
2.4.6.2 Modulation Checks (AM Stereo Output): Verify the RF carrier is being phase modulated by the L-R audio and it is being amplitude modulated by the L+R audio when a C-QUAM AM stereo exciter is installed as exciter A's RF drive source and exciter A is active. (a) Select or verify exciter A is selected. Press/ release EXCITER A switch noting its integral lamp turns on and the EXCITER B switch's lamp turns off. Turn off or verify the RF power stage is turned off. Press/release RF OFF switch noting its integral lamp turns on and the RF ON switch's lamp turns off. Set the exciter interface PWB's switch to its STEREO position.
AUDIO SOURCE
NOTE It will be necessary to inhibit the automatic exciter changeover if the RF drive from the CQUAM AM stereo exciter PWB is disabled. Set the system control PWB's Exciter Control switch (S19) to the AUTO XFR INHIBIT position. (h) On completion of testing, turn off the RF power stage. Press/release RF OFF switch noting its integral lamp turns on and the RF ON switch's lamp turns off. Disconnect the test audio switching circuit (including the audio signal generator) from the left and right audio inputs of the C-QUAM AM stereo exciter PWB.
(i)
(b)
(c) (d)
2.4.6.3 Modulation Peak Limiting: Verify the modulation peaks are limited, to reduce RF power amplifier stress current, when the RF output's modulation envelope contains low frequency (long duration), high amplitude peaks, as follows: (a) (b) Verify the requirements of paragraphs 2.4.6 and 2.4.6.1 have been completed. Connect an oscilloscope between the associated interphase PDM driver PWB's TP3 and ground.
Interface an audio signal generator to the left and right audio inputs of the C-QUAM AM stereo exciter PWB using a test audio switching circuit as defined in the exciter's service instruction manual.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 2.4.7 PLACING TRANSMITTER ON-AIR: When the commissioning tests are successfully completed, connect the studio audio to the transmitter's audio input terminals, connect or verify the RF output is connected to its antenna system and complete any emission tests that are required, as follows: (a) (b) Verify the RF power stage is turned off. Connect or verify the transmitter's RF output is connected to an antenna system.
Monitor TP3, RF = 13.2kW @ 95% Mod, MOD = 20Hz
Modulated at 95% by 20Hz Sine Wave Figure 2-8 RF Output with Positive Peak Limiting (c) (d) (e) (f) Verify an audio generator is connected as the modulating source. Preset audio generator to provide a 20Hz sine wave at a zero output level (turned off). Select EXCITER A and RF PWR 1, noting their integral lamps shall turn on. Set the RF output power level to 13 200 watts. Press the RF POWER trim (increase) until the RF KILOWATTS meter reads 13 200 watts. Monitor the oscilloscope indication and adjust the audio generator's output for 95% modulation. Adjust exciter A's interphase PDM driver PWB's SET THRESHOLD potentiometer (R10) until trailing edge of each 20Hz cycle is just being clipped as depicted in figure 2-8 and then adjust SET THRESHOLD potentiometer for a setting that is on the edge of the clipping threshold (no clipping of modulation envelope). Select EXCITER B , noting its integral lamp shall turn on. Repeat steps (g) and (h) for exciter B's interphase PDM driver PWB.
2.4.7.1 Connect the program audio input(s) to the transmitter's audio input terminal(s) and set the exciter interface PWB's AUDIO SOURCE switch as detailed in the appropriate sub-paragraph of paragraph 2.1.6, noting: NOTE Connection of the audio cable's shield is dependent on the presence or absence of ground loops. In some installations, it may be necessary to connect the shield at one end only. In these cases, connect the end that provides the best results. (a) (b) If both exciters are configured for monaural operation (internal or external RF drive) refer to paragraph 2.1.6 1: If a single audio input is the modulating audio source for both exciters, refer to paragraph 2.1.6.1.1. If there are two audio inputs (one for each exciter), refer to paragraph 2.1.6.1.2. If both exciters are configured for AM stereo operation and they share a common external RF drive, refer to paragraph 2.1.6 2. If one exciter is configured for AM stereo operation using an external RF drive and the other exciter is configured for monaural operation, refer to paragraph 2.1.6 3. If a Nautel C-QUAM AM stereo exciter is installed as exciter A's RF drive source refer to paragraphs 2.1.6 4.
(g)
(h)
(c)
(i) (j)
(d)
2.4.8 ON-AIR TESTS: Turn on the transmitter's RF power stage and complete any occupied bandwidth tests required by local regulations.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 SPECIAL ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES Procedures referred to as special adjustment 2.5 procedures contain adjustments that should not have to be altered once they have been established. They have been precisely set at the factory prior to shipment. The settings will affect the quality of the test results; therefore, the special adjustments should not be disturbed unless their accuracy is suspect and then only if the specified test equipment is available. 2.5.1 INCIDENTAL PHASE MODULATION (EXTERNAL AM STEREO DRIVE) COMPENSATION: Adjust for minimum incidental phase modulation (IPM) when an external AM stereo generator is the RF drive source for an RF drive PWB, as follows: NOTE An unacceptable incidental phase modulation (IPM) level may be obtained when the modulation monitor's RF sample is obtained from the remote interface PWB's RF MONITOR connector (J2), as the result of monitoring circuit ground loops. It may be necessary to use a current probe, that is inserted at the RF output connector, as the RF sample source for the modulation monitor in the following tests. (a) (b) Verify the requirements of paragraph 2.4.3 have been completed and are being met. Connect an AM stereo modulation monitor to remote interface PWB's RF MONITOR connector (J2). Connect an audio signal generator, that has been set to 1000 Hz and its output level to zero (turned off), to the left and right input terminals of the external stereo exciter, in lieu of normal station programming. (d) Set the DC VOLTS meter to monitor PA volts. Press the SELECT METER SCALE switch associated with the DC VOLTS meter until the PA VOLTS (0-200V) lamp turns on. Press/hold RF POWER trim (increase) switch until DC VOLTS meter reading is a nominal +7VDC. Adjust the RF drive source's potentiometer fully clockwise.
IPM BALance
(e)
(f)
NOTE Two RF drive PWBs (A and B) are located on the exciter panel when Nautel's optional C-QUAM AM stereo exciter is not installed. Refer to figure MD-6 to locate them, noting the A RF drive PWB is A1A1 and the B RF drive PWB is A1A4. To locate its IPM BALance potentiometer (R20), refer to its service instruction manual. The C-QUAM AM stereo exciter PWB (A2), when installed, is located on the rear of the exciter panel. To locate its IPM BALance potentiometer (R178), refer to its service instruction manual. (g) Connect a digital multimeter (set to measure DC volts) between left-hand side of R36 (+) of the exciter interface PWB (A2A1) and ground.
NOTE The exciter interface PWB (A2A1) is located on the exciter panel. Refer to figure MD-6 to locate the exciter interface PWB and to figure MD-7 for its assembly detail. (h) Adjust the exciter interface PWB's IPM GAIN2 potentiometer (R4) counter clockwise until the multimeter reading is between -0.2 and -0.9 VDC. Select exciter A. Press/release EXCITER switch, noting its integral lamp turns on.
A
(c)
NOTE If the left plus right audio from the AM stereo exciter was disconnected from the remote interface PWB's AUDIO terminals, to connect an audio generator for other test procedures, ensure audio generator has been disconnected and audio from the external AM stereo exciter has been reconnected.
(i) (j)
Set the RF output power to 12 000 watts. Press/hold RF POWER trim (increase) switch until RF KILOWATTS meter reads 12 000 watts.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 (k) Adjust output of audio generator for a 90 percent modulation depth indication on the left plus right (L + R) channel of the station's stereo modulation monitor. Ensure the left and right signals are equal. Adjust active RF drive PWB's IPM BALance (R20) and exciter interface PWB's IPM GAIN1 potentiometers for minimum left/right separation, as indicated on the station's stereo modulation monitor. (a) Terminate or verify the RF output is terminated into a precision 50 ohm, resistive, 20kW dummy load. Turn off or verify the modulating audio source is turned off.
(b)
(l)
NOTE The distribution PWB (A16) is located behind the exciter panel, on the left hand side of the transmitter (see figure MD-1). Refer to figure MD-12 for its assembly detail. (c) If a replacement distribution PWB is being installed and the values of R3 and R6 in the original distribution PWB are known, install resistors of these values as R3 and R6. If a replacement distribution PWB is being installed and the values of R3 and R6 are not known, install a 47.5 ohm, 0.25 watt resistor as R3. On the distribution PWB, connect a digital multimeter (preset to measure DC volts) between TP5 (+) and ground. Verify the requirements of paragraph 2.4.3 have been completed and are being met. Set the transmitter for an RF output of 13 200 watts. Select and install the appropriate resistance value for R6 to provide a multimeter reading of 1.65 0.05 VDC. Record R6's resistance value for future reference.
(m) Re-adjust the exciter interface PWB's IPM GAIN2 potentiometer (R4) to optimize the left/right separation, as indicated on the station's stereo modulation monitor. (n) (o) (p) Select exciter B. Press/release EXCITER switch, noting its integral lamp turns on.
B
(d)
Set audio generator's output to zero (turned off). Select exciter B. Press/release EXCITER B switch noting its integral lamp turns on and the EXCITER A switch's lamp turns off. Repeat steps (j) thru (o) for exciter B. (e)
(q)
(f) (g) (h)
2.5.2 RF CURRENT LEVEL: Select or verify the resistance values of R3 and R6 on the distribution PWB have been selected to provide between 1.60 and 1.70 VDC at the anode of CR2, on the distribution PWB, when the RF output is an unmodulated 13 200 watts and it is terminated by a precision 50-ohm load as follows: NOTE The values of resistor A16R3 and A16R6 was selected during manufacture. It should not be necessary to change/select their value, unless the distribution PWB is replaced or tuning of the RF output filter is changed.
NOTE Satisfy the requirement of step (h) by substituting resistor values, noting an increase in resistance will increase the voltage level.
SECTION 3 CONTROLS AND INDICATORS

GENERAL The following section is intended to 3.1 familiarize operators and maintainers with the various controls and indicators contained in the transmitter. CONTROL/MONITOR PANEL CONTROLS AND INDICATORS Table 3-1 identifies controls and/or indicators 3.2 on the control/monitor panel. The table identifies the panel marking, or when there is no marking, the nomenclature used in text, the reference designation assigned to each item and a description of each control/indicator's purpose/ function. Refer to figure MD-1 for the location of the control/monitor panel. Refer to figure MD-3 for the location of and reference designations for the system control PWB (A1A3), the volt meter control PWB (A1A2), the power meter control PWB (A1A1), and the remote interface PWB (A1A4). NOTE Alarms on the control/monitor front panel are bicolour lamps. When red is displayed, the associated alarm has been tripped. Otherwise, the indicators will glow green. EXCITER PANEL CONTROLS AND INDICATORS Table 3-2 identifies controls and/or indicators 3.3 on the exciter panel. The table identifies the panel marking, or when there is no marking, the nomenclature used in text, the reference designation assigned to each item and a description of each control/indicator's purpose/function. Refer to figure MD-1 for the location of the exciter panel. Refer to figure MD-6 for the location of the exciter interface PWB (A2A1), RF drive PWBs (A2A1A1, A2A1A4), interphase PDM drive PWBs (A2A1A5, A2A1A6), DC power supply PWBs (A2A1A2, A2A1A3) and optional C-QUAM AM stereo exciter PWB (A2A2). RF DRIVE TUNING PWB CONTROLS Table 3-3 identifies controls on the RF drive 3.4 tuning PWB (A11A2). The table identifies the panel marking, or when there is no marking, the nomenclature used in text, the reference designation assigned to each item and a description of each control's purpose/function. Refer to figure MD-8 for the location of the RF drive tuning PWB. RF DRIVE STAGE CONTROLS AND INDICATORS Table 3-4 identifies controls and/or indicators 3.5 in the RF drive stage, including power supply assemblies A11A4 and A11A5 and RF tuning inductor A11L1. The table identifies the panel marking, or when there is no marking, the nomenclature used in text, the reference designation assigned to each item and description of each control/indicator's purpose/function. Refer to figure MD-8 for the location of the associated part/assembly. AC/DC POWER SUPPLY CONTROLS AND INDICATORS Table 3-5 identifies controls and/or indicators 3.6 in the AC/DC power supply stage, including AC/DC power supply assembly A23, DC power supply PWB A28 and DC power supply monitor PWB A29. The table identifies the panel marking, or when there is no marking, the nomenclature used in text, the reference designation assigned to each item and description of each control/indicator's purpose/function. Refer to figure MD-2 to locate the DC power supply PWB or the DC power supply monitor PWB and to figure MD-23 for the location of the power supply assembly.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 8-INPUT RF COMBINER/ FILTER ASSEMBLY Table 3-6 identifies controls and/or indicators 3.7 on the 8-input RF combiner/filter assembly (A22). The table identifies the panel marking, or when there is no marking, the nomenclature used in text, the reference designation assigned to each item and a description of each control/indicator's purpose/ function. Refer to figure MD-18 for the location of controls and indicators on the 8-input RF combiner/filter assembly. FORWARD/REFLECTED POWER PROBE ASSEMBLY Table 3-7 identifies controls and/or indicators 3.8 on the forward/reflected power probe assembly (A21A2). The table identifies the panel marking, or when there is no marking, the nomenclature used in text, the reference designation assigned to each item and a description of each control/indicator's purpose/ function. Refer to figure MD-15 for the location of forward/reflected power probe in the RF output filter (A21).
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 3-1 Control/Monitor Panel Controls and Indicators
REF DES A1A1DS3 FIG NO. MD-3 PANEL MARKING/ NOMENCLATURE USED IN TEXT
FORWARD POWER
FUNCTION
When turned on, indicates the forward power level is selected as the RF output parameter to be displayed by the RF KILOWATTS meter (read upper scale). When turned on, indicates the reflected power level is selected as the RF output parameter to be displayed by the RF KILOWATTS meter (read lower scale). Push button switch that selects which parameter (forward power or reflected power) will be displayed on the RF KILOWATTS meter when the meters are enabled. Selection will toggle from one to the other each time the switch is pressed and released. When turned on, indicates B+ VDC being applied to the modulators in the RF power modules is selected as the DC voltage to be displayed by the DC VOLTS meter (read 0-400 scale). When turned on, indicates the PA volts being applied to the RF power amplifiers, by the modulators, is selected as the DC voltage to be displayed by the DC VOLTS meter (read 0-200 scale). When turned on, indicates the output voltage of the AC/DC power supply's unregulated +48 VDC power supply is selected as the DC voltage to be displayed by the DC VOLTS meter (read 0-80 scale). When turned on, indicates the output voltage of the DC power supply PWB's unregulated +24 VDC power supply is selected as the DC voltage to be displayed by the DC VOLTS meter (read 0-400 scale and divide by 10). When turned on, indicates the output voltage of the active exciter's regulated +15 VDC power supply is selected as the DC voltage to be displayed by the DC VOLTS meter (read 0-200 scale and divide by 10). When turned on, indicates the output voltage of the active exciter's regulated +5 VDC power supply is selected as the DC voltage to be displayed by the DC VOLTS meter (read 0-80 scale and divide by 10). When turned on, indicates the output voltage of the active exciter's regulated -5 VDC power supply is selected as the DC voltage to be displayed by the DC VOLTS meter (read 0-80 scale and divide by 10).
A1A1DS7
MD-3
REFLECTED POWER
A1A1S1
MD-3
SELECT METER SCALE (Forward/Reflected Power)
A1A2DS1
MD-3
B+
A1A2DS2
MD-3
PA VOLTS
A1A2DS3
MD-3
+48V
A1A2DS4
MD-3
+24V
A1A2DS5
MD-3
+15V
A1A2DS6
MD-3
+5V
A1A2DS7
MD-3
-5V
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 3-1 Control/Monitor Panel Controls and Indicators (Continued)
-15V
FUNCTION
When turned on, indicates the output voltage of the active exciter's regulated -15 VDC power supply is selected as the DC voltage to be displayed by the DC VOLTS meter (read 0-200 scale and divide by 10). Push button switch that selects which DC voltage (B+, PA Volts, +48 VDC, +24 VDC, +15 VDC, +5 VDC, -5 VDC, or -15 VDC) will be displayed on the DC VOLTS meter when the meters are enabled. Selection will toggle sequentially to the next option each time the switch is pressed and released. Bi-colour display which indicates status of internal interlock circuit. Display is green when circuit is intact. Display is red when an internal interlock is open because a ground wand has not been properly returned to its holder (RF power stages will be turned off). Bi-colour display which indicates the status of the RF output's terminating impedance by monitoring the reflected power level. Display is green when the peak reflected power is less than 2000 watts (terminating impedance is acceptable). Display is red when the impedance seen by the RF output (carrier and/or sidebands) results in a peak reflected power of more than 2000 watts. Bi-colour display which indicates the operating status of RF power modules. Display is green when all installed modules are operating and contributing to the RF output. Display is red when the output of one or more RF power modules has been inhibited because a malfunction has occurred or an over temperature condition exists or inhibited for service removal (RF output level will be reduced from the preset level). Bi-colour display which indicates status of the externally produced PDM inhibit control input (normally provided by antenna switching circuitry to ensure RF output is not being produced during openings and closures of switch contacts). Display is green when a PDM inhibit command is not being applied. Display is red when an external PDM inhibit command is being applied (RF output shall be inhibited).
A1A2S1
MD-3
SELECT METER SCALE (DC Volts)
A1A3DS1
MD-3
RF INTERLOCKS - INTERNAL
A1A3DS2
MD-3
OUTPUT NETWORK VSWR
A1A3DS3
MD-3
RF POWER MODULES
A1A3DS5
MD-3
EXCITER - EXTERNAL PDM INHIBIT
PANEL MARKING/ NOMENCLATURE USED IN TEXT
RF POWER - SHUTBACK
REF DES A1A3DS6
FIG NO. MD-3
FUNCTION
Bi-colour display which indicates the on/off status of the pulse duration modulation (PDM) pulse trains. Display is green when PDM pulse trains are being generated (RF power should be being produced). Display is red when the PDM pulse trains are being inhibited because the protection circuits have detected a condition that would cause the RF power stage's RF stress current thresholds to be exceeded (RF output is turned off [shutback]). Bi-colour display which indicates the power level status of the RF output. Display is green when the pulse duration modulation (PDM) on/off ratio is normal (RF output should be the preset level for the selected RF power level). Display is red when RF output has been automatically reduced (cutback) because three or more RF shutbacks (normally caused by high reflected power or high RF current) have occurred within a three second period. Bi-colour display which indicates the operating status of the standby exciter. Display is green when selected main exciter is providing the RF drive and PDM information and the standby exciter is in reserve. Display is red when the standby exciter has been enabled and is providing the RF drive and PDM information. Indicates the selected main exciter has malfunctioned and there is no reserve exciter. Bi-colour display which indicates the charge voltage status of the batteries installed on system control PWB. Display is green when the battery voltage is satisfactory (more than 4.0VDC). Display is red when the battery voltage is not satisfactory (less than 4.0VDC). Indicates batteries are becoming discharged and they should be replaced.
A1A3DS7
MD-3
RF POWER - CUTBACK
A1A3DS8
MD-3
EXCITER - STANDBY
A1A3DS9
MD-3
LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY - BATTERY
EXCITER - MODULATOR PROTECTION
FUNCTION
Bi-colour display which indicates status of over modulation protection circuit. Display is green when the modulating audio is satisfactory and it is not being influenced (restricted) by the over modulation protection circuit. Display is red when some portion of the modulation audio's positive half-cycles is being inhibited because its amplitude and/or frequency would require the RF power modules to produce RF currents that would exceed their stress current thresholds (peaks or duration) to produce the required modulation envelope. Bi-colour display which indicates the temperature status inside the AC/DC power supply compartment, in the vicinity of the three-phase rectifier assemblies, surge resistors R1-R3 and discharge resistor R5. Display is green when the sensed temperature is satisfactory (less than 85C). Display is red when sensed temperature exceeds 85C. Bi-colour display which indicates the status of the AC power source. Display is green when voltage of the AC power source is satisfactory and all three lines (phases) are present. Display is red if the AC voltage goes more than 10% below the ideal voltage for the power transformer's selected primary winding taps or if one or more lines (phases) are lost. Bi-colour display which indicates status of the RF drive being applied to the RF power modules from the RF drive tuning PWB. Display is green when the RF drive is present and its amplitude and duty cycle are satisfactory (0-30 volt square wave at the junction of Q1 and Q2 on the active RF drive amplifier). Display is red when the RF drive voltage at the junction of Q1 and Q2 on the active RF drive amplifier is less than 0-30 volts or the duty cycle is unsatisfactory. An automatic transfer to the standby exciter should have occurred. The EXCITER - STANDBY status lamp's display should be red.
A1A3DS11
MD-3
B+ POWER SUPPLY TEMPERATURE
A1A3DS12
MD-3
B+ POWER SUPPLY AC FAIL
A1A3DS13
MD-3
EXCITER - RF DRIVE
EXCITER - INTERPHASE PDM DRIVE
FUNCTION
Bi-colour display which indicates the status of the pulse duration modulation frequency (PDM) source and the pulse duration modulation (PDM1 and PDM2) pulse trains being applied to the RF power stage. Display is green when PDM, PDM1 and PDM2 are satisfactory. Display is red when PDM is not present or it does not have sufficient amplitude. It will also be red when one or both of the PDM outputs are not present or their on/off ratios differ from the ratio required to produce the preset RF output level. An automatic transfer to the standby exciter should have occurred. The EXCITER - STANDBY status lamp's display should be red. Bi-colour display which indicates status of external interlock circuit. Display is green when circuit is intact. Display is red when an external interlock is open (RF power stages will be turned off) . Bi-colour display which indicates the status of the B+ DC power supply's output voltage relative to an over voltage threshold (+357 VDC). Display is green when the B+ DC power supply's output voltage is satisfactory (less than +357 VDC). Display is red if the B+ DC power supply's output voltage is in excess of +357 VDC. Bi-colour display which indicates the status of the B+ DC power supply's output voltage relative to an under voltage threshold (+265 VDC). Display is green when the B+ DC power supply's output voltage is satisfactory (more than +265 VDC). Display is red if the B+ DC power supply's output voltage is in less than +265 VDC. When turned on, indicates the AC/DC power supply's unregulated +48 VDC power supply is producing an output and it is applied to the system control PWB.
A1A3DS15
MD-3
RF INTERLOCKS - EXTERNAL
A1A3DS16
MD-3
B+ POWER SUPPLY OVER VOLTAGE
A1A3DS17
MD-3
B+ POWER SUPPLY UNDER VOLTAGE
A1A3DS18
MD-3
+48V
OUTPUT NETWORK TEMPERATURE
FUNCTION
Bi-colour display which indicates the status of the temperature inside the RF output filter. Display is green when the sensed temperature is satisfactory (less than 85C). Display is red when sensed temperature exceeds 85C. Bi-colour display which indicates the status of the low voltage (+5 VDC, -5 VDC, +15 VDC and/or -15 VDC) DC power supplies. Display is green when output voltages of the low voltage DC power supplies are satisfactory. Display is red when one of the low voltage DC supplies has failed and it is not providing the desired voltage. Bi-colour display which indicates the status of the combined RF current flowing into the RF output filter. Display is green when the RF stress current threshold is not being exceeded. Display is red when the RF stress current threshold is exceeded (normally caused by an impedance change in the RF output filter's tuned circuits or antenna system). OR Display is red when the surge arrestor assembly operates (normally caused by excessive voltage in the RF combiner/output filter). Bi-colour display which indicates the status of the RF drive amplifier B+ DC power supply's output voltage. Display is green when the RF drive amplifier's B+ VDC is satisfactory (more positive than +56 VDC). Display is red when the RF drive amplifier's B+ VDC is not satisfactory (less positive than +56 VDC). RF output should be inhibited When turned on, indicates the DC supply's unregulated +8 VDC is applied to the system control PWB. When turned on, indicates the DC supply's unregulated -8 VDC is applied to the system control PWB. When turned on, indicates the DC supply's unregulated +24 VDC is applied to the system control PWB.
A1A3DS20
MD-3
LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY - REGULATED VOLTAGES
A1A3DS21
MD-3
OUTPUT NETWORK RF CURRENT
A1A3DS22
MD-3
LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY - RF DRIVE AMP
A1A3DS23
MD-3 MD-3 MD-3
+8V
A1A3DS24
-8V
A1A3DS25
+24V
A1A3DS26
MD-3
-24V
When turned on, indicates the DC supply's unregulated -24 VDC is applied to the system control PWB.
REF DES A1A3E1 FIG NO. MD-3 PANEL MARKING/ NOMENCLATURE USED IN TEXT
SOLID/FLASHING
FUNCTION
Bi-position selector circuit that allows the user to configure alarm lamps to be solid or a flashing display. A solid (continuous) display is selected when shorting shunt post E1 is installed on 3-pin header XE1's SOLID position (pins 1/2 shorted). A flashing display is selected when shorting shunt post E1 is installed on 3-pin header XE1's FLASHING position (pins 2/3 shorted).
A1A3R157
MD-3 MD-3
VOLT METER CAL
Adjusted to precisely set the DC VOLTS meter reading when +15 VDC is selected (+15V lamp is on). Adjusted to precisely set the forward power reading on the RF KILOWATTS meter when it is enabled (STATUS CONTROL - METER ON/OFF switch's integral lamp is on) and displaying the forward power ( FORWARD POWER lamp is on). Adjusted to set a shutback threshold that will turn off (shutback) the RF power stage if the carrier reference voltage exceeds a level that will result in a forward power in excess of 13.5kW (PDM on-time in excess of a nominal 45%). The CONTROL - (Incr RF Pwr) switch shall be disabled if the forward power exceeds this level.
A1A3R159
POWER METER CAL
A1A3R189
MD-3
SET CARR REF FAULT
REF DES A1A3S1 FIG NO. MD-3 PANEL MARKING/ NOMENCLATURE USED IN TEXT
CONTROL - (INCR RF PWR)
FUNCTION
Push button switch that causes an incremental increase in the RF output level (total of 1000 increments from zero to maximum), by controlling the magnitude of the PDM's carrier reference voltage, when it is depressed (integral lamp will turn on while held depressed). The first increment occurs 0.25 seconds after actuation. If the switch is momentarily pressed and released the RF output will increase by one increment. If the switch is held depressed, the RF output will increase to a nominal maximum of 13.5kW. The RF output will remain at the level present when the switch is released and will become the preset level for the current preset RF power level selection.
NOTE
Switch actuation will increase the carrier reference voltage, for the selected preset RF power level, even if the RF power stage is off (not producing an RF output). When the RF power stage is turned on, the RF output will be greater than the last established level for that preset power level. In addition to increasing the carrier reference voltage (RF output), the CONTROL - switch will/may cause the following to occur: If it is not released prior to attaining a carrier reference voltage that corresponds to 13.5kW, the increase integral lamp will extinguish. The power will not continue to increase. This status will be maintained until the carrier reference voltage is reduced by pressing the CONTROL - (DECR RF PWR) switch or it is reset to zero by simultaneously pressing and releasing CONTROL - and CONTROL - switches. If the CONTROL - and CONTROL - switches are simultaneously actuated, the carrier reference voltage and therefore the RF output level will be set to zero. All six of the preset power level selections will be affected (set to zero). If it is actuated when the RF output is reduced (cutback) because a protection circuit has automatically reduced it to a safe operating level (the RF POWER - CUTBACK status indicator's display is red), the RF output will be restored to the original preset power level in one step.
CONTROL - (DECR RF PWR)
FUNCTION
Push button switch that causes an incremental increase in the RF output level (1000 increments from maximum to zero), by controlling the PDM's carrier reference voltage, when it is depressed (integral lamp will turn on while held depressed). The first increment occurs 0.25 seconds after actuation. If the switch is momentarily actuated, the RF output will decrease by one increment. If the switch is held depressed, the RF output will decrease to zero watts. The RF output will remain at the level present when the switch is released and will become the preset level for the current RF power level selection.
NOTE
Switch actuation will decrease the carrier reference voltage, even if the RF power stage is off (not producing an RF output). When the RF power stage is turned on, the RF output will be less than the last established level for selected preset power level. If CONTROL - and CONTROL - switches are actuated simultaneously, the carrier reference voltage and therefore the RF output level will be set to zero. All six preset power level selections are affected (set to zero). A1A3S3 MD-3
CONTROL - RF POWER - 1
Push button switch that controls and indicates the status of preset RF power level #1. When its integral lamp is turned on (by pressing and releasing the switch), it indicates RF POWER 1 has been selected. The forward power level should be the preset level for this selection. Push button switch that controls and indicates the status of preset RF power level #2. When its integral lamp is turned on (by pressing and releasing the switch), it indicates RF POWER 2 has been selected. The forward power level should be the preset level for this selection. Push button switch that controls and indicates the status of preset RF power level #3. When its integral lamp is turned on (by pressing and releasing the switch), it indicates RF POWER 3 has been selected. The forward power level should be the preset level for this selection.
A1A3S4
MD-3
A1A3S5
MD-3
CONTROL - EXCITER A
FUNCTION
Push button switch that selects exciter 'A' as the main exciter when it is pressed and released. Its integral lamp will be on when exciter 'A' is the active exciter. If its integral lamp is on and EXCITER - STANDBY status display is green, exciter 'A' is the main exciter and exciter 'B' is in reserve as the standby exciter. If its integral lamp is on and the EXCITER - STANDBY status display is red, exciter 'B' was the main exciter, it has failed and an automatic transfer to exciter 'A' has occurred. Exciter 'A' is the active exciter and there is no reserve (standby) exciter. If its integral lamp is on and the EXCITER - STANDBY status display is red, actuating the EXCITER A switch will select exciter 'A' as the main exciter and reset the automatic exciter changeover circuit. The EXCITER - STANDBY status display will switch to green. Since exciter 'B' has failed there is no reserve exciter. A time delay in the exciter selection circuitry prevents more than one exciter change in any two second period.
A1A3S7
MD-3
CONTROL - EXCITER B
Push button switch that selects exciter 'B' as the main exciter when it is pressed and released. Its integral lamp will be on when exciter 'B' is the active exciter. If its integral lamp is on and EXCITER - STANDBY status display is green, exciter 'B' is the main exciter and exciter 'A' is in reserve as the standby exciter. If its integral lamp is on and the EXCITER - STANDBY status display is red, exciter 'A' was the main exciter, it has failed and an automatic transfer to exciter 'B' has occurred. Exciter 'B' is the active exciter and there is no reserve (standby) exciter. If its integral lamp is on and the EXCITER - STANDBY status display is red, actuating the EXCITER B switch will select exciter 'B' as the main exciter and the EXCITER STANDBY status display will switch to green. Since exciter 'A' has failed there will be no reserve (standby) exciter. A time delay in the exciter selection circuitry prevents more than one exciter change in any two second period.
CONTROL - RF ON
FUNCTION
Push button switch that turns on the transmitter's RF power stage when it is pressed and released. Its integral lamp will be on when the RF power stage is turned on. Push button switch that turns off the transmitter's RF power stage when it is pressed and released. Its integral lamp will be on when the RF power stage is turned off. Push button switch that initiates a one-shot 5ms pulse to reset the transmitter's alarm/protection circuits and clear stored (latched) faults when depressed (integral lamp will turn on while depressed). If the standby exciter has been enabled, the reset pulse will not restore the original main exciter as the active exciter. Push button switch that sets and restricts the control of transmitter functions which can be controlled remotely, to switches in the CONTROL grouping on the control/ monitor panel. When its integral lamp is turned on (by pressing and releasing the switch), LOCAL control has been selected. When LOCAL control is selected, all of the remote control circuits (except the external interlock and PDM inhibit during antenna switching) are disabled.
A1A3S9
MD-3
CONTROL - RF OFF
A1A3S10
MD-3
STATUS CONTROL SYSTEM RESET
A1A3S11
MD-3
CONTROL - LOCAL
A1A3S12
MD-3
CONTROL - REMOTE
Push button switch that sets and restricts the control of transmitter functions which can be controlled remotely to remote control circuits. When its integral lamp is turned on (by pressing and releasing the switch), REMOTE control has been selected. When REMOTE control is selected, all of the push button switches in the control/monitor panel's CONTROL grouping, except the RF OFF switch, are disabled and have no influence. The RF OFF switch will still be enabled to ensure the RF power stage can be turned off locally in the event of an emergency.
A1A3S13
MD-3
Push button switch that controls and indicates the status of preset RF power level 6. When its integral lamp is turned on (by pressing and releasing the switch), it indicates RF POWER 6 has been selected. The forward power level should be the preset level for this selection. Push button switch that activates the LED test feature when held depressed (integral lamp will turn on while held depressed). When held depressed, bi-colour status/ alarm lamps will alternately display red and green at a 3Hz rate and all of amber status lamps will turn on.
A1A3S14
MD-3
STATUS CONTROL LED TEST
STATUS CONTROL ALARM RECALL
FUNCTION
Push button switch that activates the alarm recall feature when held depressed (integral lamp will turn on while held depressed). Enables alarms that are no longer active but which were latched into memory as the result of the problem that forced the protection circuits to take the last corrective/protective action. The bi-color display associated with the latched alarm will turn red. Push button switch that controls and indicates the on/off status of the control/monitor panel's meters. When the integral lamp is turned on, the meter selection circuits are enabled. Push button switch that controls and indicates the status of preset RF power level #4. When its integral lamp is turned on (by pressing and releasing the switch), it indicates RF POWER 4 has been selected. The forward power level should be the preset level for this selection. Push button switch that controls and indicates the status of preset RF power level #5. When its integral lamp is turned on (by pressing and releasing the switch), it indicates RF POWER 5 has been selected. The forward power level should be the preset level for this selection. Three position slide switch that controls whether exciter 'B' can be enabled as the main exciter or as the standby exciter. It is normally set to SINGLE in single exciter transmitters that do not have the exciter 'B' assemblies installed. When switch is set to SINGLE, the CONTROL - EXCITER B switch will have no influence. It is normally set to DUAL in dual exciter transmitters that utilize a normal main-standby exciter configuration. It is normally set to AUTO XFR INHIBIT in dual exciter transmitters when the automatic exciter transfer mode is to be inhibited for maintenance purposes. Bi-position selector circuit that allows the user to configure the RF PWR ON input to accept either an open ended or a differential remote control input. A differential input is selected when shorting shunt post E1 shorts pins 1 and 2 of 3-pin header XE1. A single ended input is selected when shorting shunt post E1 shorts pins 2 and 3 of 3-pin header XE1.
A1A3S16
MD-3
STATUS CONTROL METER ON/OFF
A1A3S17
MD-3
A1A3S18
MD-3
A1A3S19
MD-3
Exciter Control
A1A4E1
MD-3
RF PWR ON
RF PWR OFF
FUNCTION
Bi-position selector circuit that allows the user to configure the RF PWR OFF input to accept either an open ended or a differential remote control input. See A1A4E1 for selection options. Bi-position selector circuit that allows the user to configure the EXCITER A input to accept either an open ended or a differential remote control input. See A1A4E1 for selection options. Bi-position selector circuit that allows the user to configure the EXCITER B input to accept either an open ended or a differential remote control input. See A1A4E1 for selection options. Bi-position selector circuit that allows the user to configure the RF PWR 1 input to accept either an open ended or a differential remote control input. See A1A4E1 for selection options. Bi-position selector circuit that allows the user to configure the RF PWR 2 input to accept either an open ended or a differential remote control input. See A1A4E1 for selection options. Bi-position selector circuit that allows the user to configure the RF PWR 3 input to accept either an open ended or a differential remote control input. See A1A4E1 for selection options. Bi-position selector circuit that allows the user to configure the RF PWR 4 input to accept either an open ended or a differential remote control input. See A1A4E1 for selection options. Bi-position selector circuit that allows the user to configure the RF PWR 5 input to accept either an open ended or a differential remote control input. See A1A4E1 for selection options. Bi-position selector circuit that allows the user to configure the RF PWR 6 input to accept either an open ended or a differential remote control input. See A1A4E1 for selection options. Bi-position selector circuit that allows the user to configure the INCR RF PWR input to accept either an open ended or a differential remote control input. See A1A4E1 for selection options.
A1A4E3
MD-3
EXCITER A
A1A4E4
MD-3
EXCITER B
A1A4E5
MD-3
RF PWR 1
A1A4E6
MD-3
RF PWR 2
A1A4E7
MD-3
RF PWR 3
A1A4E8
MD-3
RF PWR 4
A1A4E9
MD-3
RF PWR 5
A1A4E10
MD-3
RF PWR 6
A1A4E11
MD-3
INCR RF PWR
DECR RF PWR
FUNCTION
Bi-position selector circuit that allows the user to configure the DECR RF PWR input to accept either an open ended or a differential remote control input. See A1A4E1 for selection options. Bi-position selector circuit that allows the user to configure the RESET INPUT input to accept either an open ended or a differential remote control input. See A1A4E1 for selection options. Bi-position selector circuit that allows the user to configure the ALARM RECALL input to accept either an open ended or a differential remote control input. See A1A4E1 for selection options. Bi-position selector circuit that allows the user to configure the PDM INHIBIT input to accept either an open ended or a differential remote control input. See A1A4E1 for selection options. Adjusted, in conjunction with selection of the remote interface PWB's E16/E17 shunt posts, to set the RF monitor output to 5.0 volts rms (14.14 volts peak-to-peak) when preset RF power level 1 is selected (CONTROL - RF POWER 1 switch's integral lamp is on) and the RF output is the desired level. Refer to paragraph 2.4.5.3 for adjustment procedure. Adjusted, in conjunction with selection of the remote interface PWB's E18/E19 shunt posts, to set the RF monitor output to 5.0 volts rms (14.14 volts peak-to-peak) when preset RF power level 2 is selected (CONTROL - RF POWER 2 switch's integral lamp is on) and the RF output is the desired level. Refer to paragraph 2.4.5.3 for adjustment procedure. Adjusted, in conjunction with selection of the remote interface PWB's E20/E21 shunt posts, to set the RF monitor output to 5.0 volts rms (14.14 volts peak-to-peak) when preset RF power level 3 is selected (CONTROL - RF POWER 3 switch's integral lamp is on) and the RF output is the desired level. Refer to paragraph 2.4.5.3 for adjustment procedure.
A1A4E13
MD-3
RESET SYSTEM
A1A4E14
MD-3
ALARM RECALL
A1A4E15
MD-3
PDM INHIBIT
A1A4R26
MD-3 n
RF PWR 1
A1A4R27
MD-3 n
RF PWR 2
A1A4R28
MD-3 n
RF PWR 3
REF DES A1A4R29 FIG NO. MD-3 n PANEL MARKING/ NOMENCLATURE USED IN TEXT RF PWR 4 FUNCTION
Adjusted, in conjunction with selection of the remote interface PWB's E22/E23 shunt posts, to set the RF monitor output to 5.0 volts rms (14.14 volts peak-to-peak) when preset RF power level 4 is selected (CONTROL - RF POWER 4 switch's integral lamp is on) and the RF output is the desired level. Refer to paragraph 2.4.5.3 for adjustment procedure. Adjusted, in conjunction with selection of the remote interface PWB's E24/E25 shunt posts, to set the RF monitor output to 5.0 volts rms (14.14 volts peak-to-peak) when preset RF power level 5 is selected (CONTROL - RF POWER 5 switch's integral lamp is on) and the RF output is the desired level. Refer to paragraph 2.4.5.3 for adjustment procedure. Adjusted, in conjunction with selection of the remote interface PWB's E26/E27 shunt posts, to set the RF monitor output to 5.0 volts rms (14.14 volts peak-to-peak) when preset RF power level 6 is selected (CONTROL - RF POWER 3 switch's integral lamp is on) and the RF output is the desired level. Refer to paragraph 2.4.5.3 for adjustment procedure. Displays RF output parameter (forward or reflected power) selected by the associated SELECT METER SCALE switch when enabled (STATUS CONTROL - METER ON/OFF switch's integral lamp is on). Upper scale is read when forward power is selected (FORWARD POWER lamp on). Lower scale is read when reflected power is selected (REFLECTED POWER lamp on). Displays DC current flowing thru the current shunt to the RF power modules from the AC/DC power supply's B+ VDC power supplies when enabled (STATUS CONTROL METER ON/OFF switch's integral lamp is on).
A1A4R30
MD-3 n
RF PWR 5
A1A4R31
MD-3 n
RF PWR 6
A1M1
MD-3
RF KILOWATTS
A1M2
MD-3
DC AMPERES
REF DES A1M3 FIG NO. MD-3 PANEL MARKING/ NOMENCLATURE USED IN TEXT
DC VOLTS
FUNCTION
Displays DC voltage selected by the associated SELECT METER SCALE switch when enabled (STATUS CONTROL METER ON/OFF switch's integral lamp is on). 0-400 scale is read when B+ is selected (B+ lamp is on). 0-200 scale is read when PA Volts is selected (PA VOLTS lamp is on). 0-80 scale is read when +48 VDC is selected (+48V lamp is on). 0-400 scale is read and divided by ten when +24 VDC is selected (+24V lamp is on). 0-200 scale is read and divided by ten when +15 VDC is selected (+15V lamp is on). 0-80 scale is read and divided by ten when +5 VDC is selected (+5V lamp is on). 0-80 scale is read and divided by ten when -5 VDC is selected (-5V lamp is on). 0-200 scale is read and divided by ten when -15 VDC is selected (-15V lamp is on).
NOTE - Denotes identified control/indicator is located on the 2-input meter/switch monitor PWB (A1A1) and protrudes thru the control/monitor panel when installed. Refer to figure SD-5 of this manual for its electrical schematic and to figure MD-4 for its assembly detail. - Denotes identified control/indicator is located on the 8-input meter/switch monitor PWB (A1A2) and protrudes thru the control/monitor panel when installed. Refer to figure SD-5 of this manual for its electrical schematic and to figure MD-4 for its assembly detail. A1A3) and - Denotes identified control/indicator is located on the system control PWB ( protrudes thru the control/monitor panel when installed. Refer to the system control PWB's service instruction manual for the electrical schematic and assembly detail of the system control PWB. - Denotes identified control/indicator is located on the system control PWB (A1A3) and does not protrude thru the control/monitor panel. Refer to the system control PWB's service instruction manual for the electrical schematic and assembly detail of the system control PWB. n - Denotes identified c ontrol/indicator is located on the remote interface PWB (A1A4). Refer to figure SD-7 of this manual for its electrical schematic and to figure MD-5 for its assembly detail.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 3-2 Exciter Panel Controls and Indicators
AUDIO SOURCE
FUNCTION
Three position switch (STEREO, DUAL, or SINGLE), with its setting determined by the number of audio inputs being applied and/or the exciter RF drive configuration. Set to STEREO when a C-QUAM AM stereo exciter is installed as exciter A's RF drive source. Set to DUAL when two modulating audio inputs (one for each exciter) are being applied and a monaural RF drive PWB is installed as the RF drive source for both exciters. Set to SINGLE when one audio input (common to both exciters) is being applied and a monaural RF drive PWB is installed as the RF drive source for both exciters.
A2A1R3
MD-7
IPM GAIN 1
Adjusted in conjunction with the active RF drive PWB's IPM CORRECTION (IPM BALANCE in C-QUAM AM Stereo exciter PWB) potentiometer for minimal incidental phase modulation (IPM) when the forward power level is 12 000 watts and it is being 95% modulated by a 1000Hz sine wave. Adjusted to set the reference voltage for the IPM compensation circuit to obtain an IPM compensation output that represents the voltage present at the most negative going excursion of the PA Volts audio component when the RF output is 12kW and it is being 95% modulated by a 1000Hz sine wave. Adjusted to set the duty cycle of the RF drive voltage at the RF amplifier in the RF power modules. Adjusted in conjunction with the exciter interface PWB's IPM GAIN 1 potentiometer for minimal incidental phase modulation (IPM) when forward power level is 12kW and it is being 95% modulated by a 1000Hz sine wave. Bi-position selector circuit that allows the user to configure the RF drive PWB to use either the output of an integral crystal controlled oscillator or an external RF generator as the RF drive source. The integral crystal controlled oscillator is selected as the RF drive source when shorting shunt post E1 is installed on 3-pin header XE1's MONO position (pins 1/2 shorted). The external RF generator is selected as the RF drive source when shorting shunt post E1 is installed on 3-pin header XE1's STEREO position (pins 2/3 shorted).
A2A1R4
MD-7
IPM GAIN 2
A2A1 R5 A2A1 R20
MD-6
SYMMETRY
MD-6
IPM CORRECTION
A2A1 E1
MD-6
RF Drive Source
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 3-2 Exciter Panel Controls and Indicators (Continued)
REF DES A2A1 E2 FIG NO. MD-6 PANEL MARKING/ NOMENCLATURE USED IN TEXT
Freq Divider
FUNCTION
Bi-position selector circuit that selects one of two (/2 or /4 ) oscillator frequency ( osc ) divisors to obtain the carrier frequency (c) when the integral crystal controlled oscillator is selected as the RF drive source. Shorting shunt post E2 must be installed on 3-pin header XE2's /4 position (pins 2/3 shorted) and divide osc by four when c is 1000kHz or less. Shorting shunt post E2 must be installed on 3-pin header XE2's /2 position (pins 1/2 shorted) and divide osc by two when c is greater than 1000kHz.
A2A1DS1
MD-6
15 VDC
Indicates the DC power supply PWB's +15 VDC power supply is enabled (when its associated exciter is the active exciter) and providing a regulated +15 VDC output when turned on. Indicates the DC power supply PWB's +5 VDC power supply is enabled (when its associated exciter is the active exciter) and providing a regulated +5 VDC output when turned on. Indicates the DC power supply PWB's -15 VDC power supply is enabled (when its associated exciter is the active exciter) and providing a regulated -15 VDC output when turned on. Indicates the DC power supply's -5 VDC power supply is enabled (when the associated exciter is the active exciter) and providing a regulated -5 VDC output when turned on. Adjusted to equalize the balanced audio input and to cancel in-phase noise transients introduced on the audio input wiring when the interphase PDM driver PWB is enabled (the associated exciter is the active exciter). Adjusted, when interphase PDM driver PWB is enabled (the associated exciter is the active exciter), to precisely set the modulation level detector's over modulation thresholds. Results in a portion of the modulating audio's positive half-cycles being inhibited when their frequency and/or amplitude would result in modulation peaks/durations that exceed the RF power amplifier's RF stress current threshold.
A2A1DS2
MD-6
5 VDC
A2A1DS3
MD-6
-15 VDC
A2A1DS4
MD-6
-5 VDC
A2A1R105
MD-6
COMMON MODE BALANCE
A2A1R10
MD-6
SET THRESHOLD
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 3-2 Exciter Panel Controls and Indicators (Continued)
REF DES A2A1S1 FIG NO. MD-6 PANEL MARKING/ NOMENCLATURE USED IN TEXT AUDIO FILTER FUNCTION
Binary selector switch that selects one of four frequencies (7.5kHz, 10.5kHz, 13.5kHz or 16.0kHz) as the modulating audio's 1.0dbm roll-off point. Adjusted, when interphase PDM driver PWB is enabled (the associated exciter is the active exciter). Compensates for tolerance differences between exciter 'A' and exciter 'B' of dual exciter transmitters. one or both must be adjusted to set the PDM pulse train to produce identical RF output levels when either exciter is selected. Adjusted, when interphase PDM driver PWB is enabled (the associated exciter is the active exciter). Adjusted for 100% modulation when the modulating audio is between 0dBm and +12dBm and its amplitude is the level that is expected to produce 100% modulation. Contains many adjustments/selections that must be adjusted for optimum operation. Refer to the C-QUAM AM stereo exciter PWB's service instruction manual for a complete listing of its controls/indicators.
A2A1R51
MD-6
GAIN TRIM
A2A1R31
MD-6
AUDIO GAIN
A2A1
MD-6
C-QUAM AM Stereo Exciter
NOTE A2A1 - Denotes two identical RF drive PWBs may be installed. One for exciter 'A' (A2A1A1) and one for exciter 'B' (A2A1A4). Exciter A's RF drive PWB will not be installed when a C-QUAM AM stereo exciter (A2A2) is installed. Exciter B's RF drive PWB will not be installed in single exciter transmitters. Refer to the RF drive PWB's service instruction manual for its electrical schematic and assembly detail. A2A1 - Denotes one C-QUAM AM stereo exciter PWB (A2A2) may be installed in lieu of exciter A's RF drive PWB (A2A1A1). Refer to the C-QUAM AM stereo exciter PWB's service instruction manual for its electrical schematic and assembly detail. A2A1 - Denotes two identical DC power supply PWBs are installed in dual exciter transmitters. One for exciter 'A' (A2A1A2) and one for exciter 'B' (A2A1A3). Exciter B's DC power supply PWB will not be installed in single exciter transmitters. Refer to the DC power supply PWB's service instruction manual for its electrical schematic and assembly detail. A2A1 - Denotes two identical interphase PDM driver PWBs are installed in dual exciter transmitters. One for exciter 'A' (A2A1A5) and one for exciter 'B' (A2A1A6). Exciter B's interphase PDM driver PWB will not be installed in single exciter transmitters. Refer to the interphase PDM driver PWB's service instruction manual for its electrical schematic and assembly detail.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 3-3 RF Drive Tuning PWB Controls and Indicators
REF DES A11A2R5 FIG NO. MD-10 PANEL MARKING/ NOMENCLATURE USED IN TEXT
RF DRIVE THRESHOLD
FUNCTION
Adjusted to set the RF drive fail threshold to detect a failure in an RF drive amplifier or series RF tuning circuit.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 3-4 RF Drive Stage Controls and Indicators
+15V
FUNCTION
When turned on, indicates +15 VDC is being applied to the control circuit of exciter A's regulated DC power supply (A11A4). Adjusted to set the DC output voltage of exciter A's regulated DC power supply (A11A4) to ensure the RF power modules have an adequate RF drive signal. When turned on, indicates +15 VDC is being applied to the control circuit of exciter B's regulated DC power supply (A11A5). Adjusted to set the DC output voltage of exciter B's regulated DC power supply (A11A5) to ensure the RF power modules have an adequate RF drive signal. Used in tuning the RF drive to the RF power modules. Link installed between C and H for RF frequencies from 530kHz to 1100kHz. Link installed between J and D for RF frequencies from 1101kHz to 1710kHz.
A11A4R3
MD-11
VOLTAGE CONTROL
A11A5DS1
MD-11
+15V
A11A5R3
MD-11
VOLTAGE CONTROL
A11L1
MD-8
L1
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 3-5 AC/DC Power Supply Controls and Indicators
REF DES F1 F2 F3 F4 S1 FIG NO. MD-2 MD-2 MD-2 MD-2 MD-1 PANEL MARKING/ NOMENCLATURE USED IN TEXT
B+ (A/B) B+ (C/D) B+ (E/F) B+ (G/H) EMERGENCY ON/OFF
FUNCTION
Fuses B+ to RF power modules 'A' and 'B' at 20 amperes. Fuses B+ to RF power modules 'C' and 'D' at 20 amperes. Fuses B+ to RF power modules 'E' and 'F' at 20 amperes. Fuses B+ to RF power modules 'G' and 'H' at 20 amperes. When activated (pushed in), shuts down the transmitter by de-energizing CHARGE POWER (A23K1) and FULL POWER (A23K2) relays. AC power is not removed from the input contactors. Must be de-activated (pulled out), in addition to resetting AC power input (off then on), to restore transmitter operation. When the rear door is open, shuts down the transmitter by de-energizing CHARGE POWER (A23K1) and FULL POWER (A23K2) relays. AC power is not removed from the input contactors. Rear door must be closed, in addition to resetting AC power input (off then on), to restore transmitter operation. Fuses line 1 of 3 AC voltage source (42.5VAC line-to-line) for the low DC voltage power supplies, from main power transformer's Z1 secondary winding, at 10 amperes. Fuses line 2 of 3 AC voltage source (42.5 VAC line-to-line) for the low DC voltage power supplies, from main power transformer's Z2 secondary winding, at 10 amperes. Fuses line 3 of 3 AC voltage source (42.5 VAC line-to-line) for the low DC voltage power supplies, from main power transformer's Z3 secondary winding, at 10 amperes.
Fuses primary of LVPS transformer assembly A23A2 at 3.0 amperes. Fuses primary of LVPS transformer assembly A23A2 at 3.0 amperes.
S2
MD-2
Rear Door Interlock
A23A1F1
MD-22
42.5 VAC (1)
A23A1F2
MD-24
42.5 VAC (2)
A23A1F3
MD-24
42.5 VAC (3)
A23F1
MD-23
LVPS-Primary LVPS-Primary 24 VAC
A23F2
MD-23
A28F1
MD-26
Fuses 24 VAC (line 1) supplied to FULL POWER relay A23K2 and the DC power supply monitor PWB at 3.0 amperes.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 3-5 AC/DC Power Supply Controls and Indicators (Continued)
REF DES A28F2 FIG NO. MD-26 PANEL MARKING/ NOMENCLATURE USED IN TEXT
+24 V (Unreg)
FUNCTION
Fuses unregulated +24V supplied to choke L3 at 10 amperes. Fuses unregulated -24V supplied to the control/ monitor function and DC power supply monitor PWB at 2.0 amperes. Fuses unregulated -8V supplied to the control/ monitor function, exciter stage and DC power supply monitor PWB at 2.0 amperes. Fuses unregulated +8V supplied to the control/ monitor function, exciter stage and DC power supply monitor PWB at 2.0 amperes. Fuses unregulated +48 V supplied to regulated power supply (A) to generate the RF drive B+ voltage for RF drive amplifier (A) at 5.0 amperes. Fuses unregulated +48 V supplied to regulated power supply (B) to generate the RF drive B+ voltage for RF drive amplifier (B) at 5.0 amperes. Bi-position selector that enables the user to monitor the voltage applied to the B+ Monitor circuit's under voltage comparator '+' and '-' inputs on the DC power supply PWB. Bi-position selector that enables the user to monitor the voltage applied to the B+ Monitor circuit's over voltage comparator '+' and '-' inputs on the DC power supply PWB. When tuned on, indicates the AC voltage is not satisfactory because one or more AC lines (phases) has failed or the line-to-line voltage is too low. When turned on, indicates the DC power supply's unregulated +48V is producing an output and it is applied to the DC power supply monitor PWB. When turned on, indicates the DC power supply's unregulated -24V power supply is producing an output and it is applied to the DC power supply monitor PWB. When turned on, indicates the DC power supply's unregulated +24V power supply is producing an output and it is applied to the DC power supply monitor PWB.
A28F3
MD-26
-24 V (Unreg)
A28F4
MD-26
-8 V (Unreg)
A28F5
MD-26
+8 V (Unreg)
A28F6
MD-26
+48 V (A)
A28F7
MD-26
+48 V (B)
A28S1
MD-26
B+ Under Volt Test/Normal
A28S2
MD-26
B+ Over Volt Test/Normal
A29DS1
MD-27
AC FAIL ALARM
A29DS2
MD-27
+48V
A29DS3
MD-27
-24V
A29DS4
MD-27
+24V
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 3-5 AC/DC Power Supply Controls and Indicators (Continued)
REF DES A29DS5 FIG NO. MD-27 PANEL MARKING/ NOMENCLATURE USED IN TEXT
-8V
FUNCTION
When turned on, indicates the DC power supply's unregulated -8V power supply is producing an output and it is applied to the DC power supply monitor PWB. When turned on, indicates the DC power supply's unregulated +8V power supply is producing an output and it is applied to the DC power supply monitor PWB. When turned on, warns user that the B+ power supplies are producing the B+ DC voltage (nominally 312 VDC). Potentiometer adjustment that is adjusted for an AC failure reference threshold that will initiate an AC fail alarm when one line (phase) is lost. Bi-position selector circuit that allows user to configure the source voltage for the AC failure alarm contact supplied to the control/monitor function. The internal voltage source (5.1V) is selected when shorting post A29E1 is installed on 3-pin header shorting pins 2 and 3.
A29DS6
MD-27
+8V
A29DS7
MD-27
B+ ON
A29R11
MD-27
AC FAIL THRSHLD
A29XE1
MD-27
INT/EXT AC Fail Alarm
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 3-6 8-Input RF Combiner/Filter Controls and Indicators
REF DES A22S1 FIG NO. MD-18 PANEL MARKING/ NOMENCLATURE USED IN TEXT
Filter Interlock
FUNCTION
Micro switch that is held in its spring-loaded, normally open position and completes the combiner/filter portion of the internal interlock circuit when the filter's ground wand is properly stored in its retaining clips. Goes to its normally closed position and opens the internal interlock circuit when the filter's ground wand is not properly stored in its retaining clips.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 3-7 Forward/Reflected Power Probe Controls and Indicators
REF DES FIG NO. PANEL MARKING/ NOMENCLATURE USED IN TEXT
REFLD PWR CAL
FUNCTION
A21A2A1S1
MD-16
In-circuit elements determine load impedance for the secondary winding of the forward/reflected power probe's RF current transformer. Elements are set to provide zero reflected power when the RF output sees a 50 ohm, resistive load.
SECTION 4 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

GENERAL The following instructions are primarily 4.1 intended for persons involved in testing or maintenance of the equipment. 4.1.1 PRECAUTIONS TO BE OBSERVED: The XL12 transmitter contains many solid state devices which may be damaged if they are subjected to excessive heat or high voltage transients. Every effort must be taken to ensure the circuits are not overdriven and they are not disconnected from their loads while turned on. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS It is highly recommended that the operator 4.2 be familiar with the transmitter's controls and indicators described in section 3 before proceeding with the transmitter commissioning. EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN PROCEDURE There are no special precautions to be taken 4.3 if an emergency shutdown is required, but the type of shutdown will be dictated by the reason for the shutdown. There are two types of shutdown. The first turns off the RF output by inhibiting the power output stages. The second turns off the RF output and disables all of the internal power supplies by disconnecting the AC power source. 4.3.1 TURN OFF RF OUTPUT: When the cause of the emergency shutdown is external to the transmitter or is in the RF output portion of the transmitter, the following will turn off the RF power produced by the power modules: If in local or remote control, press and release RF OFF on the transmitter's control/ monitor panel. If in remote control, press and release RF at the remote control site. If in remote control, select remote control site.
PDM INHIBIT OFF
at the
Open any external interlock switch.
4.3.2 COMPLETE SHUTDOWN: When the cause of the emergency shutdown dictates the need for a complete shutdown of the transmitter, the following will shutdown the transmitter completely: switch off the AC power source at the service entrance.
WARNING
The following will not remove the AC power source voltage at the transmitter input. If the reason for the shutdown requires AC power to be removed at the transmitter input the AC power must be turned off at the service entrance. press the EMERGENCY front door.
ON/OFF
switch on the
NOTE To restore transmitter operation, the EMERGENCY ON/OFF switch must be reset (pulled out), and the AC power must be turned off, and then on. IEC215 ENTRY KIT OPTION If the XL12 transmitter is equipped with an 4.4 IEC215 kit to help ensure operator safety, the rear door to the transmitter must be closed and locked before AC power to the transmitter can be turned on. Similarly, AC power must be turned off before the rear door can be unlocked to access to the transmitter.
WARNING
The following will not remove the AC power source voltage from the transmitter or inhibit any of the internal low voltage DC supplies or the B+ power supply. If the reason for the shutdown requires all voltages to be turned off, proceed directly to paragraph 4.3.2
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 ELECTROSTATIC PROTECTION The transmitter's assemblies contain 4.5 semiconductor devices that are susceptible to damage from electrostatic discharge. Prior to removing an assembly from the transmitter, and while servicing an assembly, the following precautions must be observed: NOTE Electrostatic energy is produced when two insulating materials are rubbed together. A person wearing rubber-soled shoes, walking across a nylon carpet or a waxed floor, can generate an extremely large electrostatic charge. This effect is magnified during periods of low humidity. Components such as integrated circuits, field-effect transistors, thyristors, and Schottky diodes may be damaged by this high voltage unless adequate precautions are taken. 4.5.1 PERSONAL DISCHARGING: Maintainers should be electrically discharged by a suitable grounding system (anti-static mats, grounding straps) during removal of an assembly from the transmitter and while handling the assembly for maintenance procedures. 4.5.2 HANDLING/STORAGE: The assembly should be placed in an anti-static bag when it is not installed in a host transmitter or when it is not being subjected to maintenance procedures. Electronic components should be stored in anti-static materials. 4.5.3 TOOLS/TEST EQUIPMENT: Testing and maintenance equipment, including soldering and unsoldering tools, should be suitable for contact with static sensitive semiconductor devices. 4.5.4 STRESS CURRENT PROTECTION: Every precaution should be taken to ensure the static sensitive semiconductor devices are protected from unnecessary stress current. This is achieved by ensuring: current is not flowing when an electrical connection is broken. voltages are not present on external control/ monitoring circuits when they are connected. PRE-STARTUP CHECKS Prior to applying input power to the 4.6 transmitter, observe the following: (a) (b) (c) Verify all assemblies/modules are installed and mating connectors are fully engaged. Verify the external input/output wiring is connected as detailed in section 2. Visually inspect the internal electrical wiring for defects such as damaged insulation, broken wires, wrong connections and/or loose connections. Verify all panels/covers are installed and their attaching hardware is firmly secured. Verify the transmitter's RF output is terminated into a 50 ohm load - an antenna that is interfaced by an appropriate matching system for normal operation, or a 50 ohm resistive dummy load that is rated at 20 000 watts for adjustment and testing procedures. Verify appropriate primary winding taps of the power transformer have been selected to match the voltage of the input power source (refer to transmitter configuration sheet.)
(d) (e)
(f)
READING METERS The enabled/disabled status of the control/ 4.7 monitor panel's RF KILOWATTS, DC AMPERES and DC VOLTS meters is determined by the setting of the The STATUS CONTROL - METER ON/OFF switch. switch's setting will toggle between one of two states each time it is pressed and released. When it is in the meter enable (on) state, its integral lamp will be turned on and all three meters will be enabled. When it is in the meter disable (off) state, its integral lamp will be off and all three meters will be turned off. 4.7.1 READING RF POWER METER: The RF KILOWATTS meter displays forward power on the upper scale and reflected power on the lower scale when the meter has been enabled (integral lamp of STATUS CONTROL - METER ON/OFF switch is on). Parameter to be displayed is selected by pressing/ releasing associated SELECT METER SCALE switch until the lamp associated with the desired input parameter is turned on.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 4.7.2 READING DC VOLTS METER: The DC VOLTS meter displays the selected input voltage on one of three scales when the meter has been enabled (integral lamp of STATUS CONTROL - METER ON/OFF switch is on). Parameter to be displayed is selected by pressing/releasing associated SELECT METER SCALE switch until the lamp associated with the desired input voltage is turned on. (a) When B+ (0-400V) lamp is on, the ORed output of the B+ VDC power supplies is selected. The upper (0-400) scale must be read. When PA VOLTS (0-200V) lamp is on, the ORed PA volts being applied to the RF power amplifiers is selected. The centre (0-200) scale must be read.
When +48V (0-80V)
LOCAL/REMOTE CONTROL The transmitter's operational control 4.8 functions (RF on/off status, preset RF power level selection, RF power level trim and the active exciter selection) and two of its status control functions (alarm recall and system reset) can be controlled locally or remotely. There is also provision for two additional remote inputs (external interlock and PDM inhibit) that are independent of the local/remote control selection. NOTE The RF off control is not dependent on the local/ remote control selection. It can be activated from either location regardless of where control resides. The remote alarm/status monitoring independent of and is not affected local/remote selection. 4.8.1 is by
(b)
(c)
lamp is turned on, the output of the unregulated +48 VDC power supply is selected. The bottom (0-80) scale must be read. When +15V (0-20V) lamp is turned on, the output of the active exciter's regulated +15 VDC power supply is selected. The centre (0200) scale must be read and the reading must be divided by ten. When +5V (0-8V) lamp is turned on, the output of the active exciter's regulated +5 VDC power supply is selected. The bottom (0-80) scale must be read and the reading must be divided by ten. When -5V (0-8V) lamp is turned on, the output of the active exciter's regulated -5 VDC power supply is selected. The bottom (0-80) scale must be read and the reading must be divided by ten. When -15V (0-20V) lamp is turned on, the output of the active exciter's regulated -15 VDC power supply is selected. The centre (0200) scale must be read and the reading must be divided by ten.
(d)
(e)
LOCAL CONTROL: The CONTROL and STATUS CONTROL switches on the transmitter's control/monitor panel have control of the operational and status control functions identified in paragraph 4.8 when the integral lamp of the control/monitor panel's CONTROL - LOCAL switch is on. Local control is selected by pressing and releasing the CONTROL LOCAL switch. NOTE With the exception of the RF off function, remote controls are disabled and have no influence when local control is selected. 4.8.2 REMOTE CONTROL: Control of the operational and status control functions identified in paragraph 4.8 are transferred to externally located remote control circuits when the integral lamp of the control/monitor panel's CONTROL - REMOTE switch is on. Remote control is selected by pressing and releasing the CONTROL - REMOTE switch. NOTE With the exception of RF OFF, LOCAL and REMOTE, the control/monitor panel's CONTROL switches are disabled and have no influence when remote control is selected. The integral lamps of all switches will be functional and will provide a visual indication of remote selections.
(f)
(g)
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 OPERATIONAL CONTROLS The following operational controls select or 4.9 vary functions that are/may be routinely changed by an operator during normal operation: NOTE The following assumes local control has been selected and identifies CONTROL switches on the transmitter's control/monitor panel as the activating devices. If remote control is selected, substitute the remote control circuit as the activating device. 4.9.1 ACTIVE EXCITER SELECTION: The transmitter's exciter stage contains two (A and B) duplicate sets of exciter assemblies. They are configured to form an active and a reserve exciter. Either one may be selected as the active exciter with automatic transfer to the reserve exciter if the selected active exciter fails. 4.9.1.1 Exciter 'A' Active: Exciter 'A' is selected as the active exciter by pressing and releasing the The switch's CONTROL - EXCITER A switch. integral lamp will turn on and remain on indicating exciter 'A' is the active exciter. Its integral lamp will also be on if exciter 'B' was the active exciter and automatic transfer has occurred because it failed. In this case the control/monitor panel's STATUS display's EXCITER-STANDBY lamp will have changed from green to red and there is no reserve exciter. 4.9.1.2 Exciter 'B' Active: Exciter 'B' is selected as the active exciter by pressing and releasing the CONTROL - EXCITER B switch. The switch's integral lamp will turn on and remain on indicating exciter 'B' is the active exciter. Its integral lamp will also be on if exciter 'B' was the active exciter and automatic transfer has occurred because it failed. In this case the control/monitor panel's STATUS display's EXCITER-STANDBY lamp will have changed from green to red and there is no reserve exciter. 4.9.1.3 Exciter Assemblies: The following tabulations identify the duplicated assemblies and which exciter they are associated with: Exciter A Assemblies
Synthesizer PWB...................................... A2A1A4 DC Power Supply PWB ............................. A2A1A3 Interphase PDM Driver PWB....................... A2A1A6 RF Drive DC Power Supply ............................A11A5 RF Drive PWB........................................... A2A1A1 or C-QUAM AM Stereo Exciter PWB .................. A2A2 or Frequency Synthesizer PWB ..................... A2A1A1 DC Power Supply PWB ............................. A2A1A2 Interphase PDM Driver PWB....................... A2A1A5 RF Drive DC Power Supply ............................A11A4 RF Drive Amplifier .........................................A11A1 Exciter B Selected RF Drive PWB........................................... A2A1A4 or Frequency RF Drive Amplifier.........................A11A3
4.9.2 PRESET RF POWER SELECTION: There is provision to select any one of six preset RF power levels or in conjunction with the RF power trim increase/decrease controls to select an RF power level and then set it to any desired RF power level within the range of 1000 watts to 13 200 watts. NOTE If the RF POWER trim (increase) and (decrease) switches were pressed simultaneously, the RF power level for all preset selections will automatically have been set to zero watts. Each preset power level will have to be set to the desired level the next time it is selected. (a) Select a preset power level (1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 ) by pressing and releasing the appropriate CONTROL - RF POWER switch. The integral lamp of that switch will turn on, indicating that preset power level has been selected. Forward power reading on the RF KILOWATTS meter (provided meter is enabled and forward power is selected) should be the preset RF power level for that selection. If the RF power level is not correct it must be reset using the RF POWER trim (increase) and (decrease) switches.
(b)
(c)
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 4.9.3 RF POWER TRIM : The RF power level of the selected preset RF power level can be incrementally changed (nominal 1000 increments) by individually pressing/releasing the RF POWER trim (increase) or (decrease) switches. The increments are linear voltage steps (power=voltage 2). NOTE It is recommended the current reading on the DC AMPERES meter and the PA volts reading on the DC VOLTS meter be monitored when increasing the RF power level. Their readings must not be allowed to exceed the levels previously recorded for 13.5kW. 4.9.3.1 Increase RF Power: Increase RF power level by pressing and releasing RF POWER trim (increase) switch, noting a quick press and release will increase the RF power level by one increment. If the switch is held, its integral lamp will turn on while it is pressed and the RF power will slew in an increasing direction, after a 0.25s delay, until the switch is released or until the RF power level is 13.5kW. When 13.5kW is attained, the switch's integral lamp will turn off, even though the switch is being pressed and any further increase in RF power level will be inhibited. NOTE
The RF power trim circuit controls the voltage that determines the carrier level on/off ratio of the PDM signals, which in turn determine the PA volts level being applied to the RF power amplifiers. The maximum carrier level on/off ratio that can be attained is 45/55, which translates to 13.5kW when all of the RF power amplifiers are contributing to the RF output. If one or more RF power amplifiers is not contributing, the PA volts that would provide 13.5kW is produced but the forward power level will be less than 13.5kW and the DC current reading will decrease in proportion to the change in forward power. This method of control ensures an operator cannot overdrive the contributing RF power amplifiers when one or more is not contributing.
NOTE The RF output should not be set to a level that is less than 1000 watts. Audio distortion and unacceptable signal to noise ratios may result with RF power levels of less than 1000 watts. 4.9.4 RF ON/OFF SELECTION: The RF power stage must be turned on before an RF output can be produced. Additionally, the RF power stage can be turned off and the transmitter retained in the standby status without turning off the AC power source. 4.9.4.1 RF On Selection: The RF power stage is turned on by pressing and releasing the CONTROL - RF ON switch. Its integral lamp will turn on and remain on, indicating the RF power stage is enabled. The integral lamp of the CONTROL - RF OFF switch will turn off. 4.9.4.2 RF Off Selection: The RF power stage is turned off by pressing and releasing the CONTROL RF OFF switch. Its integral lamp will turn on and remain on, indicating the RF power stage is turned off. The integral lamp of the CONTROL - RF ON switch will turn off. 4.9.5 LOCAL/ REMOTE CONTROL SELECTION: The local/remote control selection is described in paragraph 4.8. 4.9.6 ADJUST AUDIO LEVEL: The AUDIO GAIN potentiometer on the interphase PDM drive PWBs controls amplitude of the audio signal input to the transmitter. Turn clockwise to increase audio gain (and modulation depth). Turn counter clockwise to decrease audio gain (and modulation depth). STATUS DISPLAYS 4.10 The control/monitor panel's STATUS display is provided to assist an operator/maintainer in determining the present (real-time) status of transmitter functions and when initiating fault diagnostics, will identify the cause of the most recent RF shutback. For a brief description of the purpose and function of each display, refer to table 3-1. 4.10.1 DISPLAY COLOUR: Each STATUS indicator is a bicolour display. The display will be green when the associated function/circuit is normal. The display will be red (continuous or flashing) when a failure has been detected or the function is not operating within defined limits.
4.9.3.2 Decrease RF Power: Decrease RF power level by pressing and releasing RF POWER trim (increase) switch, noting a quick press and release will decrease the RF power level by one increment. If the switch is held, its integral lamp will turn on while it is pressed and the RF power will slew in a decreasing direction, after a 0.25 second delay, until the switch is released or until the RF power level is 0W.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 NOTE The continuous/flashing display feature is a user determined option that is preset during technical pre-commissioning installation procedures. 4.10.2 DISPLAY TYPE: There are two types of alarm circuits (latching and non-latching) that control the DISPLAY indicators. They all provide a real time display: 4.10.2.1 Latching Alarm Displays : Latching alarms initiate an RF shutback when they occur. The triggering of the RF shutback also causes the initiating alarm to be stored in a single event memory which can be recalled by pressing the STATUS CONTROL- ALARM RECALL switch. Each new alarm will over-write the previous alarm, therefore only the cause of the last shutback can be recalled. This feature allows a maintainer to identify the cause of nuisance shutbacks that disrupt the RF output but are not present during initial fault diagnostics. Refer to figure 4-1 to identify/locate STATUS displays associated with the latching alarms.
Figure 4-2 Non-Latching Alarms (RF Inhibiting) 4.10.2.2 Non-Latching Alarm Displays : Nonlatching alarms are not committed to memory if the cause/reason for the alarm is removed. Refer to figure 4-2 to identify/locate non-latching alarms that inhibit the RF output and cause the RF POWER SHUTBACK red display to turn on. Refer to figure 4-3 to identify/locate the remainder of the non-latching alarms. These alarms do not initiate an RF shutback. They alert a maintainer to the cause of a reduced RF output, or an abnormal circuit status that does not require the RF output to be shutback but will require a maintenance action.
Figure 4-1 Latching Alarms
Figure 4-3 Non-Latching Alarms (No RF Inhibit)
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 TESTING DISPLAYS 4.11 The integral lamps of the control/ monitor panel's push-button switches, its meter input selection lamps and its STATUS indicators may be tested by pressing and holding for the STATUS CONTROL - LED TEST switch the duration of the test. 4.11.1 The integral lamps of the push-button switches and the meter input selection lamps will all turn on while the STATUS CONTROL - LED TEST switch is being pressed. 4.11.2 The STATUS lamps are tested for operation in their normal (green) and alarm (red) modes All STATUS lamps should turn on in both modes and alternately cycle between green and red displays at a 3Hz repetition rate. NOTE The display indicators may be tested at any time without affecting transmitter operation. LATCHING PROTECTION CIRCUITS 4.12 Some protection circuits latch in their failure (alarm) state and remain latched in this state even though the reason for the failure/alarm is no longer being sensed. The latching protection circuits include: 4.12.1 B+ POWER SUPPLY OVER TEMP: The AC/DC power supply contains an over temperature detector. This circuit de-energizes the power contactors and shuts down the transmitter, by disconnecting the AC power from the power transformers, if a temperature in excess of 85C is detected within the AC/DC power supply compartment. The control/monitor panel STATUS display's B+ POWER SUPPLY - TEMPERATURE and RF POWER - SHUTBACK indicators will be red. 4.12.2 PDM FAILURE: If the active interphase PDM driver fails in a manner that produces PDM outputs that have continuous or excessively long 'on' periods relative to their off periods, the PDM outputs are inhibited (turned off). 4.12.2.1 If the malfunctioning interphase PDM driver is part of the selected main exciter, a two stage sequence of events will occur. The RF output will be turned off, the control/monitor panel STATUS display's EXCITER - INTERPHASE PDM DRIVE and RF POWER - SHUTBACK indicators will be red. Operation will be automatically transferred to the reserve exciter; the EXCITER - STANDBY indicator will be red and the RF output will be restored to its original level. The STATUS display's EXCITER - INTERPHASE PDM DRIVE and RF POWER - SHUTBACK indicators will be return to their green display. 4.12.2.2 If the malfunctioning interphase PDM driver is part of what was the reserve exciter, but an automatic transfer has enabled it as the active exciter, the RF output will be turned off, the control/monitor panel STATUS display's EXCITER STANDBY, EXCITER - INTERPHASE PDM DRIVE and RF POWER - SHUTBACK indicators will be red. 4.12.3 RF POWER MODULE FAILURES: Each RF power module has latching failure detector circuits that either turn off a pair of RF power amplifiers or inhibit the total RF output of the module. The consequence is the forward power level will be reduced. NOTE The protection circuits for an individual RF power module can be reset, without affecting/resetting any other latched protection circuit, by pressing and releasing the RF power module's ALARMS-RESET switch. The use of this reset circuit will not erase or cause new alarm data to be over written in the STATUS display memory. 4.12.3.1 RF Drive Failure Detectors: Each RF power module has RF drive failure detection circuits. These circuits inhibit (turn off) the RF power amplifiers in that RF power module when the RF drive level is low or the RF drive is improperly tuned. The forward power level will be reduced, since the RF power module will not be contributing to the RF output. The control/ monitor panel STATUS display's RF POWER MODULES indicator will be red. The affected RF power module's POWER AMPLIFIER indicator will be on.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 4.12.3.2 Over Temperature Detector: Each RF power module has an over temperature detector circuit. This circuit inhibits (turns off) the RF power amplifiers in that RF power module when a temperature in excess of 85C is detected. The forward power level will be reduced, since the RF power module will not be contributing to the RF output. The control/monitor panel STATUS display's RF POWER MODULES indicator will be red. The affected RF power module's TEMPERATURE indicator will be on. 4.12.3.3 Modulator Failure Detectors : Each RF power module has a modulator failure detector. This circuit inhibits (turns off) the RF output of the RF power module when the PA volts is not proportional to the PDM input's on/off ratio. The forward power level will be reduced, since the RF power module will not be contributing to the RF output. The control/monitor panel STATUS display's RF POWER MODULES indicator will be red. The affected RF power module's MODULATOR indicator will be on. 4.12.4 RESETTING LATCHED PROTECTION CIRCUITS: Reset all latched protection circuits by pressing/releasing the control/monitor panel's STATUS CONTROL - SYSTEM RESET switch. If the function being monitored by a reset protection circuit is still abnormal, the protection circuit will instantly return to its latched failure state. If the function is not abnormal, it may be because sufficient time has elapsed to cool down the over heated area or because it was a spurious transient that activated the protection circuit. TURN-ON EXPECTATIONS 4.13 Following is the sequence of events that should occur when AC power is first applied to the transmitter. NOTE It is assumed that the transmitter was not operating before AC power was removed from the transmitter. If AC power was removed while the transmitter was operating, the same sequence of events will occur, with the exception that normal operation will resume automatically when AC power is restored. (a)
CHARGE POWER contactor
(A23K1) energizes.
NOTE Several alarms on the control/monitor panel will be red during the initial charging cycle (approximately one second). (b) B+ voltage charges to approximately 250V (as read on the control/monitor panel's DC VOLTS meter), in approximately one second.
FULL POWER
(c)
contactor (A23K2) energizes. B+ voltage jumps to approximately 340V as read on the DC VOLTS meter on the control/ monitor panel. All alarm indicators on the control/monitor panel are green.
(d)
Do not actuate the STATUS CONTROL - SYSTEM RESET switch if the reason for the last RF shutback is required and it has not been noted by utilizing the alarm recall feature. Valuable diagnostic data may be lost, since resetting the system will over-write the status alarm memory with current alarms.
SECTION 5 SYSTEM LEVEL TROUBLE SHOOTING

GENERAL This section contains scheduled and 5.1 corrective maintenance information for the subject transmitter. Fault symptoms should be analyzed to determine the corrective action required. Normally a recalibration will resolve the problem. Troubleshooting information (see paragraph 5.5) is presented based on the front panel alarm indication. For quick reference to an offending alarm's troubleshooting procedure or module replacement procedure, refer to the table below:
PROCEDURE PARAGRAPH
Replacement:
RF Power Module Tuning Procedure ................................... 5.5.22 RF Power Module Replacement................................................ 5.6 System Control PWB Replacement ........................................ 5.7.1 Distribution PWB Replacement............................................... 5.7.2 Exciter Interface PWB Replacement ...................................... 5.7.3 Power Supply Control PWB Replacement ............................. 5.7.4 RF Drive PWB Replacement................................................... 5.7.5 Interphase PDM Drive PWB Replacement .............................. 5.7.6 Power Supply Monitor PWB Replacement 5.7.7
Trouble shooting :
RF POWER MODULES Alarm................................................ 5.5.1 RF INTERLOCKS - EXTERNAL Alarm................................... 5.5.2 RF INTERLOCKS - INTERNAL Alarm.................................... 5.5.3 B+ POWER SUPPLY - AC FAIL Alarm.................................. 5.5.4 B+ POWER SUPPLY - OVER VOLTAGE Alarm.................... 5.5.5 B+ POWER SUPPLY - UNDER VOLTAGE Alarm.................. 5.5.6 B+ POWER SUPPLY - TEMPERATURE Alarm...................... 5.5.7 LV PWR SUPPLIES - RF DRIVE AMP Alarm........................ 5.5.8 LV PWR SUPPLIES - BATTERY Alarm................................. 5.5.9 LV PWR SUPPLIES - REGULATED VOLTAGES Alarm..... 5.5.10 EXCITER - RF DRIVE Alarm................................................. 5.5.11 EXCITER - INTERPHASE PDM DRIVE Alarm...................... 5.5.12 EXCITER - MODULATOR PROTECTION Alarm.................. 5.5.13 EXCITER - EXTERNAL PDM INHIBIT Alarm........................ 5.5.14 EXCITER - STANDBY Alarm................................................ 5.5.15 RF POWER - CUTBACK Alarm............................................ 5.5.16 RF POWER - SHUTBACK Alarm.......................................... 5.5.17 OUTPUT NETWORK - RF CURRENT Alarm......................... 5.5.18 OUTPUT NETWORK - VSWR Alarm.................................... 5.5.19 OUTPUT NETWORK - TEMPERATURE Alarm.................... 5.5.20 RF DRIVE TUNING PROCEDURE ........................................ 5.5.21 RF DRIVE LEVEL PROCEDURE........................................... 5.5.23
The XL12 transmitter contains many solid state devices that may be damaged if subjected to excessive heat or high voltage transients. Every effort must be taken to ensure circuits are not overdriven or disconnected from their loads while turned on. SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE Scheduled maintenance consists of 5.2 performing a visual inspection of the transmitter at scheduled intervals. Recommended minimum time between scheduled maintenance visits is three months. Local operating and environmental conditions may dictate more frequent visits and in remote sites, less frequent visits may be acceptable. Experience and system reliability will determine the most practical schedule for a specific installation. CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE Corrective maintenance procedures consist 5.3 of identifying and correcting defects or deficiencies that arise during operation of the transmitter. Local/remote alarm signals will be generated when a malfunction occurs. If the alarm condition was caused by a malfunction in the RF power amplifier stage, the transmitter will maintain operation at a reduced RF output. The nature of the fault and station policy will dictate whether immediate maintenance response is necessary. Fault analysis and rectification may be conducted from three different levels with a different technical competence level required for each.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 5.3.1 ON-AIR TROUBLE SHOOTING: Onair trouble shooting can be performed from a remote location or locally at the transmitter site. 5.3.1.1 Remote Trouble Shooting: Remote onair trouble shooting consists of monitoring the transmitter's radiated signal using an on-air monitor and observing status of remote fault alarm indicators. Information obtained from these sources should enable an operator to decide if response may be deferred to a more convenient time, if immediate corrective action must be taken and/or whether the standby transmitter must be enabled (if one is available). It is recommended that the significance of remote indications and the appropriate responses be incorporated into a station's standard operating procedures. Refer to paragraph 5.5 to determine the remedial action required for a given fault. 5.3.1.2 Local Trouble Shooting: Local on-air troubleshooting consists of monitoring the transmitter's integral meters and fault alarm indicators. Analysis of their status will normally identify the type of fault and in most cases will determine what corrective action must be taken. Refer to paragraph 5.5 to determine the remedial action required for a given fault. 5.3.1.2.1 The power amplifier stage contains an integral modular reserve (IMR) feature. This feature permits the transmitter to operate at a reduced RF output level when a malfunction occurs in any of its power modules. Station operating procedures will dictate if reduced RF output level is acceptable. When reduced RF output level can be tolerated, replacement of the defective RF power module may be deferred to a more convenient time. A defective module may be removed from the transmitter for servicing, while the transmitter is operating at reduced RF output level, provided removal instructions detailed in paragraphed 5.6.1 are met. Refer to paragraph 5.6 for RF power amplifier module removal/replacement instructions. 5.3.2 OFF-AIR TROUBLE SHOOTING: Off-air trouble shooting must be performed when replacement of a defective RF power amplifier module or routine on-air calibration adjustments will not restore operation. It is recommended the output be connected to a precision 50 resistive dummy load (rated at a minimum of 20kW) for off-air trouble shooting procedures. If an appropriate dummy load is not available, troubleshooting for a majority of faults can be performed with RF power turned off. The transmitter may remain connected to its antenna system for these procedures. It is recommended RF output be reduced to a minimal value when connected to the antenna system and it is necessary to trouble shoot faults in the power amplifier stage. ELECTROSTATIC PROTECTION The transmitter's assemblies contain 5.4 semiconductor devices that are susceptible to damage from electrostatic discharge. Prior to removing an assembly from the transmitter, and while servicing an assembly, the precautions described in paragraph 4.5 must be observed: NOTE Electrostatic energy is produced when two insulating materials are rubbed together. A person wearing rubber-soled shoes, walking across a nylon carpet or a waxed floor, can generate an extremely large electrostatic charge. This effect is magnified during periods of low humidity. Components such as integrated circuits, field-effect transistors, thyristors, and Schottky diodes may be damaged by this high voltage unless adequate precautions are taken. TROUBLE SHOOTING FRONT PANEL ALARMS Trouble shooting front panel alarms assumes 5.5 that the transmitter has been operating normally before the fault condition occurred. An alarm indicator displays (or flashes) red when a fault condition exists. NOTE Before undertaking any trouble shooting, press ALARM RECALL to see if any other alarm has been registered and record these alarms. Then press SYSTEM RESET to try to clear the alarm(s). If the alarm(s) clears, it may have been false. If not, trouble shooting is necessary. If one or more RF power modules indicate front panel alarms, try resetting the RF power modules by pressing the front panel's RESET switch. If the alarm does not clear, troubleshooting is necessary.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 5.5.1 RF POWER MODULES ALARM: An RF POWER MODULES alarm indicates a failure in one or more RF power modules. NOTE It is permissible to operate the transmitter with a defective or missing RF power module. (b) Attempt to reset the RF power module by pressing RESET on its front panel. If it successfully resets, the alarm indication may have been false. If the alarm does not reset or it returns, remove the RF power module for trouble shooting.
Do not attempt to compensate for any RF power reduction caused by RF amplifier assembly failures by adjusting RF power level controls. (a) Select forward power to be displayed on the control/monitor panel's RF KILOWATTS meter (FORWARD POWER lamp shall be on). Record forward power reading. If forward power reading in step (a) is less than the preset level, one or more RF power modules are defective. Proceed to paragraph 5.5.1.1. If forward power reading in step (a) is normal, the alarm is probably false. Press ALARM RECALL switch to check for other alarms that may have triggered the RF power module alarm. Press/release SYSTEM RESET.
NOTE The RF power module's TEMPERATURE alarm can occur when the 'D' connector is removed from A1J1 of the RF power module. 5.5.1.2 RF Power Module Trouble Shooting: Refer to paragraph 5.6 for removal and installation instructions and then refer to the RF power module service instruction manual for detailed trouble shooting information. 5.5.2 EXTERNAL INTERLOCK ALARM: An RF INTERLOCKS - EXTERNAL alarm indicates an external interlock is open. It will be accompanied by a SHUTBACK alarm. (a) Connect a digital multimeter (set to measure DC) between TB1-25 (INTLK OPEN) (+) of the remote interface PWB and ground. If +24 VDC is present on TB1-25, the external interlock circuit is intact and the probable cause of the alarm is a defective monitoring circuit. Suspect U7 on remote interface PWB and U23/U24 on the system control PWB. If +24 VDC is not present on TB1-25, determine voltage between TB1-26 (+24V INTLK) of remote interface PWB and ground. If +24 VDC is present on TB1-26, the external interlock circuit is open (normally caused by an open interlock switch). If +24 VDC is not present on TB1-26, the probable cause is a defective unregulated +24 VDC power supply.
(b)
(c)
(b)
5.5.1.1 RF Power Module Fault Validation: Verify one or more RF power modules are defective, isolate the defective module and the nature of the defect as follows: NOTE A defective RF power module can be removed for repair, without turning off the transmitter as described in paragraph 5.6. The transmitter can be operated at a reduced output power level with an RF power module removed. (a) Open the front doors and note which RF power module(s) indicate a fault (alarm lamp is on). Record which RF power module is displaying an alarm and which alarm lamps are on.
(c)
(d)
(e)
5.5.3 INTERNAL INTERLOCK ALARM: An RF INTERLOCKS - INTERNAL alarm indicates a ground wand has not been properly stored. It will be accompanied by a SHUTBACK alarm.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 (a) Connect a digital multimeter (set to DC volts), between the anode of CR77 (+) and ground (TP27) on system control PWB. If +5 VDC is present on the anode of CR77, the internal interlock circuit is open. The probable cause is an improperly stored ground wand. If 0.0 VDC is present on the anode of CR77, the internal interlock circuit is intact. The probable cause of the alarm is a defective monitoring circuit. Suspect U27 on the system control PWB. (c) If the transformer taps are correct, the monitoring circuit is suspect. Contact Nautel for troubleshooting information.
(b)
(c)
5.5.6 B+ POWER SUPPLY - UNDER VOLTAGE ALARM: An UNDER VOLTAGE alarm indicates that B+ voltage has fallen below the B+ threshold level. It is normally caused by low AC input voltage, use of improper primary taps on the power transformer, or a faulty rectifier assembly. Trouble shoot an UNDER VOLTAGE alarm as follows: NOTE If the UNDER VOLTAGE and the AC on, it indicates a brown-out. (a)
FAIL
alarms are
5.5.4 B+ POWER SUPPLY - AC FAIL ALARM: An AC FAIL alarm on the front panel indicates a loss of phase or the input AC voltage falling below 90% of the selected transformer tap setting. Trouble shoot an AC FAIL alarm as follows: (a) Check the B+ voltage on the transmitter's DC VOLTS meter. If it is less than 280 VDC, the AC power source voltage or main power transformer tap selection is suspect. Measure the incoming AC supply voltage and verify the main power transformer is tapped as tabulated in table 2-2. If the transformer taps are correct, the monitoring circuit is suspect. Contact Nautel for trouble shooting information.
Check the B+ voltage on the transmitter's DC VOLTS meter. If less than 275 VDC, continue to step (b). If greater than 275 VDC, proceed to step (d). Measure the incoming AC voltage and verify the power supply transformer is tapped correctly as tabulated in table 2-2. If the AC/DC power supply transformer taps are correct, switch off AC power and check 3-phase rectifier assemblies. If the AC/DC power supply transformer taps are correct and the 3-phase rectifier assemblies are functional, the monitoring circuit is suspect. Contact Nautel for trouble shooting information.
(b)
(b)
(c)
(c)
(d)
5.5.5 B+ POWER SUPPLY - OVER VOLTAGE ALARM: An OVER VOLTAGE alarm indicates that B+ DC voltage applied to the power modules has risen approximately fifteen percent above its normal operating level. The alarm is normally caused by high AC input voltage or incorrect primary taps on the power transformer. Trouble shoot a B+ power supply over voltage alarm as follows: (a) Check the B+ voltage on the transmitter's DC VOLTS meter. If it is greater than 350 VDC, continue to step (b). If it is less than 350VDC, go to step (c). Measure the incoming AC voltage and verify the power supply transformer is tapped as tabulated in table 2-2.
5.5.7
B+ POWER SUPPLY - TEMPERATURE ALARM: A B+ power supply TEMPERATURE alarm indicates that the charge resistors are getting too hot, or the charge/ discharge period being monitored by the power supply monitor PWB is excessive. A high temperature alarm may be caused by a fault in the charge contactor's contacts or in the system control PWB alarm circuitry. Under normal circumstances, these resistors conduct current for a short period of time, and do not get hot enough to initiate an alarm. Trouble shoot a B+ power supply TEMPERATURE alarm as follows: (a) Check B+ voltage on the transmitter's DC VOLTS meter. If less than 275 VDC, continue to step (b). If greater than 275 VDC, go to step (e).
(b)
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 (b) Measure the incoming AC voltage and verify the power supply transformer is tapped as tabulated in table 2-2. If the power supply transformer taps are correct, switch off AC input voltage and gain access to the AC/DC power supply section by opening the rear door. Confirm there are no short circuits between the terminals of inductors A23L1/A23L2 and ground. Check 3-phase rectifier assemblies for faulty diodes. If no faults were found in steps (d) and (e), the monitoring circuit is suspect. Contact Nautel for trouble shooting information 5.5.9 LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY BATTERY LOW ALARM: A BATTERY alarm indicates that the voltage provided by the battery backup circuitry is low. The fault may be caused by weak batteries or a fault in the detection or alarm circuitry on the system control PWB. Replace the batteries on XBT1 of the system control PWB (A1A3). If the alarm remains, suspect the system control PWB circuitry. NOTE Batteries should be replaced once a year or as soon as weak batteries cause the BATTERY alarm to turn on. This helps prevent chemical dripping from old batteries and to ensure adequate backup voltage for the system control PWB's microcontroller when AC power is turned off. 5.5.10 LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY REGULATED VOLTAGE ALARM: A REGULATED VOLTAGE alarm indicates that at least one of the exciter's low voltage DC power supplies (+5V, +15V, -5V or -15V) has failed. The alarm may be caused by a failure of the power supply, a fault in the detection circuitry on the exciter interface PWB, or a fault in the alarm circuit on the system control PWB. Trouble shoot a REGULATED VOLTAGE alarm as follows: (a) The low voltage power supply alarm initiates an automatic exciter changeover to the standby exciter. To trouble shoot a defective exciter circuit, set the Exciter Control switch A1A3S19 to AUTO XFR INHIBIT and select the suspect exciter. On the system control PWB (A1A3), measure the following: +8V on TP8 -8V on TP9 +24V on TP10 -24V on TP11 +48V on TP12 These are unregulated DC voltages and will be proportional to the AC power source for a given tap setting.
(c)
(d)
(e) (f)
5.5.8 LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY RF DRIVE AMP ALARM: The RF DRIVE AMP alarm indicates that the output of the active RF drive power supply has fallen below a nominal 56 VDC. The alarm could result from a fault in the RF drive power supply (A11A4 or A11A5), faulty detection circuitry on the RF drive power supply, or a fault in the alarm circuitry on the system control PWB. Trouble shoot an RF DRIVE AMP alarm as follows: (a) An RF drive DC power supply alarm initiates an automatic changeover to the standby exciter. To trouble shoot a defective exciter, set Exciter Control switch A1A3S19 to AUTO XFR INHIBIT and select the suspect exciter. Ensure exciter associated with suspect power supply is selected. Measure DC voltage at the power supply output at E3. If the voltage is above 56 VDC, measure DC voltage at Q2 (collector) or J1-1. If 0 VDC, suspect the alarm circuitry on the system control PWB. If the voltage is below 56VDC, attempt to increase the power supply's output by adjusting the VOLTAGE CONTROL potentiometer (R3). If the voltage cannot be adjusted, confirm the following voltages: +15 VDC at J1-4 and +50 VDC at E1.
(b)
(b) -
(c)
(d)
If the input voltages checked in step (c) are satisfactory and the output cannot be adjusted to the required level, the RF drive power supply should be removed for repair. Page 5-5 01 January 2002
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Figure 5-1 RF Drive Amplifier Output Waveform
c = 1700kHz (AC Coupled) (c) On the exciter interface PWB, measure the following: +5V on R19-LHS +15V on R20-LHS -5V on R21-LHS -15V on R22-LHS If any of these are incorrect, suspect a problem in the low voltage power supply. (d) If the voltages in steps (b) and (c) are correct, measure DC voltage at TP11 on the exciter interface PWB. If approximately 0V, suspect the system control PWB's alarm circuitry. If the voltage measured in step (d) is approximately 5V, suspect the exciter interface PWB's detection circuitry. (a)
Figure 5-2 c Output Waveform c = 1700kHz (AC Coupled) The RF drive alarm initiates an automatic exciter changeover to the standby exciter. To trouble shoot a defective exciter circuit, set the Exciter Control switch A1A3S19 to AUTO XFR INHIBIT and select the suspect exciter. Check the DC voltage output of the RF drive power supply (refer to paragraph 5.5.8) Use an oscilloscope to check the signal at E1 of the RF drive amplifier. The signal should be a waveform between 68 and 80 volts peak-topeak, at the carrier frequency, as indicated in figure 5-1. If the signal is present, proceed to step (g). If no signal is present in step (c), use an oscilloscope to check TP1 on the RF drive amplifier. The signal should be a 0 to + 15 VDC waveform at the carrier frequency. If present and there is between 68 and 80 VDC at E1 of the RF drive amplifier, suspect the RF drive amplifier. If no signal is present in step (d), check TP4 of the RF drive PWB for a nominal 0 to +15 Vp-p waveform as in figure 5-2. If present, suspect the exciter interface PWB (A2A1). If no signal is present in step (e), suspect the RF drive PWB.
(b) (c)
(e)
(d)
5.5.11 EXCITER - RF DRIVE ALARM: An RF DRIVE alarm indicates the voltage at the output of the RF drive tuning PWB is too low. The alarm could result from a failure in the RF drive amp power supply (see paragraph 5.5.8), RF drive amplifier, RF drive PWB, RF drive tuning PWB, system control PWB's alarm circuitry or an RF power module fault. Trouble shoot an RF DRIVE alarm as follows:
(e)
(f)
Figure 5-3 RF Drive Waveform c = 1700kHz (AC Coupled) NOTE If the C-QUAM stereo exciter or frequency synthesizer PWB is being used as the RF drive source, refer to the associated service instruction manual for trouble shooting information. (g) If the RF waveform is present at TP4 and an alarm is still present, perform the RF Drive Tuning and RF Drive Level procedures as detailed in paragraphs 5.5.21 and 5.5.22. (a)
Figure 5-4 Interphase PDM Waveform pdm = 75kHz (DC Coupled) The interphase PDM alarm initiates an automatic exciter changeover to the standby exciter. To trouble shoot a defective exciter circuit, set the Exciter Control switch A1A3S19 to AUTO XFR INHIBIT and select the suspect exciter. If the transmitter successfully switched to the standby exciter, suspect the main exciter's interphase PDM driver PWB. Use an oscilloscope to view the signals at J2-1 and J3-1 on the distribution PWB. Each waveform should be a PDM pulse train, J3-1 delayed by one-half the period. The indications should be similar to the examples depicted in figures 5-4 (J2-1) and 5-5 (J3-1). If waveforms are incorrect, proceed to step (f). If waveforms in step (c) are satisfactory, use an oscilloscope to view the waveforms at J4-1 and J4-3 of the exciter interface PWB. If the waveforms are similar to examples depicted in figures 5-4 and 5-5, proceed to step (e). If the waveforms are not satisfactory, proceed to step (g).
(b)
NOTE If the C-QUAM stereo exciter or frequency synthesizer PWB is being used as the RF drive source, refer to the associated service instruction manual for trouble shooting information. 5.5.12 EXCITER - INTERPHASE PDM DRIVER ALARM: An INTERPHASE PDM DRIVE alarm indicates that a fault exists in the interphase PDM drive signal. It may be caused by a fault on the interphase PDM driver PWB, the exciter interface PWB's detection circuitry, or the system control PWB's alarm circuitry. Trouble shoot an INTERPHASE PDM DRIVE alarm as follows:
(c)
(d)
Figure 5-5 Interphase PDM Waveform pdm = 75kHz (DC Coupled) (e) Measure DC voltage at U1-16 on the exciter interface PWB. If approximately 0V, suspect the system control PWB's alarm circuitry. If approximately 5V at U1-16, suspect the exciter interface PWB's PDM Monitor detection circuitry. Use an oscilloscope to view the PDM signal at J3-4 on the exciter interface PWB. The signal should be similar to the example in figure 5-6. If not, proceed to step (h). Measure DC voltage at TP12 on the exciter interface PWB. If approximately 0V, suspect the system control PWB's alarm circuitry. If approximately 5V, suspect the exciter interface PWB's PDM Freq Monitor detection circuitry. Use an oscilloscope to view the waveforms at TP16 and TP17 of the interphase PDM driver PWB. If the waveforms are not as described in step (c), suspect the interphase PDM driver PWB. (b) (i) Use an oscilloscope to view the waveform at TP18 of the interphase PDM driver PWB. If the waveforms are not as described in step (f), suspect the interphase PDM driver PWB.
Figure 5-6 pdm Waveform pdm = 75kHz (DC Coupled) 5.5.13 EXCITER MODULATOR PROTECTION ALARM: The exciter monitors the output of the modulators in the RF power modules and inhibits their output if they become great enough to damage the modulators. A MODULATOR PROTECTION alarm may occur from overdriving the transmitter (high output power, high modulation depth, or very low modulating frequency), a fault in the system control PWB's alarm circuitry, a fault in the exciter interface PWB's switching circuitry, or a fault in the interphase PDM driver PWB's modulation level detector circuitry. Trouble shoot a MODULATOR PROTECTION alarm as follows: (a) Examine the operating conditions under which the alarm occurred. A MODULATOR PROTECTION alarm may occur with the transmitter at rated power with high modulation at a low modulating frequency. If these conditions were present at the time of the alarm, adjust the modulating audio low frequency roll off to 30Hz. Connect an oscilloscope to TP3 of the interphase PDM driver PWB. If the transmitter is operating at rated power and the audio is clipped (see figure 5 -7), complete the modulation protection threshold setup (paragraph 2.4.6.3).
(f)
(g)
(h)
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 5.5.15 EXCITER - STANDBY ALARM: A STANDBY alarm indicates that the standby exciter is operating and that the transmitter has switched from main exciter to standby exciter. The STANDBY alarm may be caused by a fault in the transmitter that initiated an automatic exciter changeover or a fault in the system controller PWB's microprocessor or alarm circuit. Trouble shoot the STANDBY alarm as follows: (a) Press/hold ALARM RECALL and record any alarm indicators that glow red. Trouble shoot any recorded alarms to determine the cause of the exciter changeover. Assign the active exciter as the main exciter by momentarily pressing the exciter select switch that has its indicator glowing. If the STANDBY alarm turns green, it was a normal indication of an automatic exciter changeover. If the STANDBY alarm remains red, suspect a problem in the alarm circuit on the system control PWB.
(b) Figure 5-7 Chopper Control Waveform Audio = 30Hz (AC Coupled) 5.5.14 EXCITER - EXTERNAL PDM INHIBIT ALARM: An EXTERNAL PDM INHIBIT alarm indicates that an external PDM inhibit command is present. The alarm could be caused by an short circuit in the external wiring path to the remote control PWB, a fault in the switching circuitry on the remote interface PWB, or a fault in the alarm circuitry on the system control PWB. Trouble shoot an EXTERNAL PDM INHIBIT alarm as follows: (a) If E15 is between pins 2 and 3, verify the DC voltage at TB1-26 to ground is approximately +24V on the remote interface PWB. If E15 is between pins 1 and 2, verify the DC voltage between TB2-5 and TB2-6 is less than 2.0 VDC. If the conditions in steps (a) and (b) are met, measure the voltage across R16 on the remote interface PWB. If the voltage is +5 VDC, the remote interface PWB should be repaired. If the voltage is zero volts, the system control PWB is suspect. (b)
(c)
5.5.16 RF POWER CUTBACK ALARM: An RF power CUTBACK alarm indicates that several SHUTBACK alarms (at least three shutbacks in three seconds) have occurred. A CUTBACK alarm may be triggered by a fault in the transmitter, excessive VSWR, or a fault in the system control PWB's microprocessor or alarm circuitry. Trouble shoot a CUTBACK alarm as follows: (a) Read the RF output power level on the FORWARD POWER meter on the transmitter's front panel. If the output power is equal to the preset operating level, the cutback alarm may be false. Suspect the system control PWB's microprocessor or the alarm circuitry. If the output power is less than the preset operating level, proceed to step (b). Momentarily press/release the DECR RF PWR switch to clear the cutback alarm and to restore the preset power level. If the fault persists, the output power will automatically cutback again. Observe the front panel and note which alarm is causing SHUTBACK and CUTBACK alarms. Refer to the appropriate trouble shooting paragraph in this section.
(b)
(c)
(d)
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 (c) If the RF output power does not cutback, the fault no longer exists. Press ALARM RECALL. The fault that caused cutback shall turn red. Refer to the appropriate paragraph in this section for trouble shooting information, if necessary. (a) Verify the VSWR of the output load does not exceed 1.2:1 ratio.
5.5.17 RF POWER SHUTBACK ALARM: An RF power SHUTBACK alarm indicates that the output power of the transmitter has been reduced to zero. SHUTBACK alarm may be caused by a fault in the transmitter, high VSWR condition, or a fault in the system control PWB's microprocessor or alarm circuitry. With of the MODULATOR PROTECTION, FAN FAIL and BATTERY alarms, a SHUTBACK alarm will accompany the remaining alarms . Alarms that accompany SHUTBACK are, EXTERNAL PDM INHIBIT , RF CURRENT, OVER VOLTAGE, UNDER
VOLTAGE, TEMPERATURE, INTERNAL INTLK, EXTERNAL INTLK and VSWR. The other alarms, such as RF DRIVE, INTERPHASE PDM DRIVE, REGULATED VOLTAGES and RF DRIVE AMP, shall temporarily place the transmitter in SHUTBACK mode until it
NOTE alarm will always accompany an RF CURRENT alarm. If an RF current shutback occurs at least three times within three seconds, the transmitter shall be in CUTBACK mode to reduce RF output power until the RF CURRENT alarm does not exist. A
SHUTBACK
(b)
the
exception
NOTE
Press ALARM RECALL to verify the CUTBACK was caused by an RF CURRENT alarm. Investigate the operating conditions for the time the alarm occurred. The alarm will trip when the transmitter is being driven at 13 200 watts at modulation frequencies below 30Hz. If the transmitter is not being overdriven, attempt to clear the alarm by pressing RF OFF. Press and hold DECR RF PWR to reduce preset output to zero. Press RF ON, then press and hold INCR RF PWR to gradually raise the output to 12 000 watts. If the alarm clears, it may have been false. Measure DC voltage at TP11 on the distribution PWB. If approximately 0V, suspect the system control PWBs alarm circuitry. If approximately 5V, go to step (f). Measure DC voltage at the anode of CR2 on distribution PWB. If it is less than 1.69V and the transmitter is not being overdriven and no other fault can be found, suspect a wiring fault somewhere in the output stages of the transmitter.
(c)
(d)
(e)
changes from main exciter to standby exciter. (a)
Read the output power from the meter on the transmitter's control panel. If the output power is zero, proceed to step (b). If output power is not reduced, suspect a fault in the system control PWB's detection/alarm circuitry. If another alarm lamp is red, refer to the appropriate paragraph in this manual for trouble shooting information.
(f)
(b)
5.5.18 OUTPUT NETWORKS RF CURRENT ALARM: An output networks RF CURRENT alarm indicates that excessive RF current is flowing for too long in the transmitter's output networks. An RF CURRENT alarm may be caused by a fault in the transmitter that causes too much current to flow in the output filter, overdriving the transmitter, a fault in the distribution PWB's detection circuitry, or a fault in the system control PWB's alarm circuitry. Trouble shoot an output network RF current alarm as follows:
5.5.19 OUTPUT NETWORKS - VSWR ALARM: An output networks VSWR alarm indicates the reflected power is higher than normal. The VSWR alarm trips in two stages. The VSWR lamp will turn red when the VSWR reaches 1.35:1, as a warning to the operator. When the VSWR reaches 1.5:1, the transmitter will shutback the RF output power to prevent damage. An output network VSWR alarm can be caused by excessive reflected power, a fault in the forward/ reflected power probe assembly or a fault in the system control PWB's alarm circuitry. Trouble shoot a VSWR alarm as follows:
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 NOTE A VSWR alarm will always cause a SHUTBACK. If the problem occurs three times within three seconds, the transmitter shall be in CUTBACK mode to reduce RF output power until the VSWR alarm not exists. (a) Read the forward and reflected power from the power meter on the transmitter's control panel. If the forward power has been reduced and the reflected power indicates reflected power, there may be a matching problem between antenna and transmitter. Perform a visual inspection of the antenna feed line and antenna and correct any obvious problems that can cause excessive reflected power. If there are no obvious problems between transmitter and antenna, measure DC voltage across C69 on the system control PWB. If greater than 2.5V, suspect the forward/ reflected power probe. If less than 2.5V, suspect the system control PWB's detection/ alarm circuitry. (g) (e) Using ohmmeter, measure the impedance across thermistor A21RT1. If the reading is lower than 33K ohms, unplug the MTA connector mating with J8 of the distribution PWB (A16). Repeat impedance measurement of step (e). If the reading is still lower than 33K ohms, check the thermistor and the associated wiring. If the reading is approximately 150K to 200K ohms (ambient temperature of 25C), suspect the temperature detector on the distribution PWB. Re-install the MTA connector on J8 of the distribution PWB. Re-install the rear panel of RF output filter A21. Close the rear door. Turn on the AC power at the service entrance. Press RF ON and slowly increase the RF output to 12 000 watts. If the alarm does not clear, proceed to step (j). Measure the voltage at TP4 and J5-6 on the distribution PWB. If approximately 0V, suspect the system control PWB's alarm circuitry.
(f)
(b)
(h) (c) (i)
(j)
5.5.20 OUTPUT NETWORK TEMPERATURE: An output networks TEMPERATURE alarm indicates that the RF output filter temperature is above 85C. A high temperature alarm may result from a fault with the temperature sensing thermistor, temperature detector sensing circuitry on distribution PWB, or a fault in the system control PWB. Trouble shoot an output network TEMPERATURE alarm as follows: (a) Press RF OFF, then simultaneously press the RF power increase and decrease switches to reduce preset output to zero. Turn off the AC power at the service entrance. Open the rear door. Refer to figure MD-2 to remove the rear panel of RF output filter A21. Retain hardware.
5.5.21 RF DRIVE TUNING PROCEDURE: The RF drive tuning procedure ensures the series RF drive tuning components are the correct value for the transmitter carrier frequency. It also fine tunes the RF power modules for optimum operation with the host transmitter. Refer to electrical schematics SD3 and SD-9. 5.5.21.1 RF Drive Series Tuning: The series RF drive circuit comprises all circuitry between the connector that mates with E1 on the RF drive amplifier and the output of the RF drive tuning PWB. Tune the RF drive series tuning as follows: (a) Turn off the transmitter and remove AC power by setting the circuit breaker enclosure circuit breaker to OFF. Complete the RF drive circuit through relay assembly A11A7 by moving the push-on connectors from pin 4 to pin 1 and pin 6 to pin 3.
(b) (c)
(b) (d) Perform a visual inspection of the RF output filter. Inspect for signs of overheated and/or defect components or loose connections. Page 5-11 01 January 2002
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 (c) (d) Place a short circuit between TP4 and ground on the RF drive tuning PWB. Remove the connector from E1 on RF drive amplifier 'A' (A11A1) and connect an RF generator between the wire and ground. Set the RF generator to the transmitter carrier frequency. Monitor the output of the generator with an oscilloscope and frequency counter and adjust the RF drive tuning inductor A11L1 for a null in voltage on the oscilloscope. Confirm the circuit is tuned by sweeping the frequency generator below and above the transmitter carrier frequency and confirming a null at the correct frequency. Remove the test equipment. (b) (h) (i) Install the connector on E1 on RF drive amplifier 'A' (A11A1). Restore the connections on relay assembly A11A7 by moving the push-on connectors from pin 1 to pin 4 and pin 3 to pin 6. Remove the short circuit between TP4 and ground on the RF drive tuning PWB. (c) Place the RF power module on a work bench and carefully remove the black plastic cover from an RF amplifier. Place an oscilloscope probe on the gate lead of Q6 in the RF amplifier. Refer to figure MD-6 in the RF power module service instruction manual for the RF amplifier's assembly detail. Re-install the RF power module in the transmitter as described in paragraph 5.6. Operate the transmitter at 1000 watts output power level from exciter A. Set the EXCITER CONTROL switch on the control interface PWB to AUTO TRANSFER INHIBIT. Adjust the VOLTAGE CONTROL potentiometer on the exciter A RF drive regulated power supply A11A5 until a reading of 17.7 volts peak-to-peak is recorded on the oscilloscope. This is the lowest allowable RF drive voltage. If the power supply cannot be adjusted low enough to achieve 17.7 volts peak-to-peak, adjust it to its lowest voltage. Adjust the RF DRIVE THRESHOLD potentiometer on the RF drive tuning PWB until the transmitter EXCITER RF DRIVE alarm just turns on. (c) Using the screwdriver (Nautel Part# HAZ79) from the transmitter ancillary kit, adjust RF power module A's RF drive tuning inductor for a minimum reading. Refer to the RF power module service instruction booklet for location of the RF drive tuning inductor. Repeat steps (b) and (c) substituting the correct RF drive tuning PWB test points and RF power modules.
(d)
(e)
(f)
5.5.21.3 RF Drive Level: The RF drive level procedure ensures the correct 22 volt peak-to-peak RF drive voltage is applied to the RF amplifier FETs and the RF drive level detector threshold is properly set. (a) Turn off the transmitter and remove an RF power module as described in paragraph 5.6.
(g)
(j)
(d) (e)
5.5.21.2 RF Power Module Tuning: The RF power module tuning procedure ensures the RF power modules are tuned for optimal operation in the host transmitter. Tune the RF power modules as follows: (a) Operate the transmitter into a 50 ohm dummy load at a power level of 1000 watts without modulation. Monitor the RF current being applied to power module A with a DC multimeter connected to TP5 'A'.
(f)
(b)
NOTE An RF power module that has a failed RF amplifier cannot be tuned. Repair module before performing this procedure.
(g)
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 (h) Adjust the VOLTAGE CONTROL potentiometer on the exciter A RF drive regulated power supply A11A4 until a reading of 22 volts peakto-peak are recorded on the oscilloscope. Operate the transmitter from exciter B. Repeat step (h) substituting for exciter B's RF drive regulated power supply (A11A5). NOTE If an operational RF power module is available, it may be installed in the transmitter while the power module is being serviced. Refer to paragraph 5.6.2. for information on installing a power module. 5.6.2 RF POWER MODULE INSTALLATION: Install an RF power module in the transmitter as follows: (a) (b) Verify requirements of paragraph 5.4 have been completed and are being met. Verify the RF power module has been bench tuned to the carrier frequency as described in the RF power module's service instruction manual. Lift the power module into the transmitter. Ensure the module is pushed firmly in place, carefully aligning mating connector pins. The TEMPERATURE or other power module alarms may turn on. Firmly tighten the spring-loaded screw located at bottom front of the power module. Mate the appropriate transmitter 'D' connector to A1J1 and tighten thumbscrew to secure it to the module. You should hear the relay, in the rear of the transmitter, drop out (turn off). Press RESET on front of the power module. Install the power module cover panel. If the power module is being installed in the transmitter for the first time, complete the RF drive tuning procedure in paragraph 5.5.21.1.
(i) (j)
REPLACEMENT OF RF POWER MODULE Following are the procedures for removing 5.6 and reinstalling an RF power module.
RF power modules contain solid state devices that may be damaged if they are subjected to excessive heat or high voltage transients. Every effort must be taken to ensure circuits are not overdriven and they are not disconnected from their loads while turned on. 5.6.1 RF POWER MODULE REMOVAL: Remove a defective RF power module as follows: (a) (b) (c) Verify requirements of paragraph 5.4 have been completed and are being met. Remove the power module cover panel. Turn the thumbscrews (counter clockwise) which secure the 'D' connector to A1J1 of the RF power module. Remove the connector from A1J1 of the RF power module. You should hear the relay, located in the rear of the transmitter, pick up (turn on). Loosen the screw at the bottom front of the RF power module (the connector must be removed from A1J1 to allow access to the screw). Carefully pull the RF power module forward and lift it out of the transmitter.
(b) (c)
(d) (e)
(f) (h) (i)
(d)
(e)
(f)
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 PWB REPLACEMENT/ADJUSTMENT Install and adjust replacement printed wiring 5.7 boards as follows: 5.7.1 SYSTEM CONTROL PWB REPLACEMENT: Refer to figure MD-3 to locate the system control PWB. (a) (b) (c) Remove and retain three AA batteries from system control PWB. Turn off AC power at the service entrance. Remove cable assemblies W1 thru W5, noting they interconnect the remote interface PWB, the RF KILOWATT meter's 2-input meter switch/monitor PWB and the TEST VOLTS meter's 8-input meter switch/monitor PWB to the system control PWB. Disconnect the three D-sub-miniature connectors (P9, P10 and P11) from their mating connectors on the system control PWB. Remove the system control PWB by removing its eleven sets of attaching hardware and then carefully extracting the PWB. Retain attaching hardware for reuse when installing replacement system control PWB. Install repla cement system control PWB in reverse sequence of removal procedures using attaching hardware retained during removal. Ensure switches and LEDs that protrude thru holes in the control/monitor panel are properly aligned and inserted prior to final installation. Insert a suitable in-line current meter probe in the transmitter's RF output feed cable. Turn on AC power at the service entrance. If there is no alarm, except BATTERY, all the status lamps shall be green. By default, all preset RF power levels will be set to zero. RF OFF, EXCITER A , RF PWR 1 shall be selected. The meters shall be turned off (integral lamp of METER ON/OFF switch shall be off. (q) (k) (l) Ensure to toggle METER ON/OFF to enable the meters before pressing RF ON. Install the batteries removed in step (a).
NOTE Ensure that three AA (1.5 VDC) batteries are installed in the system control PWB's battery holder (XBT1) to ensure battery back-up of key status signals during interruption of AC power. It may be necessary to press SYSTEM RESET to clear any false alarms caused by the latching alarm circuitry on the replacement PWB. It may not be necessary to make any adjustments to the new system control PWB. If the PWB was shipped as a spare with your transmitter, it has been factory calibrated for your transmitter and requires no adjustment. If the PWB was not supplied as a spare, follow the adjustment procedure below. A calibrated PWB has red stickers placed over any adjustable potentiometer that has been preset at the factory. (m) Select 15 VDC range on the volt meter. Adjust system control PWB's VOLT METER CAL potentiometer A1A3R157 until the volt meter reading is the same as the voltage measured at L2 2%. (n) Press RF ON. Increase power until current probe indicates that output power is 12 000 watts. Adjust POWER METER CAL potentiometer A1A3R159 for a reading of 12 000 watts. Increase RF output power to 13 500 watts. Measure the voltage between U30-14 (+) and ground on the system control PWB. The voltage shall be 5V. Adjust SET CARRIER REF FAULT potentiometer A1A3R189 until the voltage reading in step (p) just switches to ground potential. Decrease the RF output power to the desired level.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(o) (p)
(g) (h) (j)
(r)
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 5.7.2 DISTRIBUTION PWB REPLACEMENT/ADJUSTMENT: Install a replacement distribution PWB as follows (see figure MD-1 for location of distribution PWB A16, noting it is mounted on the left-hand side of the transmitter behind the hinged exciter panel): (a) Press the control/monitor panel's RF OFF switch and turn off AC main power at the service entrance. Disconnect all connectors plugged into the distribution PWB. Remove distribution PWB and retain mounting hardware. Install the new distribution PWB using screws retained in step (d) and reconnect the connectors removed from the distribution PWB. (d) Remove and retain mounting hardware for the exciter interface PWB. Pull the board away from the four remaining boards. It may be helpful to GENTLY pry the connectors loose with a screwdriver. Install the new exciter interface PWB using hardware retained in step (d). Install the two interphase PDM driver PWBs on the exciter assembly using hardware retained in step (c). Refer the Transmitter Configuration Sheet to set S1 for AUDIO source input. Turn on AC power at the service entrance. Press RF ON on the front panel of the transmitter. Perform IPA calibration described in paragraph 2.5.1. procedure as
(e) (f)
(b)
(g)
(c)
(h)
NOTE It may be necessary to press SYSTEM RESET to clear any alarms caused by the status of alarm latching circuitry on the PWB. (d) (e) Turn on AC power at the service entrance. Perform the RF Current Level procedure (paragraph 2.5.2) to determine the values of resistors A16R3 and A16R6.
(i)
5.7.4 DC POWER SUPPLY PWB REPLACEMENT: Following is the procedure for replacing the DC power supply PWB (see figure MD-2 for location of DC power supply PWB): (a) (b) Press the control panel's RF OFF switch. Turn off AC power at service entrance. Open the front door of the transmitter cabinet.
5.7.3 EXCITER INTERFACE PWB REPLACEMENT: Following is the procedure for replacing the exciter interface PWB (see figure MD6 for location of exciter interface PWB): (a) (b) (c) Press the control panel's RF OFF switch. Turn off AC power at service entrance. Open the front door of the transmitter cabinet. Remove and retain mounting hardware for two interphase PDM drive PWBs (A2A1A5 and A2A1A6) on the exciter assembly. Remove PWBs, noting identification for correct reassembly.
NOTE Use the key from the service entrance to release the rear door if the transmitter utilises the IEC215 Entry Kit option. (c) (d) Disconnect all connectors plugged into the DC power supply PWB. Remove and retain nine mounting screws and remove the board from the power supply compartment. Install the new DC power supply PWB using hardware removed in step (d). Reinstall the connectors.
(e)
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 (f) Refer to the Transmitter Configuration Sheet and to paragraph 2.3.1.2 of this manual to set DC power supply links Turn on AC power at the service entrance. Press RF ON on the front panel of the transmitter. (b) (c) (g) (d) Remove faulty interphase PDM driver PWB from exciter panel and retain hardware. Install new interphase PDM driver PWB using hardware retained from step (b). Refer to Transmitter Configuration Sheet or paragraph 2.3.5 to determine audio filter switch settings. Perform audio gain adjustment described in paragraph 2.4.6.1. Perform modulation detector threshold calibration described in paragraph 2.4.6.3.
5.7.5 RF DRIVE PWB REPLACEMENT: Following is the procedure for replacing an RF drive PWB (refer to figure MD-6 to locate an RF drive PWB): (a) Press RF OFF on the front panel of the transmitter. Remove faulty RF drive PWB from exciter panel and retain hardware. Refer to Transmitter Configuration Sheet or Preparation for Use section of the RF drive PWB service instruction manual to determine frequency divider link setting and 'N' select switch settings for the new RF drive PWB. Install new RF drive PWB using hardware retained from step (b). Perform RF carrier frequency calibration described in paragraph 2.4.4.1.
(e) (f)
(b) (c)
5.7.7 POWER SUPPLY MONITOR PWB REPLACEMENT: Following is the procedure for replacing the power supply monitor PWB (refer to figure MD-2 to locate the power supply monitor PWB): (a) (b) (c) Press the control panel's RF OFF switch. Turn off AC power at service entrance. Open the rear door of the transmitter cabinet. Disconnect all connectors from the power supply monitor PWB. Remove and retain four mounting screws, and remove the power supply monitor PWB. Install the new power supply monitor PWB using hardware removed in step (c). Reinstall the connectors. Close the rear door of the transmitter, turn on the AC power at the service entrance and press RF ON on the front panel of the transmitter.
(d) (e) (f)
(d) Perform IPM paragraph 2.5.1. calibration described in (e)
5.7.6 INTERPHASE PDM DRIVER PWB REPLACEMENT: Following is the procedure for replacing the interphase PDM driver PWB (refer to figure MD-6 to locate an interphase PDM driver PWB): (a) Press RF OFF on the front panel of the transmitter.
(f)
SECTION 6 THEORY OF OPERATION

GENERAL The theory of operation for the XL12 AM 6.1 broadcast transmitter is presented in this section. SYSTEM OVERVIEW The transmitter circuitry is subdivided into 6.2 five functional blocks - exciter stage, RF drive stage, RF power stage, control/monitor function and AC/DC power stage (see figure SD-1). The exciter stage accepts audio, carrier reference, exciter selection, reset and PDM inhibit controls from the control/monitor function. Low level DC voltages and a B+ sample are applied to the exciter stage from the AC/DC power supply. A sample of the PA volts is applied to the exciter stage from the RF power stage. PDM signals are applied to the RF power stage from the exciter stage. Low level voltages and control/status signals are also applied to the control/monitor function. The RF drive stage accepts carrier frequency signals and control voltages from the exciter stage to provide RF drive signals to the RF power stage. The RF power stage accepts RF drive, control and DC voltages from the exciter and RF drive stages stage as well as 312 VDC B+ supplies, fan supplies, and +24 VDC supplied from the AC/DC power stage. Reset and fan control inputs to the RF power stage originate in the control/monitor function. RF power monitoring and RF power stage status information is applied to the control/monitor function. The final RF output to the antenna system is provided by the RF power stage. The control/monitor function accepts critical signal samples, status and alarm signals from the exciter stage, RF power stage and AC/DC power supply. Based on the values of these inputs, the control/monitor function will output the necessary control signals to the exciter stage, RF power stage and AC/DC power supply to ensure proper operation and protection of the transmitter system. The AC/DC power stage provides the required unregulated power supply voltages. EXCITER STAGE The exciter stage contains two independent 6.3 exciter sections (A and B) which can be selected automatically or by local or remote control. Each exciter generates its own regulated DC supply voltages, RF frequency source, PDM and digital control signals for use in the RF power stage. The exciter stage consists of an exciter interface PWB (A2A1), RF drive or optional synthesizer PWB A and B (A2A1A1 and A2A1A4), interphase PDM driver PWB A and B (A2A1A5 and A2A1A6), and DC power supplies A and B (A2A1A2 and A2A1A3). Provision is made to accept an optional C-QUAM stereo exciter in place of the A RF drive source (see figure SD-2). Two BNC connectors - RF V (voltage) SAMPLE and RF I (current) SAMPLE - are available on exciter panel A2. They provide voltage and current samples from the RF output filter. When the transmitter is properly tuned, the voltage waveform should lead the current waveform by between 50ns and 120ns. 6.3.1 EXCITER INTERFACE PWB: The exciter interface PWB, provides signal distribution as well as the physical interconnection for A and B DC power supplies, RF frequency oscillator PWBs and interphase PDM driver PWBs (see figure SD-8). 6.3.1.1 Exciter Selection: The selection of unregulated and regulated voltages, modulating audio, and FPDM signals is dependant on the position of relays K1, K2, K3 and K5. Until a +5 VDC Exciter B signal is applied to inverter U1/A, relays K1, K2, K3 and K5 remain in their non-energized state. The 15 VDC and 5 VDC sources will be the A DC power supply. The unregulated 24 VDC and 8 VDC source voltages will be directed to the A DC power supply.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 The modulating audio signal will be applied to the A interphase driver under normal conditions when Audio Source switch S1 is set to SINGLE SOURCE. The FPDM for the RF power stages is sourced from the A interphase driver PWB. When an Exciter B signal is present, relays K1, K3 and K5 switch to their energized state enabling the B exciter circuits. Relay K2 will be energized only when relay K4 is de-energized. 6.3.1.2 Audio Source: The audio source configuration can be set in one of three ways. I. Stereo Option: If the C-QUAM stereo PWB is used for exciter A's RF drive source, the AUDIO SOURCE switch is set to STEREO SOURCE. When the stereo option is used, the left and right stereo audio wiring is connected directly to the stereo exciter PWB. The mono audio source is connected to the remote interface PWB's AUDIO (2) terminals. When the AUDIO SOURCE switch is set to STEREO: The Audio (L+R) is applied to the A interphase driver PWB as the modulating information for exciter A. Relay K4 will be energized directing Audio (2) connection to the B interphase driver PWB as the modulating information for exciter B. Relay K2 is disabled when STEREO is selected. III. Dual Audio Source: If separate, mono audio sources are used for each transmitter exciter, the AUDIO SOURCE switch is set to DUAL SOURCE. When a dual audio source is used, the audio input wiring for exciter A is connected to the remote interface PWB's AUDIO (1) terminals. The audio input wiring for exciter B is connected to the remote interface PWB's AUDIO (2) terminals. When the switch is set to DUAL: Relay K4 will be energized directing Audio (1) to A interphase driver PWB as the modulating information for exciter A when exciter A is enabled. When exciter B is enabled Audio (2) is connected to the B interphase driver PWB as the modulating information for exciter B thru the contacts of relays K2 and K4. Relay K2 is disabled when DUAL is selected.
6.3.1.3 PDM Frequency Monitor: The PDM monitor circuit comprises comparator U5/C and associated components. It monitors the PDM signal from the selected exciter. If the average level of the PDM signal falls below a nominal 8 VDC, comparator U5/C will switch to ground initiating a +5 VDC PDM FAIL signal at J5-10 thru inverter U1/B. 6.3.1.4 IPM Correction: The IPM correction circuit comprises multiplier U2, op-amp U4/A and associated components. The PA volts sample at J53 is applied to U2 where it is divided by a DC bias to provide an inverse function of the PA volts. This signal is applied to XA4-16 and XA1-16 as the IPM Compensation A and B inputs for the associated RF drive PWBs. 6.3.1.5 PDM Monitor: A sample of each phase of the PDM drive signal from interphase PDM driver PWBs A and B is applied as the PDM 1 (A), PDM 1 (B), PDM 2 (A) and PDM 2 (B) inputs. Each drive phase is converted to a DC voltage proportional to the PDM pulse width and compared against a 5 VDC bias voltage. Should either drive phase fail and provide a continuous DC voltage which exceeds the bias threshold, the output of the associated comparator U3/C or U3/D will switch from its normally high impedance state to a ground potential and apply a PDM fail to the system control PWB of the control/ monitor function.
II. Single Audio Source: If the modulating audio source is a single mono source to be used for both transmitter exciters, the AUDIO SOURCE switch is set to SINGLE SOURCE. When a single audio source is used, the audio input wiring is connected to the remote interface PWB's AUDIO (1) terminals. When the AUDIO SOURCE switch is set to SINGLE: Relay K4 will be de-energized directing Audio (1) to A interphase driver PWB as the modulating information for exciter A when exciter A is enabled. When exciter B is enabled Audio (1) is connected to the B interphase driver PWB as the modulating information for exciter B thru the contacts of relay K2.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 The PDM sample is also compared against a bias voltage proportional to the carrier ref voltage to determine if the PDM pulse width is in correct proportion to the applied gain control voltage. 6.3.1.6 Low Voltage Supply Detector: Comparators U5/A and U5/B monitor the +5V, +15V, -5V and -15V regulated supply voltages against a fixed reference voltage to detect a high or low supply voltage condition. If all supplies are within allowable tolerances the outputs of U5/A and U5/B are at ground potential. If one or more supply voltages increase or decrease, such that they are no longer at an acceptable level, the associated comparator's output will switch to a high impedance (open circuit). A logic 1 (+5V) LV P/S fail signal will be applied to J2-10 for use by the associated system control PWB in the control/monitor function. 6.3.2 RF DRIVE SOURCE: The RF drive can be sourced from one of three different circuits. 6.3.2.1 RF Drive PWB: The RF drive PWBs (A2A1A1 and A2A1A4) provides the carrier frequency c signal and a signal at twice the pulse duration switching frequency FPDM for the associated transmitter. Refer to the RF drive PWB instruction manual for additional information (see figure SD-2). 6.3.2.2 Frequency Synthesizer PWB: The optional frequency synthesizer PWBs (A2A1A1 and A2A1A4) provides the carrier frequency c signal and a signal at twice the pulse duration switching frequency FPDM for the associated transmitter (see figure SD-2). The frequency synthesizer is a microprocessorcontrolled synthesizer which uses direct digital synthesis (DDS) techniques to generate the required RF carrier frequency. Rotary DIP switches allow for the selection of any frequency in the broadcast band. The output of the synthesizer is applied to the RF drive amplifier through the exciter interface PWB. The 2 PDM output is applied to the associated biphase PDM driver PWB through the exciter interface PWB and is used to drive the PDM ramp integrator circuit. Refer to the frequency synthesizer PWB instruction manual for detailed information. Page 6-3 01 January 2002 6.3.2.3 C-QUAM 1 AM Stereo Exciter PWB: The optional C-QUAM AM stereo exciter PWB provides the carrier frequency c signal and a signal at twice the pulse duration switching frequency FPDM for the associated transmitter. Provision is made to phase modulate the carrier signal with L-R information. The left and right channel information is summed and applied directly to the interphase PDM drive PWB. The stereo exciter is optional for exciter A only.
1
C-QUAM is an acronym for Compatible QUadrature Amplitude Modulation and it is a registered trademark of Motorola. Nautel's CQUAM AM stereo exciter is manufactured under license to Motorola Inc. 6.3.3 INTERPHASE PDM DRIVE PWB The interphase PDM driver PWBs (A2A1A5 and A2A1A6) generates the required interphase, PDM (pulse duration modulation) drive signals for the modulator assemblies in RF power modules A thru H. These PDM drive signals determine the transmitter output power level as well as the output modulation level (see figure SD-2). The Carrier Ref input is applied from the system control to determine the output power of the transmitter. A sample of the B+ supply voltage is applied to the carrier level control circuit which is designed to hold the transmitter output power constant with variations in the unregulated B+ supply. An inhibit PDM input is applied from the system control PWB to inhibit the interphase PDM drive during a system during alarm/fault conditions. A reset input provides a reset pulse to reset protection circuits internal to the interphase drive PWB. Refer to the interphase driver PWB instruction manual for detailed information. 6.3.4 DC POWER SUPPLY PWBS: The DC power supply PWBs (A2A1A2 and A2A1A3) accepts unregulated DC voltages from the AC/DC power supply and provides regulated +15V, +5V, 15V and -5V supplies for the exciter stage and the remaining functional blocks of the transmitter. Refer to the DC power supply instruction manual for additional information (see figure SD-2).
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 RF DRIVE STAGE The RF drive stage amplifies the carrier 6.4 frequency signal Fc generated by the active RF drive PWB. The RF drive stage comprises A and B regulated power supplies and RF drive amplifiers, series RF drive tuning and a level detector all located on RF drive panel A11. When exciter A is the active exciter, regulated supply A11A4 provides the power source for RF drive amplifier A11A1. RF drive amplifier A11A1 amplifies the Fc signal, which is then filtered and applied to the host transmitter RF power stage (see figure SD-3). 6.4.1 REGULATED POWER SUPPLIES: Regulated power supplies A11A4 and A11A5 are boost type switching power supplies which provide a regulated DC supply voltage for the transmitter's RF drive amplifiers. A nominal +48V supply is applied to the drain of switching FET Q1 thru inductor L2. The gate of FET Q1 is driven with pulses from pulse width modulation (PWM) switching power supply control U1. This device is a fixed-frequency PWM control circuit, incorporating the functions required for the control of a switching power supply. Internal to the device is a sawtooth oscillator which is set to a nominal frequency of 100kHz by external components R6 and C6. The output, PWM control pulses to the gate of FET Q1, is generated by the comparison of this sawtooth waveform with a feedback voltage sample from the junction of U2Cathode and the bias voltage created by VOLTAGE CONTROL potentiometer R3. The resultant variable pulse width output (U1-8) is applied to the gate of FET Q1. Q1 turns on and off, ringing inductor L1 with the appropriate pulses to maintain the desired set DC output voltage. Diode pair U2 rectifies the signal and inductor L3 and capacitor C9 provide filtering for the RF DR B+ output voltage. A sample of the DC output voltage level is applied thru zener diode CR1 to the base of transistor Q2 which provides an alarm signal should the RF drive power supply fail. The RF DR B+ FAIL alarm output is normally at ground potential and switches to an open circuit condition should a failure occur in the RF drive power supply. 6.4.2 RF DRIVE AMPLIFIER: The RF drive amplifier is a class D amplifier switching at the carrier frequency Fc . The carrier frequency signal Fc is applied to FETs Q1 and Q2 in opposing phases thru buffer transformer T1. The supply voltage (RF Dr B+) is applied to FET Q1 with inductor L1 and capacitors C1/C2 providing RF decoupling. The resultant RF Drive output will be a square wave at the carrier frequency with a peak amplitude equal to supply voltage RF Dr B+. 6.4.3 RF DRIVE TUNING: RF drive tuning inductor A11L1 is used in conjunction with capacitors C1 thru C5 on the RF drive tuning PWB (A11A2). The network is tuned to be series resonant at the carrier frequency, providing a high impedance to the harmonics generated by the RF drive amplifier. 6.4.4 RF DRIVE TUNING PWB: The RF drive tuning PWB (A11A2) contains series drive tuning capacitors C1 thru C5 and an RF drive level detector. The RF drive level detector comprises comparator U1/A and associated components. A sample of the RF drive voltage is rectified and applied to U1-4. If this voltage falls below the threshold determined by RF DRIVE THRESHOLD potentiometer R5, a 5 VDC RF drive fail signal will be present at J1-1. The RF DRIVE THRESHOLD potentiometer is adjusted to ensure the RF drive level in the associated power module RF amplifiers does not fall below 10 volts peak at the FET gates. There are eight current transformers and detector circuits provided to tune the RF drive to the individual RF power modules. Positive temperature coefficient (PTC) thermistors RT1 though RT8 provide RF power module isolation. When a power module's RF amplifier module fails, the current flowing through its corresponding PTC will increase above the PTC threshold. The PTC will switch to a high impedance and buffer the failed module from the remaining RF power modules.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 RF POWER STAGE The RF power stage comprises eight RF 6.5 power modules, an RF output filter/combiner section, a distribution PWB and four fan trays. The RF power stage accepts RF drive, interphase PDM drive PDM1 and PDM2, PDM frequency reference FPDM, regulated DC voltages and low level control signals from the exciter/RF drive stages as well as supply voltages from the AC/DC power supply and low level control signals from the control/monitor function. The RF power module outputs are applied to the RF output filter/combiner. The RF output filter/combiner combines and filters the RF power module outputs to provide a maximum of 13 200 watts. The filter may be configured to operate at any frequency in the broadcast band by selecting the appropriate capacitor combinations and inductor taps. The forward/reflected power probe in the output filter provide DC voltage samples, representative of the forward power, reflected power and RF output signals, to the control/monitor function for protection and metering purposes. Critical status signals, alarms and voltage samples are provided to the control/monitor function and the exciter stage. A grounding wand is provided to ensure safety during transmitter maintenance. Removal of the grounding wand from its mounting clip automatically opens the associated interlock switch. Distribution PWB A16 provides buffer circuits between the control/monitor and exciter functions. Fan trays A17 thru A20 provide ventilation for the RF power modules. 6.5.1 DISTRIBUTION PWB: The distribution PWB provides buffer/splitter points for the interphase drives PDM1 and PDM2, PDM reference frequency FPDM and +15 VDC. The PWB also contains circuits to monitor the RF filter temperature and RF stress current, and to buffer the RF power module interlocks and fan control signals (see figure SD-10). 6.5.1.1 Fan Control: The fan control is a solid state switch for the RF power module cooling fans which is turned on when the associated transmitter RF ON status is active. When the fans on input at J5-8 is at 5 VDC, FET Q2 will be turned on providing a ground return at J4-1/2/3/4 for the fan trays. 6.5.1.2 High Temperature Detector: The high temperature detector comprises operational amplifier U2/C, transistor Q3 and associated components. The voltage at the temp sense filter input (J8-11), established by the voltage divider comprising R2 and a thermistor located in the output filter, is monitored. When this voltage falls below the threshold at TP1 (nominally 6 VDC) indicating excessive heat in the output filter, 5 VDC will be applied to the high temp filter output (J5-6). 6.5.1.3 Stress Current Detector: An RF voltage signal (RF current sample ), directly proportional to the RF output current of RF power modules, is monitored for an over current condition. This voltage is half-wave rectified by CR2 to provide a DC voltage that is proportional to the RF current. Operational amplifier U2/D is configured as a differential amplifier. Operational amplifier U2/A is configured as an integrator accumulator. U2/A's output is determined by the transmitter's RF output characteristics which include carrier level, modulation envelope amplitude and modulating audio frequency. The gain of U2/A is inversely proportional to the modulating audio frequency, therefore changes in U2/A's output will be greater at low modulating frequencies than at higher frequencies of equal amplitude signals. During normal operation, U2/A's output will be near +15V causing the RF over current output to the control/ monitor function to be inactive (ground). If an unacceptably high RF stress current is detected, so that it reduces the output of U2/A, an RF over current signal (+5V) will be applied to the control/monitor function to indicate the alarm condition. The RF combiner/output filter has a surge arrestor assembly that will generate a spark gap shutback signal when the voltage exceeds 4000V. This signal is applied to the stress current detector via J11-12. An RF over current signal is provided to inhibit the transmitter's PDM signal. Page 6-5 01 January 2002
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 6.5.1.4 Fan Current Limiters: The supply voltage for the RF power module cooling fans is passed thru positive temperature coefficient (PTC) thermistors. If the current in a thermistor exceeds 0.9 amps, the thermistor will switch to a high impedance limiting the current. Once the fault has cleared, the thermistor will become a low impedance (nominally 0.34 ohms). 6.5.1.5 Power Module Interlock: The power module interlock circuit comprises solid state switches Q5 through Q12 and resistor array U1. When the mating connector is installed on J1 of an RF power module, a ground is applied to the distribution PWB as a PM intlk signal. When this ground is present the associated PM disabled output will be an open collector. If the mating connector is removed from an RF power module, the associated PM intlk line will switch to 5 VDC causing the PM disabled output to switch to a ground potential. The ground potential on the PM disabled output is used to energize a relay (A22A1K1 through A22A8K1) in the 8-input RF combiner/filter. This shorts the RF output connection for the associated RF power module to allow on-air removal. 6.5.2 RF POWER MODULE: Each RF power module provides up to a maximum of 1650 watts RF carrier to the RF output filter/combiner (see figure SD-4). Refer to the RF power module service instruction manual for detailed information. 6.5.3 RF COMBINER/OUTPUT FILTER: The RF combiner/output filter comprises two major assemblies - the 8-input combiner filter (A22) and the RF output filter (A21) (see figures SD-4 and SD13). 6.5.3.1 8-Input Combiner Filter: The 8-input combiner filter (A22) accepts the RF output from the eight RF power modules and applies the combined output to the RF output filter. When an RF power module is removed for servicing, a ground potential will be applied to the appropriate PM disabled input. The associated relay assembly will be energized and short the RF input to ground through the relay contact. Capacitors C4 thru C7 provide the necessary reservoir for their associated RF power module. 6.5.3.2 RF Output Filter: The RF output filter (A21) accepts the combined RF output signal from the 8-input combiner filter and provides a filtered RF signal at RF output connector J1. Components C1 through C3 and L1 through L3 provide the required filtering and impedance matching for the RF output signal. 6.5.3.3 RF Current Probe PWB: The RF current probe PWB (A21A1) monitors the RF current applied to the RF output filter and produces an RF voltage proportional to the RF current. This voltage is applied to J1 as the RF current sample output. The RF current sample output is applied to the distribution PWB's RF stress current detector circuit. This circuit produces an RF over current alarm and causes the transmitter's RF output to be shut back (turned off) when the RF current exceeds a threshold that represents the maximum stress current for the RF power modules. 6.5.3.4 Forward/Reflected Power Probe: A voltage, proportional to the level of the RF output, is coupled to the centre-tapped secondary winding of the forward/reflected power probe's current transformer (T1) by capacitive voltage divider C1/A1C1/A1C2. When the transmitter is terminated into a 50 ohm resistive load, the voltages across one half of T1's secondary winding will be in phase and of equal amplitude. The voltages across the other half of T1's secondary winding will be of equal amplitude but they will be 180 degrees out-of-phase. The in-phase voltages are summed and half-wave rectified by CR3. The resultant DC voltage is applied to J1 as the fwd pwr output. The out-ofphase voltages are summed and half-wave rectified by CR4. The resultant DC voltage is applied to J2 as the refld pwr output. REFLD PWR CAL switch A2A1S1 is provided to calibrate the voltage applied from A2T1 for specific frequencies. 6.5.3.5 Static Drain Assembly: The static drain assembly (A21A3) is a high reactance inductor placed across the RF output to provide a DC current path to ground. A sampling coil is added to provide an RF sample signal ultimately to be used for the station modulation monitor.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 6.5.3.6 Surge Arrestor Assembly: The surge arrestor assembly (A22A11) monitors the RF voltage level at the combiner's common point. Whenever this voltage exceeds 4000V peak (usually as a result of a lightning strike), gas gap E1 fires. Current transformer T1 monitors the current through E1 and provides a spark gap shutback signal when the E1 fires. 6.5.3.7 Capacitive Divider Assembly: The capacitive divider assembly (A22A10) provides an RF voltage sample to the RF V SAMPLE connector J1 on the exciter panel. When the RF output filter is properly tuned, the RF voltage sample should lead the current sample from the RF current probe assembly (A22A9) by between 50ns and 120ns. 6.5.3.8 RF Current Probe Assembly: The RF current probe assembly (A22A9) provides an RF current sample to the RF I SAMPLE connector J2 on the exciter panel. When the RF output filter is properly tuned, the RF current sample should lag the RF voltage sample from the capacitive divider assembly (A22A10) by between 50ns and 120ns. CONTROL/MONITOR FUNCTION The control/monitor function comprises the 6.6 power meter control PWB (A1A1), voltmeter control PWB (A1A2), system control PWB (A1A3), remote interface PWB (A1A4) and associated meters. These PWB assemblies are located on the transmitter's control/monitor panel, and provide local and remote operational control and status monitoring as well as the external interface for the transmitter system (see figure SD-5). 6.6.1 SYSTEM CONTROL PWB (1A1A3) (see figures SD-1 and SD-5) : The system control PWB controls the active exciter stage circuitry, interphase PDM drive and RF power stage of the transmitter. Its primary functions are: Produces a DC voltage as the carrier reference output that ultimately determines the transmitter's RF carrier level. This voltage is used as the reference voltage for a variable pulse duration modulation (PDM) generator. Monitors critical parameters and causes the carrier reference voltage to be turned off (shutback) or reduced (cutback) when defined fault threshold limits are exceeded Identifies the out-of-tolerance parameter, when the carrier level is shutback/cutback by providing a visual indication for local monitoring or an electrical status output for remote monitoring. Selects which exciter (A or B) will provide the RF drive and variable pulse duration interphase PDM drive to the RF power stage of the transmitter. Determines the on/off status transmitter's RF power stage. of the
For a complete description of system control PWB circuits, refer to the system control PWB instruction manual. 6.6.2 RF POWER METER (see figure SD-5) : The power meter control PWB (1A1A3) provides a method for selecting desired RF power meter scale as well as an indication of the scale used. Each time the SELECT METER SCALE switch is pressed the system control PWB toggles between the forward power and reflected power selections. 6.6.3 DC VOLTS METER (see figure SD-2) : The voltmeter control PWB (1A1A3) provides a method for selecting desired voltmeter scale as well as an indication of the scale used. Each time the SELECT METER SCALE switch is pressed the system control PWB increments thru the meter selections. 6.6.4 REMOTE CONTROL CIRCUITS: The on/off status, exciter selection and preset RF power levels can be selected from a remote location, using switching circuits that comply with the following: NOTE The remote control switching circuits can be configured to operate from either a differential input (+24 VDC and return) or a ground return for the remote interface PWB control lines.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 6.6.5 RF ON/OFF CONTROL: The remote on/off control circuit must be the equivalent of a single pole, three position (on/off/on) switch. Each of the on positions must be spring-loaded to return to the off position when the toggle is released. It must be connected to apply the remote common potential from one on-position, to the remote interface PWB's RF ON terminal when the transmitter is to be turned on and from the other on-position to the remote interface PWB's RF OFF terminal when the transmitter is to be turned off. 6.6.6 PRESET POWER LEVEL SELECT: The remote preset power level select circuit should be the equivalent of six single pole momentary (on/off) switches. Each of the on positions must be spring-loaded to return to the off position when the toggle is released. Each must be connected to apply the remote common potential to the remote interface PWB's OUTPUT POWER terminal (PWR1, PWR2, PWR3, PWR4, PWR5 or PWR6 ) that determines the desired power level. 6.6.7 EXCITER A/B SELECT: The remote exciter select circuit should be the equivalent of a single pole, three position (on/off/on) switch. Each on position must be spring-loaded to return to the off position when released. It must be connected to apply a remote common potential to the EXCITER SELECT terminal (A or B) that selects the active exciter. There must be a one second delay between exciter select commands. 6.6.8 RF POWER TRIM: The remote power trim circuit must be the equivalent of a single pole, three position (on/off/on) switch. Each of the on positions must be spring-loaded to return to the off position when the toggle is released. It must be connected to apply a ground potential, from one onposition, to the remote interface PWB's RAISE terminal when an increment in RF power is required or to its LOWER terminal from the second on-position, when a decrease is required. 6.6.9 SYSTEM RESET: The system reset circuit must be the equivalent of a single pole, single throw (on/off) switch. It must apply a ground potential, from its on-position, to the remote interface PWB's SYSTEM RESET terminal when all latched alarms are to be cleared and power modules reset. A normally open/held closed spring-loaded switch should be used. 6.6.10 PWM INHIBIT CONTROL: The external PWM (pulse width modulation) inhibit switching circuit must be the equivalent of a single pole, single throw (on/off) switch. It must be connected to apply a ground potential, from its onposition, to the PWM INHIBIT terminal when the transmitter's RF output, is to be inhibited. NOTE The external PWM inhibit input is intended to be used in conjunction with antenna switching circuitry, to ensure RF output current is not flowing during opening/closing of contacts in the transmitter's RF output feed cable. The antenna switching circuits must apply a ground to the PWM INHIBIT terminal prior to contact opening (disconnecting the RF load) and must maintain this ground until contact closure has occurred and an appropriate impedance has been connected to the transmitter's RF output. A residual RF leak of approximately ten watts is present when the RF output is inhibited. The RF output will be instantly restored to its original level when the ground potential is removed from the PWM INHIBIT terminal. 6.6.11 ALARM RECALL: The alarm recall circuit must be the equivalent of a single pole, three position (on/off) switch. The on positions must be spring-loaded to return to the off position when the toggle is released. It must be connected to apply a ground potential, from the on-position, to the remote interface PWB's ALARM RECALL terminal when the last event latched alarms are to be reviewed. 6.6.12 CUTBACK RESET: Whenever the transmitters RF output power has had three shutback events, the RF output will be held in a cutback mode. The cutback mode can be reset (RF output return to normal power) momentarily pressing the RAISE or LOWER RF power trim control. 6.6.13 RF PERFORMANCE MONITORING: The transmitter provides outputs that are representative of the forward power level, reflected power level and RF envelope for external monitoring. These outputs are available on remote interface PWB.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 6.6.13.1 Forward Power Level: A buffered DC voltage that is representative of the forward power level is available at the BFRD FWD PWR terminal. This voltage is a non-linear (square law) function of the forward power level and will be 13.7 0.5 volts DC at 12 000 watts. 6.6.13.2 Reflected Power Level: A buffered DC voltage that is representative of the reflected power level is available at the BFRD REFL PWR terminal. This voltage is a non-linear (square law) function of the reflected power level and will be 5.25 0.5 volts DC at 1500 watts. 6.6.13.3 RF Monitor Sample: A true sample of the RF output, including its modulation envelope, is provided at remote interface PWB's RF MONITOR BNC coaxial connector. The RF Monitor output is intended to be applied to a station modulation monitor, but it may also be connected to an oscilloscope during maintenance procedures. The RF Monitor voltage output can be set to a nominal 5.0 volts RMS, into a 50 ohm load, when the preset power level is between 1000 watts and 12 000 watts and the RF output is the preset level. 6.6.14 REMOTE ALARM INDICATIONS: Outputs that indicate stress thresholds for critical parameters have been exceeded are available on terminals of the remote interface PWB. Each alarm output contains a switching transistor that provides an open collector during normal operation (non-alarm condition) and a current-sink-to-ground when an alarm condition exists. Each monitoring circuit must present an impedance, between the switching transistor and a positive DC voltage source, that will result in a current flow of not more than 40 milliamperes. Each circuit's positive voltage source must not exceed 24 VDC. Alarm outputs are protected against transients and/or over voltage by a 39 volt zener diode. NOTE In most cases the RF output is shutback (turned off) when an alarm condition is sensed. When the cause of the alarm has been removed, the RF output will be restored, at an exponential rate, over a 200 millisecond period. 6.6.14.1 RF Stress Current Alarm: The RF Current Alarm output is applied to the remote interface PWB's ALARM - RF CUR terminal. During normal operation, the output is an open collector. When the RF output current exceeds a factory set threshold, which represents the maximum current the RF power modules can provide, the RF Current Alarm output will be a current-sink-to-ground and the RF output will be shutback (turned off). 6.6.14.2 AC Fail Alarm: The AC Fail Alarm output is applied to the remote interface PWB's ALARM - AC terminal. During normal operation, the output is an open collector. When the AC input voltage is more than ten percent below the ideal voltage for the power transformer's selected primary winding taps, or a loss of phase has occurred, the AC Fail Alarm output will be a current-sink-to-ground and the RF output will be shutback (turned off). 6.6.14.3 Battery Alarm: The Battery Alarm output is applied to the remote interface PWB's ALARM - BATTERY terminal. During normal operation, the output is an open collector. When the battery voltage drops to 4.00 volts, output becomes a current-sink-to-ground. 6.6.14.4 VSWR Shutback Alarm: The VSWR Shutback Alarm output is applied to the remote interface PWB's ALARM - VSWR terminal. During normal operation, the output is an open collector. When peak reflected power exceeds 1800 watts (1.35:1 relative to 12 000 watts at 100% modulation or 14dB return loss), VSWR Shutback Alarm output will be a current-sink-to-ground and RF output will be shutback (turned off). 6.6.14.5 Cutback Alarm: The Cutback Alarm output is applied to the remote interface PWB's ALARM - CUTBACK terminal. During normal operation, the output is an open collector. When the output has been attenuated from three or more shutback events, the transmitter will be in cutback mode. When the transmitter is in cutback mode, the output will be a current-sink-to-ground. The RF output will be cutback (reduced) by an amount that is proportional to the amount SWR counter's count exceeds three.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 6.6.14.6 Internal Interlock Alarm: The Internal Interlock Alarm output is applied to the remote interface PWB's INT INTLK ALARM terminal. When the interlock circuit is intact, the output is an open collector. When the interlock is open, the Internal Interlock Alarm output will be a currentsink-to-ground. The RF output will be turned off by removing 24 VDC from the transmitter's control circuits. 6.6.14.7 External Interlock Alarm: The External Interlock Alarm output is applied to the remote interface PWB's EXT INTLK ALARM terminal. When the interlock circuit is intact, the output is an open collector. When the interlock is open, the External Interlock Alarm output will be a currentsink-to-ground. The RF output will be turned off by removing 24 VDC from the transmitter's control circuits. 6.6.14.8 Filter Temperature Alarm: The Filter Temperature Alarm output is applied to the remote interface PWB's ALARM - FILTER TEMP. When the output filter's temperature exceeds the maximum ambient temperature of 85C, the output will become a current-sink-to-ground. 6.6.14.9 Power Supply Temperature Alarm: The Power Supply Temperature Alarm Alarm output is applied to the remote interface PWB's ALARM - P/S TEMP. When the temperature in the power supply exceeds the maximum ambient temperature of 85C, or the power supply's B+ charge/discharge cycle exceeds its allowable period, the output will become a current-sink-to-ground. 6.6.14.10 Power Module Alarm: The Power Module Alarm output is applied to the remote interface PWB's ALARM - PWR MOD. It is triggered by either a PA or modulator failing. 6.6.14.11 Power Supply Alarm: The Power Supply Alarm output is applied to the remote interface PWB's ALARM - PWR SUPPLY. It becomes a current-sink-to-ground when there is a B+ voltage rectifier failure or when a B+ voltage supply becomes more than ten percent of the ideal voltage for the power transformer's selected primary winding taps. 6.6.14.12 Modulation Protection Alarm: The Modulation Protection Alarm output is applied to the remote interface PWB's ALARM - MOD PROTECT. It becomes a current sink-to-ground when the level of audio has exceeded a maximum value-time product. 6.6.14.13 PDM Inhibit Alarm: The PDM Inhibit Alarm output is applied to the remote interface PWB's ALARM - PWM INHIBIT. This alarm is triggered manually when the PDM Inhibit function has been accessed during repair or maintenance. 6.6.14.14 Standby Alarm: The Standby Alarm output is applied to the remote interface PWB's ALARM - STANDBY. This alarm is triggered (output becomes a current sink-to-ground) when there has been an automatic transfer from the main transmitter to the standby transmitter. 6.6.15 REMOTE STATUS INDICATIONS: Outputs that indicate status of operator controlled circuits are available at terminals of TB2 on the remote interface PWB. These outputs are provided for external monitoring. Each status output contains a switching transistor that provides an open collector when its circuit is passive (not-true condition exists) and a current-sink-to-ground when a true (circuit active) condition exists. Each external monitoring circuit must present an impedance, between the switching transistor and a positive DC voltage source, that will result in not more than 40 milliamperes flowing through the transistor when turned on. Each status circuit's positive voltage source must not exceed 24 VDC. Each status output is protected against transients and/or over voltage by a 39 volt zener diode. 6.6.15.1 Remote Status: The Remote Status output is applied to the remote interface PWB's REMOTE STATUS terminal. When transmitter's CONTROL switch is set to LOCAL and the remote control functions have no influence on the transmitter's on/off status or preset RF power levels, the Remote Status output is an open collector. When the transmitter's CONTROL switch is set to REMOTE and the remote control functions are controlling transmitter operation, the Remote Status output is a current sink-to-ground.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 6.6.15.2 RF On Status : The RF On Status output is applied to the remote interface PWB's STATUS - RF ON terminal. When the transmitter is turned off, the RF On Status output is an open collector. When the transmitter is turned on, but not necessarily producing an RF output, the RF On Status output is a current sink-to-ground. 6.6.15.3 Exciter B Status: The Exciter B Status output is applied to STATUS - EXCTR B terminal. When exciter A is selected, the Exciter B Status output is an open collector. When exciter B is selected, the Exciter B Status output is a current sink-to-ground. 6.6.15.4 Power Level Status: The Power Level Status outputs are applied to the remote interface PWB's STATUS - PWR terminals [1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 , 6 . When a power level is not selected, its Power Level Status output is an open collector. When a power level is selected, its Power Level Status out put is a current sink-to-ground. AC/DC POWER SUPPLY The AC/DC power stage interfaces with the 6.7 three phase AC power source to provide all DC power supply voltages for the host transmitter. The AC/DC power supply is used to create the B+ supply which is applied to the RF power modules. Supply voltages +48V, +24V, -24V, +8V and -8V are developed for use by the exciter, control/monitor and RF power stages. DC power supply control PWB A28 and DC power supply monitor PWB A29 provide control and monitoring of all power supply functions. Power supply status is applied to the control/monitor function (see figure SD-6). The Z1/Z2/Z3 secondary output of A23A1T1 is applied through rectifier U1 to the DC power supply PWB (A28) to create a +48V supply for the RF drive stage's amplifiers. The Z1/Z2/Z3 secondary output of A23A1T1 is also applied to the DC power supply monitor PWB (A29) to monitor the status of the AC supply. AC line 1 and 2 inputs are applied to LVPS transformer A23A2T1 which is used to create low level AC supply voltages rectified in the DC power supply.
EMERGENCY ON/OFF
switch S1 is located on the front door and is used to de-energize the charge and full power relays and, therefore, the power transformer A23A1T1 is removed. The transmitter will be disabled until the EMERGENCY ON/OFF switch S1 is pulled to its operate position. 6.7.1 MAIN POWER TRANSFORMER: The main power transformer (A23A1T1) is a three phase distribution style transformer. The primary windings are a Delta configuration which should be connected to a Wye configuration AC power source at the transmitter site. The transformer secondaries X1/X2/X3 and Y1/Y2/Y3 are zig-zag, wye configuration producing nominally 233 vrms line-toline. 6.7.2 B+ POWER SUPPLY/DISTRIBUTION: The AC source voltage is applied to power transformer A23A1T1 thru full power contactor A23K2, charge power contactor A23K1 and charging resistors R1 thru R3. When AC is first applied to the transmitter from external AC breaker box, contactor A23K1 is energized by the power supply PWB. The 3-phase AC supply voltage is applied thru A23K1 and charging resistors R1 thru R3 to A23A1T1. The wye/delta secondary outputs of A23A1T1 are applied to rectifier assemblies A25 and A26. The B+ outputs of the rectifier assemblies are applied thru chokes A23L1 and A23L2 to charge the reservoir capacitors in the RF power stage. When the B+ supply has charged to a sufficient level, as seen by the B+ sample at the B+ monitor input (E24) of the power supply control PWB, contactor A23K2 is energized. Contactor A23K2 shorts out charge resistors R1 thru R3 and applies the 3-phase AC supply voltage directly to transformer A23A1T1. A charge completed signal is applied to the control/monitor function indicating the capacitors have charged and the full power relay is energized. The temperature of the charge and discharge resistors is monitored by temp sense p/s thermistors RT1 and RT2 and applied to the DC power supply PWB. The duration of the charge and discharge cycles is monitored by the power supply monitor PWB (A30). The output of DC current shunt R4 (+)/(-) is applied to the control/monitor function for a DC current indication on a transmitter front panel meter.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 When the 3-phase AC supply voltage is removed from the transmitter, contactors A23K1 and A23K2 de-energize and power supply control PWB applies a ground to resistor R5 to discharge the B+ supply. 6.7.2.1 3 Rectifier: The three phase rectifier assemblies A25 and A26 are full wave rectifiers. Surge suppressors are installed across the rectifiers to protect against power line transients. 6.7.2.2 Power Supply Monitor PWB: The power supply monitor PWB (A30) acts to protect the charge/ discharge resistors from prolonged periods of excessive power dissipation by turning off the transmitter's AC source voltage. In each case (charge and discharge), the voltage across one or more of the power resistors is monitored. If either voltage exists for a longer period of time than allowed by the power supply monitor PWB's detection circuitry, a # P/S fault - signal will be generated and applied to the DC power supply PWB. This initiates transmitter protection by inhibiting the AC power source. Refer to the power supply monitor PWB instruction manual for detailed information. 6.7.3 DC POWER SUPPLY PWB (see figure SD-11) : The DC power supply PWB (A28) provides monitoring of temperature of B+ charge resistors, B+ charge/discharge status and B+ voltage level. Status and alarm signals are generated and output to the control/monitor function. Control signals are generated to enable the charge contactor and main AC contactor. 6.7.3.1 Power Supply Temp Monitor: The temperatures of the charge/discharge resistors in the AC/DC power supply are monitored at temp sense 1 and 2 . These inputs are applied to comparator U2/A and compared to a nominal 12 VDC threshold. When a high temperature condition occurs on a temp sense input, the voltage at U2/A-4 will drop below the threshold voltage at U2/A-5 causing the output to switch to a high impedance. Transistor Q4 will turn on, thru CR11, removing the drive signal from Q2. When Q2 turns off, charge power contactor A23K1 will de-energize causing full power contactor A23K2 to de-energize (remove AC supply to power transformer). The P/S over temp signal is also activated and applied to the control/monitor function to be saved in memory. 6.7.3.2 B+ Monitor: A sample of the B+ supply voltage is compared against fixed reference thresholds to detect an over or under B+ supply voltage condition. A PS under volt or PS over volt signal is applied to the system control PWB in the control/monitor function should an under or over B+ supply voltage condition occur. Whenever the B+ sample at U3/C falls below a nominal 4.7 VDC, the output of U3/C will switch open circuit enabling a p/s under volt alarm at J6-3. R36 provides hysteresis to ensure the transmitter alarm point is a smooth transition. Whenever the B+ sample at U3/B rises above a nominal 4.7 VDC, the output of U3/C will switch open circuit, the output of U3/A will switch low enabling a p/s over volt alarm at J6-2. R30 provides hysteresis to ensure the transmitter alarm point is a smooth transition. 6.7.3.3 Relay Controls: When the AC supply is first applied to the AC/DC power supply, 24 VAC will be applied to the charge power relay A23K1 as the energize B+ charge relay signal. Relay A23K1 will energize, allowing current to flow in the AC power transformer, charging the RF power module reservoir capacitors. The voltage at B+ monitor E24 will be low until the B+ reservoir capacitors charge up. A sample of the B+ is applied to comparator U2/D10. When this sample is greater than 4.7 VDC, the output of U2/D will switch low turning on U5. A 24 VAC energize full pwr relay signal will be applied thru J2-10 causing the full power relay to energize. FET Q9 will turn off and a charge completed status signal will be applied to the control/monitor function. 6.7.3.4 Low Voltage Supply: The low voltage supply provides low level DC voltages for the exciter/RF drive and control/monitor stages. An 8.5 -0-8.5 VAC supply is applied to a full wave bridge rectifier and its reservoir capacitors C13 and C14 to develop 8 VDC and -8 VDC supplies. A 21-0-21 VAC supply, applied through an off-board full wave bridge rectifier, and reservoir capacitors C8, C9, C11 and C12 develop the +24 VDC and -24 VDC supplies. A separate 25.5 VAC supply is provided to energize the AC power relays.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 6.7.4 DC POWER SUPPLY MONITOR PWB (see figure SD-12) : The DC power supply monitor PWB (A29) provides LEDs and test points for monitoring the status of the transmitter's critical operating voltages. It also contains circuitry which monitors AC power status and, if necessary, generates an alarm signal for the control/monitor function 6.7.4.1 AC Fail Detector: The AC fail detector monitors the Z secondary of the AC power transformer to determine loss of a line and/or AC mains. A sample of the AC is applied to diode bridge CR4/CR6/CR8/CR10/CR11/CR12 through resistors R1/R2/R3. This voltage is smoothed by capacitor C1 and regulated to 24 VDC relative to reference point 1, by resistors R8/R9, zener diode CR16 and capacitor C3. This regulated 24 VDC supplies power to the AC fail detector circuitry. An adjustable AC FAIL THRSHLD bias voltage developed by resistors R10/R11/R12 enters the non-inverting input of op-amp U1/A. A sample of the AC is also applied to diode bridge CR5/CR7/CR9/CR13/CR14/CR15 thru resistors R4/R5/R6. This sample voltage is smoothed by capacitor C2 and resistor R13 and is used as a DC sample proportional to the level of the AC mains voltage at the inverting input (pin 2) of U1/A. When this DC reference voltage is higher than the AC FAIL THRSHLD bias voltage at U1/A-3, the output at U1/A-1 will be low (near reference point 1). This output will be applied to the inverting input (pin 6) of op-amp U1/B. A bias voltage is established at the non-inverting input to U1/B (nominally 3 VDC relative to reference point 1) by resistors R19 and R20. When the voltage at U1/B-6 falls below the bias voltage at U1/B-5, the output at U1/B-7 will be high (near reference point 1). AC FAIL ALARM lamp DS1 will be off and the base of transistor Q1 will be driven energizing relay K1. When the DC reference voltage at U1/A-2 falls below the AC FAIL THRSHLD bias voltage at U1/A-3, due to a loss of an AC line or low AC mains, the output at U1/A-1 will go high (+24 VDC relative to reference point 1). This high output will be applied to the inverting input U1/B-6 and cause the output at U1/B-7 to go low (near reference point 1 ). AC FAIL ALARM LED DS1 will turn on and Q1 will turn off deenergizing relay K1. A 5.1 VDC AC fail signal will be applied to J1-7 for use in the control/monitor function.
SECTION 7 COMPONENT LEVEL TROUBLE SHOOTING

TROUBLE SHOOTING REFERENCE DATA The information provided in this section is 7.1 intended to assist an experienced electronic technician in fault diagnosis and isolation. Tables of typical voltages as well as typical waveforms are provided for referenced assemblies. NOTE The voltage and waveforms provided in this section are intended to represent the nominal level only. Component tolerances and carrier frequency may cause slight differences in the measured and tabulated data. For voltage levels dependent on the level of another parameter, that parameter's level has been noted next to the test voltage in the Test Voltage/Waveform column. All measurements/waveforms recorded with transmitter output power set to 12 000 watts unless otherwise specified. AC/DC POWER SUPPLY Access to the AC/DC power supply is 7.2 limited to non-operating conditions by the safety interlock circuits. Repairs to the AC/DC power supply involve static testing of power supply components and bench repair of assemblies. EXCITER STAGE The following section provides trouble 7.3 shooting information for the exciter stage. 7.3.1 EXCITER INTERFACE PWB: Table 71 provides typical test voltages for the exciter interface PWB (A2A1). Refer to figures SD-2 and SD-8. 7.3.2 RF DRIVE PWB: Table 7-2 provides typical test voltages and references to waveforms for the RF drive PWB. Refer to the RF drive PWB service instruction manual for additional trouble shooting information. 7.3.3 DC POWER SUPPLY PWB : Table 7-3 provides typical test voltages for the DC power supply PWB. Refer to the DC power supply PWB service instruction manual for additional trouble shooting information. 7.3.4 INTERPHASE PDM DRIVER PWB : Table 7-4 provides typical test voltages and references to waveforms for the interphase PDM driver PWB. Refer to the interphase PDM driver PWB service instruction manual for additional trouble shooting information. 7.3.5 FREQUENCY SYNTHESIZER PWB : Refer to the frequency synthesizer PWB service instruction manual for trouble shooting information. 7.3.6 C-QUAM AM STEREO EXCITER PWB : Refer to the C-QUAM AM Stereo Exciter PWB service instruction manual for trouble shooting information. RF DRIVE STAGE The following section provides trouble 7.4 shooting information for the RF drive stage. Refer to figure SD-3. 7.4.1 REGULATED POWER SUPPLY PWB: Table 7-5 provides typical test voltages for the regulated power supply PWB. 7.4.2 RF DRIVE AMPLIFIER: Table 7-6 provides typical test voltages and reference waveforms for the RF drive amplifier. 7.4.3 RF DRIVE TUNING PWB: Table 7-7 provides typical test voltages and reference waveforms for the RF drive tuning PWB. RF POWER STAGE The following section provides trouble 7.5 shooting information for the RF power stage. 7.5.1 DISTRIBUTION PWB : Table 7-8 provides typical test voltages for the distribution PWB.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 7.5.2 RF POWER MODULE: There are no user accessible test points on the RF power module. Refer to the RF power module service instruction manual for trouble shooting information. CONTROL/MONITOR FUNCTION The following section provides trouble 7.6 shooting information for the control/monitor function. 7.6.1 SYSTEM CONTROL PWB: Table 7-9 provides typical test voltages and reference waveforms for the system control PWB. If necessary, refer to the system control PWB's service instruction manual for schematic diagrams and detailed circuit description.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 7-1 Test Voltages for Exciter Interface PWB (A2A1)
LOCATION TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6 TP7 TP8 TP9 TP10 TP11 TP12 DESCRIPTION Ground PDM 1 PDM 2 Detected Carrier Reference Carrier Reference LVPS Detector Threshold (High) LVPS Detector Threshold (Low) Ground Ground B+ Reference Low Voltage P/S Detector Output (no fault) PDM Frequency Monitor Output (no fault) TEST VOLTAGE/WAVEFORM Ground 3 0.5V 3 0.5V 2 0.5V 7.5 0.5V 2.0 0.1V 1.0 0.1V Ground Ground 8 0.3V 0V 0V
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 7-2 Test Voltages/Waveforms for RF Drive PWB (A2A1A1/A2A1A4)
LOCATION DESCRIPTION TEST VOLTAGE/WAVEFORM
TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6 TP7
Ground Ground Ground Carrier Frequency c IPM Compensation Input c Unbalanced Drive 2 PDM Unbalanced Drive
Ground Ground Ground See figure 7-3 -5V See figure 7-1 See figure 7-2
Monitor TP7, 2 PDM = 150kHz Monitor TP6, c = 850kHz Figure 7-1 c Unbalanced Drive Figure 7-2 2 PDM Unbalanced Drive
Monitor TP4, c = 850kHz
Figure 7-3 Carrier Frequency c Page 7-4 01 January 2002
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 7-3 Test Voltages for DC Power Supply PWB (A2A1A2/A2A1A3)
LOCATION TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 DESCRIPTION Ground +15V +5V -15V -5V TEST VOLTAGE/WAVEFORM Ground 15 0.4V 5.0 0.2V -15 0.4V -5.0 0.2V
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 7-4 Test Voltages/Waveforms for Interphase PDM Driver PWB (A2A1A5/A2A1A6)
LOCATION TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6 TP7 TP8 TP9 TP10 TP11 TP12 TP13 TP14 TP15 TP16 TP17 TP18 DESCRIPTION Mod Level Detector Input Mod Level Detector Output Audio with Positive Peak Limiting Ground Reference Ground Reference Buffered Gain Control Carrier Level Control Input Buffered B+ Sample Carrier Level Control Output Ramp Ramp Level Ground Reference Ground Reference Adjusted Carrier Ref Level Inverted Adjusted Carrier Ref Level PDM 1 PDM 2 PDM TEST VOLTAGE/WAVEFORM See figure 7-4 See figure 7-5 See figure 7-6 Ground Ground 7 1V See figure 7-7 7 1V See figure 7-8 See figure 7-9 1.8V Ground Ground See figure 7-10 See figure 7-11 See figure 7-12 See figure 7-13 See figure 7-14
Monitor TP1, RF=12kW @ 95% Mod, MOD = 1000Hz
Figure 7-4 Mod Level Detector Input
Monitor TP2, RF = 12kW @ 95% Mod, MOD = 20Hz
Figure 7-5 Mod Level Detector Output
Monitor TP3, RF= 12kW @95% Mod, MOD = 20Hz
Figure 7-6 Audio with Positive Peak Limiting
Figure 7-8 Carrier Level Control Output
Monitor TP10, PDM = 72kHz
Figure 7-7 Carrier Level Control Input
Figure 7-9 Linear Integrator Output
Figure 7-10 Interphase Generator Input - PDM 1
Monitor TP16, RF = 12kW (No Modulation), PDM = 72kHz
Figure 7-12 PDM1 Output
Figure 7-11 Interphase Generator Input - PDM 2
Monitor TP17, RF = 12kW (No Modulation), PDM = 72kHz
Figure 7-13 PDM2 Output
Monitor TP18, PDM = 72kHz
Figure 7-14 PDM Output
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 7-5 Test Voltages for Regulated Power Supply PWB (A11A4/A11A5)
LOCATION
E1 E2 E3 E4
DESCRIPTION
+48V Supply Ground Reference RF Drive B+ Ground Reference
TEST VOLTAGE/WAVEFORM
50V Ground See Transmitter Configuration sheet Ground
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 7-6 Test Voltages/Waveforms for RF Drive Amplifier (A11A1/A11A3)
LOCATION E1 TP1 DESCRIPTION RF Amplifier Output RF Amplifier Input TEST VOLTAGE/WAVEFORM See Figure 7-15 See Figure 7-16
Monitor TP1 Monitor E1
Figure 7-16 RF Amplifier Input
Figure 7-15 RF Amplifier Output
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 7-7 Test Voltages/Waveforms for RF Drive Tuning PWB (A11A2)
LOCATION TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 DESCRIPTION Ground Reference Detected RF Drive RF Drive Fail Alarm (not active) Tuned RF Drive TEST VOLTAGE/WAVEFORM Ground 6.5V 0V See Figure 7-17
Monitor TP4, c = 1700kHz
Figure 7-17 Tuned RF Drive
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 7-8 Test Voltages/Waveforms for Distribution PWB (A16)
LOCATION TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6 TP7 TP8 TP9 TP10 TP11 TP12 DESCRIPTION Filter Temperature Threshold Ground Reference Ground Reference Filter High Temp Alarm (Not Active) Detected RF Current Sample RF Current Detector Bias RF Current Detector Output Stress Current Detector Output Stress Current Detector Bias 1 Stress Current Detector Bias 2 RF Current Alarm (Not Active) Ground Reference TEST VOLTAGE/WAVEFORM 6.8V Ground Ground 0V 1.54V 1.62V 12V 12V 3.8V 1.9V 0V Ground
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 7-9 Test Voltages/Waveforms for System Control PWB (A1A3)
LOCATION TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6 TP7 TP8 TP9 TP10 TP11 TP12 TP13 TP14 TP15 TP16 TP17 TP18 TP19 TP20 TP21 TP22 TP23 TP24 TP25 TP26 TP27 TP28 DESCRIPTION Ground Reference XMTR Fault PDM Carrier Reference Carrier Reference Ground Volt Meter Output Power Meter Output +8V -8V +24V -24V +48V Watchdog Timer Carrier Reference Fault Detector Output Reset Reset PM/AC PWR Reset Exciter Battery Voltage VBAT +5V-A -15V -5 CONTrol PDM Fail PDM Fail B+ Meter Ground Ground RF Power Increase Limit Threshold TEST VOLTAGE/WAVEFORM Ground 0V See figure 7-18 +7 - +8V Ground 0 - +5V +1.5 - +2V +8 - +11V -8 - -11V +22 - +27V -22 - -27V +46 - +53V See Figure 7-19 0V +5V (5ms) +5V (5ms) 0V (5ms) +4.5V +4.6V +5V -15V -5V 0V (no fault) 0V (no fault) 2.5 .15V Ground Ground 0 - +2.5V
Monitor TP3, RF Carrier = 12kW
Monitor TP13
Figure 7-18 PDM Carrier Reference
Figure 7-19 Watchdog Timer Output
SECTION 8 PARTS LIST

INTRODUCTION This section contains reference designation 8.1 indexes that provide descriptive and provisioning information for all electrical and mechanical parts that have been assigned a reference designation and form a part of the subject equipment. FAMILY TREE Figure 8-1 depicts the family tree for the 8.2 subject equipment. It is based on the descending order of the reference designation hierarchy and identifies all assemblies that have been assigned a Nautel configuration control number. MANUFACTURER'S INDEX Table 8-1 provides a cross reference from 8.3 the original equipment manufacturers (OEM) codes to the manufacturer's name and address. The listing is sorted alpha/numerically by the manufacturers' codes. HOW TO LOCATE INFORMATION FOR A SPECIFIC PART To locate the information for a specific part, 8.4 the user must know the reference designation assigned to the part. In addition, the user must know the Nautel configuration control number assigned to the assembly that contains the part or the full reference designation, which includes the reference designation of all higher assemblies. 8.4.1 WHEN NAUTEL CONFIGURATION CONTROL NUMBER IS KNOWN: Locate the information for a part when the Nautel configuration control number is known, as follows: Refer to the table of contents (list of tables), for this manual and identify which table is the reference designation index for that assembly. Locate the part's reference designation in the identified table. 8.4.2 WHEN REFERENCE DESIGNATION IS KNOWN: Locate the information for a part when the full reference designation is known, as follows: Enter the family tree depicted in figure 8-1 with the full reference designation. Follow the family tree branches to the block that represents the lowest level assembly assigned a Nautel configuration control number. Delete the reference designation and then go to the table specified in the block with the balance of the reference designation. Locate the part's reference designation in the specified table. REFERENCE DESIGNATION INDEXES Individual reference designation indexes are 8.5 provided for all assemblies that have been assigned a Nautel configuration control number. To obtain the full reference designation for a specific part, the tabulated designation must be prefixed with the reference designation of the assembly that contains the part and the reference designation of all higher level assemblies. Notes at the end of each table identify possible higher level assemblies. The reference designation indexes are divided into columns to aid in locating specific information. COLUMN CONTENT EXPLANATION The following paragraphs provide an 8.6 explanation of the purpose and contents of each column in the reference designation indexes. 8.6.1 USE CODE COLUMN: This column contains a symbol/letter code which is part of a configuration control management system. When there is more than one variation of an assembly, each variation will be assigned a code in this column and the parts that are unique to a variation will be assigned the same code. Parts that are common to all variations will not have an entry in this column. Notes at the end of each table explain the code's significance.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 8.6.2 REFEREBCE DESIGNATION COLUMN: The reference designation column contains the reference designation for a specific part. These designations are assigned in accordance with the requirements of American National Standard Specification ANSI Y32.16. Each reference designation index is sorted and listed alpha/ numerically according to the reference designations in this column. 8.6.3 NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION COLUMN: This column contains the name and descriptive information for each part. The key word or noun is presented first, followed by the adjective identifiers. 8.6.4 NAUTEL'S PART NO. COLUMN: This column contains the Nautel part number assigned to each part. This number is Nautel's drawing number for Nautel manufactured parts, Nautel's configuration control number for assemblies that are under configuration control management or Nautel's inventory management number for purchased parts. 8.6.5 JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. COLUMN: This column contains an original equipment manufacturer's part number for a part. A single part number is listed for each part, even though there may be more than one known manufacturer. The listed number is Nautel's usual or preferred choice. A JAN/ MIL number has been assigned as the manufacturer's part number, where practical, to assist the user in finding a suitable replacement part. The use of this number does not restrict Nautel from selecting and using commercial equivalents, where their use will not degrade circuit operation or reliability, during manufacture. 8.6.6 X/Y GRID COLUMN: Reference Designation Indexes for printed wiring boards with a high parts density have an X/Y grid column. This column contains an alpha/numeric grouping that is keyed to an X/Y grid on the item's assembly detail drawing. This information is provided as an aid to locating parts on printed wiring boards. 8.6.7 OEM CODE COLUMN: This column contains a five digit coded group as the original equipment manufacturer's (OEM) identifier. The code was extracted from Cataloging Handbook H4/H8 - Commercial and Government Entity (Cage) Code. Manufacturers that were not listed in the catalog when this listing was compiled have been assigned a unique five letter code. This code is assigned arbitrarily and has no other significance. The manufacturers identified for parts that have JAN or MIL part numbers are Nautel's normal supply source for that part. NOTE OEM code 37338 is listed for parts manufactured by Nautel or to a Nautel control drawing. United States of America customers should refer all replacement part orders to Nautel Maine Incorporated (OEM code 57655).
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-1 Manufacturers' Code to Address Index
0APZ0 Diodes Incorporated, 3050 E. Hillcrest Drive, Westlake Village, California 91362 Radial Incorporated 150 Long Beach Blvd, Stratford, Connecticut 06497 AMP Incorporated, 2800 Fulling Mill, P O Box 3608, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania 17105 1BH13 00853 Sangamo Weston Incorporated, Sangamo Capacitor Division, PO Box 128, Route 3, Sangamo Road, Pickens, South Carolina 29671 Texas Instruments Incorporated, US Semiconductor Group, PO Box 225012, 13500 North Central Expressway, Dallas, Texas 75265 Bunker Ramo Corporation, Amphenol Connector Division, 2801 South 25th Avenue, Broadview, Illinois 60153 Motorola Incorporated, Semiconductor Products Group, 5005 East McDowell Road, Phoenix, Arizona 85008 14655 06090 Raychem Corporation, 300 Constitution Drive, Menlo Park, California 94025-1111 C & K Components Incorporated 15 Riverdale Avenue Newton, Massachusetts 02158 AMP of Canada Limited, 20 Esna Park Drive, Markham, Ontario, Canada L3R 1E1 USA customers use - 00779 18324 09675 Raytheon Canada Limited, 400 Phillips Street, PO Box 1619, Waterloo, Ontario, Canada N2J 4K6 Square D Canada Electrical Equipment Incorporated 6675 Rexwood Road Mississauga, Ontario, Canada L4V 1V1 Fenwal Electronics Incorporated 63 Fountain Street, Framingham, Massachusetts 01701 EEV Canada Limited, 67 Westmore Drive, Rexdale, Ontario, Canada M9V 3Y6 Lumex Opto\Components Inc 292 Hellem Road Paletine, Il 60067-6955 United Chemi-Con 9801 West Higgins Road, Rosemont, Illinois 60018 Vernitron Electronic Components, Beau Products Division, PO Box 10, Laconia, New Hampshire 03246 Cornell Dubilier Electronics Division, Federal Pacific Electric Company, 150 Avenue L, Newark, New Jersey 07101 Signetics Company, Military Products Division, 1275 S 800 E Street Orem, Utah 84058 National Semiconductor Corp, 2900 Semiconductor Drive, Santa Clara, California 95051 Ferronics Incorporated, 60 North Lincoln Road, East Rochester, New York 14445
0GP12
09710
00779
1C532
01295
1EM90
02660
1W344
13150 04713
09353
09482
27014
33062
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-1 Manufacturers' Code to Address Index (Continued)
34361 Omron Electronics Incorporated, 432 Toyama Road, Sunnyvale, California 94086 Dale Electronics Canada Limited, 18 Howden Road, Scarborough, Ontario, Canada M1R 3E6 USA customers use - 91637 Bach-Simpson Limited, 1255 Brydges Street, London, Ontario, Canada N5W 2C2 Nautel Limited 10089 Peggy's Cove Road Hackett's Cove, NS J0J 3J0 USA customers use - 57655 Siemens Electric Limited, 7300 Trans-Canada Highway, Pointe Claire, Quebec, Canada H9R 1C7 USA Customer's Use: 66842 RayChem Corporation, PolySwitch Products, 300 Constitution Drive, Mento Park, California 94025 Ohmite Manufacturing Company, 3601 West Howard Street, Skokie, Illinois 60076 Digital Systems 1850 Centennial Park Drive Suite 300 Reston, Virginia 22091 Phillips Manufacturing Company, 7334 North Clark Street, Chicago, Illinois 60626 Hewlett Packard Company, 640 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304 Circuit Assembly Corporation, 18 Thomas Street, Irvine, California 92718 56289 Sprague Electric Company, 87 Marshall Street, North Adams, Massachusetts 01247 Nautel Maine Incorporated, 201 Target Industrial Circle Bangor, Maine 04401 KOA Speer Electronics Incorporated, Bolivar Drive, PO Box 547, Bradford, Pennsylvania 16701 CKE Incorporated, Lucerne Road, PO Pox 211 Lucernemines, Pennsylvania 15754 Diodes Incorporated, Sales Division, 8900 Winnetka Avenue, Northridge, California 91324 3234 Aromat Corporation, 250 Sheffield Street, Mountainside, New Jersey 07092 United Chemicon Incorporated 9806 Higgins Street Rosemont, Illinois, 60018 STI Technology Division of Premier Industrial Corp 4801 North Ravens Wood Avenue Chicago, Il 68640-4496 EBM Industries Incorporated, 537 New Britain Avenue, Unionville, Connecticut 06085 Bussman Manufacturing Division, McGraw-Edison Company, 502 Earth City Plaza, Earth City, Missouri 63045 Erie Technological Products Inc, 644 West 12th Street, Erie, Pennsylvania 16512
35005
57655
59124
35104
59656
37338
6L334
37903
61529
4G927
62643
44655
63590
45496
62292
46897
71400
50434
72982
52072
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-1 Manufacturers' Code to Address Index (Continued)
73831 Hammond Mfg Company Limited, 394 Edinburgh Road North, Guelph, Ontario, Canada N1H 1E5 Guardian Electric Mfg Company, 1550 W Carroll Avenue, Chicago, Illinois 60607 TRW Electronic Components, IRC Fixed Resistor Division, 401 North Broad Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19108 Thomson Components, Mostek Corporation, 16 Commerce Drive, Montgomeryville, Pennsylvania 18936 Littlefuse Incorporated, 800 East Northwest Highway, Des Plaines, Illinois 60016 95146 80294 Bourns Incorporated, Instrument Division, 6135 Magnolia Avenue, Riverside, California 92506 Grayhill Incorporated, PO Box 10373, 561 Hillgrove Avenue, Louisiana Grange, Illinois 60525 International Rectifier, 9220 Sunset Boulevard, PO Box 2321, Terminal Annex, Los Angeles, California 90069 Milwaukee Resistor Company, 700 W. Virginia, Milwaukee, Wisconsin Rotron Incorporated, Custom Division, 7 Hasbrouck Lane, Woodstock, New York 12498 90797 Spang Industries Incorporated Magnetics Division PO Box 391 Butler, Pennsalvania 16001 Dale Electronics Incorporated, 2064 12th Avenue, Columbus, Nebraska 68601 Keystone Electronics Corporation, 49 Bleeker Street, New York, New York 10012 Magnecraft Electric Company, 5575 North Lynch Avenue, Chicago, Illinois 60630 Westinghouse Canada Incororated, 777 Walkers Line, PO Box 5009 Burlington, Ontario, Canada L7R 4B3 Alco Electronic Products Inc, PO Box 1348, Lawrence, Massachusetts 08142 AVX Ceramics, Division of AVX Corporation, Seneca Avenue, Olean, New York 14760 Centralab Electronics Division, Centralab Semiconductor, 5855 W Glen Park Road, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53209 USD Products, 7300 W. Wilson Avenue, Chicago, Illinois 60656
73949
91637
75042
91833
94696 75857
95093
75915
96095
81073
99942
81483
USDEV
82807
82877
AMPFET XL12
12kW AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER
NARA34 (SEE TABLE 8-2)
CONTROL/MONITOR PANEL NAC101 (SEE TABLE 8-3)
A1
EXCITER PANEL NAE73 (PART OF TABLE 8-2)
A2
2-INPUT METER SWITCH/ MONITOR PWB NAPD07/02 (PART OF TABLE 8-3)
A1A1
8-INPUT METER SWITCH/ MONITOR PWB NAPD07/01 (PART OF TABLE 8-3)
A1A2
EXCITER INTERFACE PWB NAPI22 (SEE TABLE 8-5)
A2A1
SYSTEM CONTROL PWB NAPC103/01 (SEE NAPC103 MANUAL)
A1A3
REMOTE INTERFACE PWB NAPI25 (SEE TABLE 8-4)
A1A4
RF DRIVE PWB NAPE68 (SEE NAPE68 MANUAL) OR
A2A1A1
DC POWER SUPPLY NAPS06 (SEE NAPS06 MANUAL)
A2A1A2
RF POWER MODULE NAP29 (SEE NAP29 MANUAL)
A3
A4
FREQUENCY SYNTHESIZER PWB NAPE60 (SEE NAPE60 MANUAL) OR
A2A1A1
DC POWER SUPPLY NAPS06 (SEE NAPS06 MANUAL)
A2A1A3
RF DRIVE PWB NAPE68 (SEE NAPE68 MANUAL) OR
A2A1A4
A5
A6
C-QUAM AM STEREO EXCITER PWB NAPE49/? (SEE NAPE MANUAL)
A2A2
INTERPHASE PDM DRIVER PWB NAPM06
A2A1A5
FREQUENCY SYNTHESIZER PWB NAPE60 (SEE NAPE60 MANUAL)
A2A1A4
RF POWER MODULE NAP29 (SEE NAP29 MANUAL) F1830336 V1
A7
A8
(SEE NAPM06 MANUAL)
INTERPHASE PDM DRIVER PWB NAPM06 (SEE NAPM06 MANUAL)
A2A1A6
Figure 8-1 Family Tree - XL12 12kW AM Broadcast Transmitter (Sheet 1 of 3) Page 8-6 01 January 2002
A9
A10
RF DRIVE PANEL ASSY NAE83 (SEE TABLE 8-6)
A11
A12
NOT USED
A13
NOT USED
RF DRIVE AMPLIFIER NAAA02 (SEE TABLE 8-7)
A11A1
RF DRIVE TUNING PWB NAPI60 (SEE TABLE 8-8)
A11A2
RF DRIVE AMPLIFIER NAAA02 (SEE TABLE 8-7)
A11A3
REGULATED DC POWER SUPPLY PWB NAPS10 (SEE TABLE 8-9)
A11A4
A14
NOT USED
A15
NOT USED
REGULATED DC POWER SUPPLY PWB NAPS10 (SEE TABLE 8-9)
A11A5
RF DRIVE OUTPUT RELAY ASSY 183-8140 (PART OF TABLE 8-2)
A11A6
DISTRIBUTION PWB NAPI50 (SEE TABLE 8-10)
A16
FAN TRAY 183-8350 (SEE TABLE 8-2)
A17
RELAY ASSY 183-8145 (PART OF TABLE 8-2)
A11A7
A18
A19
FAN TRAY 183-8350 F1830337 V1 (SEE TABLE 8-2)
A20
RF OUTPUT FILTER NAF102/? (SEE TABLE 8-11)
A21
8-INPUT RF COMBINER/FILTER NAF101/? (SEE TABLE 8-13)
A22
RF CURRENT PROBE PWB NAPP02 OR /01 (SEE TABLE 8-14)
A21A1
FORWARD/REFLECTED POWER PROBE NAFP90 (SEE TABLE 8-12)
A21A2
RELAY ASSEMBLY 183-6045-02 (PART OF TABLE 8-13)
A22A1
A22A2
STATIC DRAIN CHOKE ASSEMBLY NAX161/? (PART OF TABLE 8-11)
A21A3
A22A3
A22A4
AC/DC POWER SUPPLY NASR108/? (SEE TABLE 8-16)
A23
A22A5
A22A6
POWER TRANSFORMER ASSEMBLY NASR105/? (PART OF TABLE 8-16)
A23A1
LVPS TRANSFORMER ASSEMBLY 183-7024 (PART OF TABLE 8-16)
A23A2
A22A7
A22A8
CHOKE STRAP ASSEMBLY 183-7038 (PART OF TABLE 8-16)
A23A3
CHOKE STRAP ASSEMBLY 183-7035 (PART OF TABLE 8-16)
A23A4
RF CURRENT PROBE PWB NAPP02 OR /01 (SEE TABLE 8-14)
A22A9
CAPACITOR DIVIDER ASSEMBLY 176-8253 (PART OF TABLE 8-13)
A22A10
SURGE ARRESTOR ASSEMBLY NAX202/04 (SEE TABLE 8-15)
A22A11
A24
NOT USED
3 RECTIFIER ASSEMBLY UP28 (PART OF TABLE 8-2)
A25
3 RECTIFIER ASSEMBLY UP28 (PART OF TABLE 8-2)
A26
A27
NOT USED
DC POWER SUPPLY PWB NAPS16 (SEE TABLE 8-17) F1830338 V1
A28
DC POWER SUPPLY MONITOR PWB NAPI48 (SEE TABLE 8-18)
A29
POWER SUPPLY MONITOR PWB NAPX15/? (SEE NAPX15 MANUAL)
A30
IEC215 ENTRY KIT NAX163 (PART OF TABLE 8-2)
A31
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-2 Reference Designation Index - XL12 12kW AM Broadcast Transmitter
USE CODE REF DES A1 A2 A2A1 A2A2 A2J1 A2J2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A17B1 A17B2 A17P1 A17P2 A17P3 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 A24 A25
A25CR1 A25CR2 A25CR3
NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION 12kW AM Broadcast Transmitter Control/Monitor Panel Exciter Panel Exciter Interface PWB C-QUAM AM Stereo Exciter PWB Connector, Coaxial, BNC, 50V, Bulkhead Connector, Coaxial, BNC, 50V, Bulkhead RF Power Module RF Power Module RF Power Module RF Power Module RF Power Module RF Power Module RF Power Module RF Power Module RF Drive Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Distribution PWB Fan Tray Assembly Fan, Brushless, DC, 24V, 140 CFM Fan, Brushless, DC, 24V, 140 CFM Connector, 4-Pin Contacts, 10A, Gold Connector, 2 Sockets, c/w Molded Cord Connector, 2 Sockets, c/w Molded Cord Same as A17 Same as A17 Same as A17 RF Output Filter 8-Input RF Combiner AC/DC Power Supply Not Used 3-Phase Rectifier Assembly, 50A, 1200V
Diode, Power Rectifier, 40A, 1200V, Cathode Diode, Power Rectifier, 40A, 1200V, Cathode Diode, Power Rectifier, 40A, 1200V, Cathode
NAUTEL'S PART NO. XL12 NAC101 NAE82 NAPI22E NAPE49/? JDP26 JDP26 NAP29 NAP29 NAP29 NAP29 NAP29 NAP29 NAP29 NAP29 NAE83
JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. 183-8750 See Table 8-3 183-3100 See Table 8-5 See NAPE49 Manual UG1094/U UG1094/U See NAP29 Manual See NAP29 Manual See NAP29 Manual See NAP29 Manual See NAP29 Manual See NAP29 Manual See NAP29 Manual See NAP29 Manual See Table 8-6
OEM CODE 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 02660 02660 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338
NAPI50A 183-8350 ZA42 ZA42 JD04 ZA40 ZA40
See Table 8-10 183-8350 W2G110-AK43-31 W2G110-AK43-31 P-3304-AB/04 571064 571064
37338 37338 62292 62292 13150 82877 82877
NAF102/? NAF101A/? NASR108/? UP28

QN45 QN45 QN45
See Table 8-11 See Table 8-13 See Table 8-16 CT50G2AA120
40HF120 40HF120 40HF120
37338 37338 37338 59656

81483 81483 81483
A25CR4 A25CR5 A25CR6 A25RV1 A25RV2 A25RV3 A25RV4 A26 A27
Diode, Power Rectifier, 40A, 1200V, Anode QS14 Diode, Power Rectifier, 40A, 1200V, Anode QS14 Diode, Power Rectifier, 40A, 1200V, Anode QS14 Varistor, 600V RMS, 230 Joules QN46 Varistor, 600V RMS, 230 Joules QN46 Varistor, 600V RMS, 230 Joules QN46 Varistor, 600V RMS, 230 Joules QN46 Same as A25 Not Used
40HFR120 40HFR120 40HFR120 Z600LX100A Z600LX100A Z600LX100A Z600LX100A
81483 81483 81483 59656 59656 59656 59656
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-2 Reference Designation Index - XL12 12kW AM Broadcast Transmitter (Continued)
USE CODE REF DES NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION NAUTEL'S PART NO. NAPS16B NAPI48B NAPX15 NAX208 NAX207 NARL03/? NAX165/01 NAX165/02 SD36 SD37 FD01 FD01 FD01 FD01 157D TG27 LXP38 LXP38 LA03 JU05 JU26 JU26 JU26 JU26 JU26 JU27 JDP24 183-5012 183-5010 183-5011 JU26 JU26 JU26 JU26 JU27 JU27 183-5010 JU28 JU27 JF33 JDP25 JU28 JU28 JU27 JDP25 JF33 JDP25 JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. See Table 8-17 See Table 8-18 See NAPX15 Manual 183-8181 183-8180 183-8152-? 183-7051-01 183-7051-02 FDB3080 FDB3040 FNQ-20 FNQ-20 FNQ-20 FNQ-20 OEM CODE 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 95093 95093 71400 71400 71400 71400 73831 73831 90797 90797 33062 09482 00779 00779 00779 00779 00779 00779 09482 37338 37338 37338 00779 00779 00779 00779 00779 00779 37338 09482 00779 02660 02660 00779 00779 00779 02660 02660 02660
V V V V
A28 DC Power Supply PWB A29 DC Power Supply Monitor PWB A30 Power Supply Monitor PWB A31 Standard Entry Kit A31 IEC215 Entry Kit A31A1 Key Sequence, Customer Unique A31A2 AC Input Interlock Breaker Assembly, 220V A31A2 AC Input Interlock Breaker Assembly, 480V A31A2CB1 Circuit Breaker, 3-Pole, 80A, 600 VAC A31A2CB1 Circuit Breaker, 3-Pole, 40A, 600 VAC F1 Fuse, 20A, 500V, Time Delay, FNQ F2 Fuse, 20A, 500V, Time Delay, FNQ F3 Fuse, 20A, 500V, Time Delay, FNQ F4 Fuse, 20A, 500V, Time Delay, FNQ L1 Not Used L2 Inductor, Choke, 1mH, 10ATG27 L3 Inducor, Choke, 1mH, 10A L4 Toroid, Ferrite, 38mm L5 Toroid, Ferrite, 38mm L6 Toroid, Ferrite, Uncoated, 13mm, B Mtl P1 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 4-Pin, 20AWG P2 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 12-Pin, 22AWG P3 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 12-Pin, 22AWG P4 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 12-Pin, 22AWG P5 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 12-Pin, 22AWG P6 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 12-Pin, 22AWG P7 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 4-Pin, 22AWG P8 Connector, Coaxial, BNC, 50 , Crimp P9 Connector Kit, D-Sub, 15 Way, Female P10 Connector Kit, D-Sub, 25 Way, Female P11 Connector Kit, D-Sub, 25 Way, Male P12 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 12-Pin, 22AWG P13 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 12-Pin, 22AWG P14 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 12-Pin, 22AWG P15 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 12-Pin, 22AWG P16 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 4-Pin, 22AWG P17 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 4-Pin, 22AWG P18 Connector Kit, D-Sub, 25 Way, Female P19 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 8-Pin, 22AWG P20 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 4-Pin, 22AWG P21 Connector, Coaxial, BNC, 50 , Crimp P22 Connector, Coaxial, BNC, 50 , Clamp P23 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 8-Pin, 22AWG P24 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 8-Pin, 22AWG P25 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 4-Pin, 22AWG P26 Connector, Coaxial, BNC, 50 , Clamp P27 Connector, Coaxial, BNC, 50 , Crimp P28 Connector, Coaxial, BNC, 50 , Clamp
157D J-43806-TC J-43806-TC 11-262-B 640432-4 1-644463-2 1-644463-2 1-644463-2 1-644463-2 1-644463-2 644463-4 225395-7 183-5012 183-5010 183-5011 1-644463-2 1-644463-2 1-644463-2 1-644463-2 644463-4 644463-4 183-5010 640433-8 644463-4 M39012/16-0013 69475 644463-8 644463-8 644463-4 69475 M39012/16-0013 69475
USE CODE REF DES P29 P30 P31 P32 P33 P34 P35 P36 P37 P38 P39 P40 P41 P42 P43 P44 P45 P46 P47 P48 P49 P50 P51 P52 P53 P54 P55 P56 P57 P58 P59 R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 RT1 RT2 S1 S2 U1 U2 XA17 XA18 XA19 XA20 XF1 NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION NAUTEL'S PART NO. JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. 644463-4 644463-4 1-644463-2 1-644463-2 1-44463-2 644463-8 644463-8 1-644463-2 1-644463-2 1-644463-2 1-644463-2 1-644463-2 183-5010 183-5010 183-5010 183-5010 183-5010 183-5010 183-5010 183-5010 182-5013 69475 69475 225395-7 225395-7 1-644463-2 1-644463-2 1-644463-2 1-644463-2 644463-8 644463-8 C300K10R C300K10R C300K10R 06713 18-96-50R 135-204QAG-J01 135-204QAG-J01 176-5125-02 22AC1 36MT40A GBPC3508 S-3304-AB/04 S-3304-AB/04 S-3304-AB/04 S-3304-AB/04 BM6032SQ OEM CODE 00779 00779 00779 00779 00779 00779 00779 00779 00779 00779 00779 00779 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 02660 02660 09482 09482 00779 00779 00779 00779 00779 00779 44655 44655 44655 35104 82807 1BH13 1BH13 37338 91929 81483 0APZ0 13150 13150 13150 13150 71400
Connector, MTA, Keyed, 4-Pin, 22AWG JU27 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 4-Pin, 22AWG JU27 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 8-Pin, 22AWG JU28 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 12-Pin, 22AWG JU26 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 12-Pin, 22AWG JU26 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 8-Pin, 22AWG JU28 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 8-Pin, 22AWG JU28 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 12-Pin, 22AWG JU26 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 12-Pin, 22AWG JU26 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 12-Pin, 22AWG JU26 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 12-Pin, 22AWG JU26 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 12-Pin, 22AWG JU26 Connector Kit, D-Sub, 25 Way, Female 183-5010 Connector Kit, D-Sub, 25 Way, Female 183-5010 Connector Kit, D-Sub, 25 Way, Female 183-5010 Connector Kit, D-Sub, 25 Way, Female 183-5010 Connector Kit, D-Sub, 25 Way, Female 183-5010 Connector Kit, D-Sub, 25 Way, Female 183-5010 Connector Kit, D-Sub, 25 Way, Female 183-5010 Connector Kit, D-Sub, 25 Way, Female 183-5010 Connector Kit (17-16), S, Std Clamp 182-5013 Connector, Coaxial, BNC, 50 , Clamp JDP25 Connector, Coaxial, BNC, 50 , Clamp JDP25 Connector, Coaxial, BNC, 50 , Crimp JDP24 Connector, Coaxial, BNC, 50 , Crimp JDP24 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 12-Pin, 22AWG JU26 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 12-Pin, 22AWG JU26 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 12-Pin, 22AWG JU26 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 12-Pin, 22AWG JU26 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 8-Pin, 22AWG JU28 Connector, MTA, Keyed, 8-Pin, 22AWG JU28 Resistor, Wirewound, 10 Ohms, 10%, 300W RX15 Resistor, Wirewound, 10 Ohms, 10%, 300W RX15 Resistor, Wirewound, 10 Ohms, 10%, 300W RX15 Resistor, Current Shunt, 50mV, 100A, Ins RX23 Resistor, Ribwound, 50 Ohms, 10%, 220W RT32 Thermistor, 200K Ohms @ 25C RX07 Thermistor, 200K Ohms @ 25C RX07 Switch Kit 176-5125-02 Switch, Door, SPDT, 15A, 250V SD40 Bridge Rectifier, 400V, 35A UM21 Bridge Rectifier, 800V, 35A UF28 Connector, 4 Socket-Contact, 10A, Gold JD23 Connector, 4 Socket-Contact, 10A, Gold JD23 Connector, 4 Socket-Contact, 10A, Gold JD23 Connector, 4 Socket-Contact, 10A, Gold JD23 Fuseblock, 30A, 600V, 2-Position FD02
USE CODE REF DES XF3 NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION Fuseblock, 30A, 600V, 2-Position -
NAUTEL'S PART NO. FD02
JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. BM6032SQ
OEM CODE 71400
USE CODE EXPLANATION:

V
Denotes item is optional and replaces RF drive PWB A2A1A1 when it is installed Denotes used only when standard entry kit is installed. Denotes used only when IEC215 entry kit is installed. Denotes item used is dependent on voltage of AC power source.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-3 Reference Designation Index - NAC101 Control/Monitor Panel
USE CODE REF DES A1 A1DS1 A1DS2 A1DS3 A1DS4 A1DS5 A1DS6 A1DS7 A1J1 A1S1 A1DS8 A1R1 A1R2 A1R3 A1R4 A1R5 A1R6 A1R7 A1R8 A2 A2DS1 A2DS2 A2DS3 A2DS4 A2DS5 A2DS6 A2DS7 A2DS8 A2J1 A2R1 A2R2 A2R3 A2R4 A2R5 A2R6 A2R7 A2R8 A2S1 A3 A4 M1 M2 M3 W1 W1P1 W1P2 NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION Control/Monitor Assembly Meter Switch/Monitor PWB, 2 Status Not Used Not Used Diode, Light Emitting Yellow, 8.6mm Lg Not Used Not Used Not Used Diode, Light Emitting Yellow, 8.6mm Lg Header, Ribbon Cable, 26 Pin-Contacts Switch, Pushbutton, Black, Mom, 1PST-NO Not Used Not Used Not Used Resistor, Metal Film, 392 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Not Used Not Used Not Used Resistor, Metal Film, 392 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Not Used Meter Switch/Monitor PWB, 8 Status Diode, Light Emitting Yellow, 8.6mm Lg Diode, Light Emitting Yellow, 8.6mm Lg Diode, Light Emitting Yellow, 8.6mm Lg Diode, Light Emitting Yellow, 8.6mm Lg Diode, Light Emitting Yellow, 8.6mm Lg Diode, Light Emitting Yellow, 8.6mm Lg Diode, Light Emitting Yellow, 8.6mm Lg Diode, Light Emitting Yellow, 8.6mm Lg Header, Ribbon Cable, 26 Pin-Contacts Resistor, Metal Film, 392 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 392 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 392 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 392 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 392 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 392 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 392 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 392 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Switch, Pushbutton, Black, Mom, 1PST-NO System Control PWB Remote Interface PWB Meter, 1.4-14.0kW, 142 Ohms Meter, 0-00A, 50mV FSD Meter, 0-400 VDC, 0-200v, 0-0v, 142 Ohms Ribbon Cable Assembly, 26 Cond Connector, IDC, DIP, 26 Socket, 0.1 x 0.1 Connector, IDC, DIP, 26 Socket, 0.1 x 0.1 NAUTEL'S PART NO. NAC101 NAPD07/02 QM19 QM19 161-3007-26 SD14 RAB20 RAB20 NAPD07/01 QM19 QM19 QM19 QM19 QM19 QM19 QM19 QM19 161-3007-26 RAB20 RAB20 RAB20 RAB20 RAB20 RAB20 RAB20 RAB20 SD14 NAPC103/01 NAPI25A MD17 ME21C ME10 183-2021 JF37 JF37 JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. 183-2050 183-2022-02 X/Y GRID D/4 D/4 D/3 D/3 D/2 B/4 B/3 B/3 / / OEM CODE 37338 37338
SSL-LX5093YD
1EM90
SSL-LX5093YD 161-3007-26 MP01S02CBE
1EM90 37338 09353
D/4 D/3 MF55D3920F D/3 D/2 C/4 C/3 MF55D3920F C/3 C/2 183-2022-01 D/4 SSL-LX5093YD D/4 SSL-LX5093YD D/3 SSL-LX5093YD D/3 SSL-LX5093YD D/2 SSL-LX5093YD B/4 SSL-LX5093YD B/3 SSL-LX5093YD B/3 SSL-LX5093YD B/2 161-3007-26 / MF55D3920F D/4 MF55D3920F D/3 MF55D3920F D/3 MF55D3920F D/2 MF55D3920F C/4 MF55D3920F C/3 MF55D3920F C/3 MF55D3920F C/2 MP01S02CBE / See NAPC103 Manual / See Table 8-4 / 159-4009 / 183-2006 / 176-2009 / 183-2021 / CA-26-IDS2-F / CA-26-IDS2-F /
59124
59124 37338 1EM90 1EM90 1EM90 1EM90 1EM90 1EM90 1EM90 1EM90 37338 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 09353 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 52072 52072
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-3 Reference Designation Index - NAC101 Control/Monitor Panel (Continued)
USE CODE REF DES W2 W2P1 W2P2 W3 W3P1 W3P2 W4 W4P1 W4P2 W5 W5P1 W5P2 NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION Ribbon Cable Assembly, 26 Cond Connector, IDC, DIP, 26 Socket, 0.1 x 0.1 Connector, IDC, DIP, 26 Socket, 0.1 x 0.1 Ribbon Cable Assembly, 26 Cond Connector, IDC, DIP, 26 Socket, 0.1 x 0.1 Connector, IDC, DIP, 26 Socket, 0.1 x 0.1 Ribbon Cable Assembly, 26 Cond Connector, IDC, DIP, 26 Socket, 0.1 x 0.1 Connector, IDC, DIP, 26 Socket, 0.1 x 0.1 Ribbon Cable Assembly, 26 Cond Connector, Socket, IDC, 26 Pin Connector, IDC, DIP, 26 Socket, 0.1 x 0.1 NAUTEL'S PART NO. 183-2021 JF37 JF37 183-2021 JF37 JF37 183-2021 JF37 JF37 183-2021 JF37 JF37 JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. 183-2021 CA-26-IDS2-F CA-26-IDS2-F 183-2021 CA-26-IDS2-F CA-26-IDS2-F 183-2021 CA-26-IDS2-F CA-26-IDS2-F 183-2021 CA-26-IDS2-F CA-26-IDS2-F X/Y GRID / / / / / / / / / / / / OEM CODE 37338 52072 52072 37338 52072 52072 37338 52072 52072 37338 52072 52072
NOTE:
Partial reference designation shown. Prefix with A1 (composite ref des prefix, including all higher assemblies) to obtain complete reference designation.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-4 Reference Designation Index - NAPI25 Remote Interface PWB
USE CODE REF DES C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C19 C20 C21 C22 C23 C24 C25 C26 C27 C28 C29 C30 C31 C32 C33 C34 C35 C36 C37 C38 C39 C40 C41 C42 C43 C44 C45 C46 C47 NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION Remote Interface PWB Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Electrolytic, 1000uF, 50V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V NAUTEL'S PART NO. NAPI25A CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CT41 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. X/Y GRID OEM CODE 37338 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 1W344 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289
183-2015-01 / CKR06BX104KRV G/2 CKR06BX104KRV F/2 CKR06BX104KRV A/2 CKR06BX104KRV A/3 CKR06BX104KRV B/2 CKR06BX104KRV B/3 CKR06BX104KRV B/2 CKR06BX104KRV B/3 CKR06BX104KRV D/2 CKR06BX104KRV D/3 CKR06BX104KRV D/2 CKR06BX104KRV D/3 CKR06BX104KRV E/2 CKR06BX104KRV E/3 CKR06BX104KRV G/3 CKR06BX104KRV H/3 CKR06BX104KRV N/2 CKR06BX104KRV N/2 SME50VB102M16X25LL G/4 CKR06BX104KRV G/3 CKR06BX104KRV E/5 CKR06BX104KRV F/4 CKR06BX104KRV N/2 CKR06BX104KRV I/2 CKR06BX104KRV I/2 CKR06BX104KRV I/2 CKR06BX104KRV J/2 CKR06BX104KRV J/2 CKR06BX104KRV J/2 CKR06BX104KRV N/2 CKR06BX104KRV N/3 CKR06BX104KRV M/2 CKR06BX104KRV I/2 CKR06BX104KRV L/2 CKR06BX104KRV L/2 CKR06BX104KRV M/2 CKR06BX104KRV I/2 CKR06BX104KRV M/2 CKR06BX104KRV J/2 CKR06BX104KRV J/2 CKR06BX104KRV K/2 CKR06BX104KRV L/2 CKR06BX104KRV L/2 CKR06BX104KRV L/2 CKR06BX104KRV K/2 CKR06BX104KRV K/2 CKR06BX104KRV K/2
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-4 Reference Designation Index - NAPI25 Remote Interface PWB (Continued)
USE CODE REF DES C48 C49 C50 C51 C52 C53 C54 C55 C56 C57 C58 CR1 CR2 CR3 CR4 CR5 CR6 CR7 CR8 CR9 CR10 CR11 CR12 CR13 CR14 CR15 CR16 CR17 CR18 CR19 CR20 CR21 CR22 CR23 CR24 CR25 CR26 CR27 CR28 CR29 CR30 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION NAUTEL'S PART NO. JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. CKR06BX104KRV CKR06BX104KRV TAP106K035G CKR06BX104KRV CKR06BX104KRV CKR06BX104KRV CKR06BX104KRV CKR06BX104KRV CKR06BX104KRV CKR06BX104KRV CKR06BX104KRV 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N5939C 1N5939C 1N5939C 1N5939C 390088-2 390088-2 390088-2 390088-2 390088-2 390088-2 390088-2 X/Y GRID K/2 H/2 E/5 B/4 B/4 C/4 A/5 A/4 B/3 C/3 C/3 G/2 F/2 A/2 A/3 B/2 B/3 B/2 B/3 D/2 D/3 D/2 D/3 E/2 E/3 G/3 G/5 G/5 G/5 G/5 G/5 G/5 G/5 F/4 L/4 M/4 N/4 G/4 H/3 J/3 L/3 A/2 B/2 B/2 B/2 C/2 C/2 D/2 OEM CODE 56289 56289 96095 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 04713 04713 04713 04713 09482 09482 09482 09482 09482 09482 09482
Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V CCG07 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V CCG07 Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V CCP36 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V CCG07 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V CCG07 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V CCG07 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V CCG07 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V CCG07 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V CCG07 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V CCG07 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V CCG07 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, Zener, 39V, 1.5 W, 2% QK03 Diode, Zener, 39V, 1.5 W, 2% QK03 Diode, Zener, 39V, 1.5 W, 2% QK03 Diode, Zener, 39V, 1.5 W, 2% QK03 Post Shunt, 2 Socket-Contacts, 0.10 Centre JQ15 Post Shunt, 2 Socket-Contacts, 0.10 Centre JQ15 Post Shunt, 2 Socket-Contacts, 0.10 Centre JQ15 Post Shunt, 2 Socket-Contacts, 0.10 Centre JQ15 Post Shunt, 2 Socket-Contacts, 0.10 Centre JQ15 Post Shunt, 2 Socket-Contacts, 0.10 Centre JQ15 Post Shunt, 2 Socket-Contacts, 0.10 Centre JQ15
USE CODE REF DES E8 E9 E10 E11 E12 E13 E14 E15 E16 E17 E18 E19 E20 E21 E22 E23 E24 E25 E26 E27 J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 K1 K2 K3 L1 L2 L3 Q1 Q2 Q3 R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 R10 R11 R12 R13 R14 NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION NAUTEL'S PART NO. JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. 390088-2 390088-2 390088-2 390088-2 390088-2 390088-2 390088-2 390088-2 390088-2 390088-2 390088-2 390088-2 390088-2 390088-2 390088-2 390088-2 390088-2 390088-2 390088-2 390088-2 R141426161 R141426161 161-3007-26 161-3007-26 161-3007-26 DS4E-M-DC24V DF2E-DC24V DF2E-DC24V 82-152-J 82-152-J 82-152-J MPF6661 MPF6661 MPF6661 RL20S222G MF55D1211F MF55D1211F MF55D1211F MF55D1211F MF55D1211F MF55D1211F MF55D1211F MF55D1211F MF55D1211F MF55D1211F MF55D1211F MF55D1211F MF55D1211F X/Y GRID D/2 D/2 E/2 E/2 F/2 G/2 G/2 H/2 L/6 L/6 M/6 M/6 N/6 N/6 L/6 L/6 M/6 M/6 N/6 N/6 O/6 O/4 C/6 G/6 K/6 M/4 N/4 N/4 G/4 M/3 M/3 B/4 C/4 C/4 G/2 F/2 A/2 A/3 B/2 B/3 C/2 C/3 D/2 D/3 D/2 D/3 E/2 E/3 OEM CODE 09482 09482 09482 09482 09482 09482 09482 09482 09482 09472 09482 09482 09482 09482 09482 09482 09482 09482 09482 09482 0GP12 0GP12 37338 37338 37338 61529 61529 61529 33062 33062 33062 04713 04713 04713 35005 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124
Post Shunt, 2 Socket-Contacts, 0.10 Centre JQ15 Post Shunt, 2 Socket-Contacts, 0.10 Centre JQ15 Post Shunt, 2 Socket-Contacts, 0.10 Centre JQ15 Post Shunt, 2 Socket-Contacts, 0.10 Centre JQ15 Post Shunt, 2 Socket-Contacts, 0.10 Centre JQ15 Post Shunt, 2 Socket-Contacts, 0.10 Centre JQ15 Post Shunt, 2 Socket-Contacts, 0.10 Centre JQ15 Post Shunt, 2 Socket-Contacts, 0.10 Centre JQ15 Post Shunt, 2 Socket-Contacts, 0.10 Centre JQ15 Post Shunt, 2 Socket-Contacts, 0.10 Centre JQ15 Post Shunt, 2 Socket-Contacts, 0.10 Centre JQ15 Post Shunt, 2 Socket-Contacts, 0.10 Centre JQ15 Post Shunt, 2 Socket-Contacts, 0.10 Centre JQ15 Post Shunt, 2 Socket-Contacts, 0.10 Centre JQ15 Post Shunt, 2 Socket-Contacts, 0.10 Centre JQ15 Post Shunt, 2 Socket-Contacts, 0.10 Centre JQ15 Post Shunt, 2 Socket-Contacts, 0.10 Centre JQ15 Post Shunt, 2 Socket-Contacts, 0.10 Centre JQ15 Post Shunt, 2 Socket-Contacts, 0.10 Centre JQ15 Post Shunt, 2 Socket-Contacts, 0.10 Centre JQ15 Connector, Coaxial, BNC, PWB Mount JF35 Connector, Coaxial, BNC, PWB Mount JF35 Header, DIP, 26 Pin-Contacts, 0.1 x 0.1 161-3007-26 Header, DIP, 26 Pin-Contacts, 0.1 x 0.1 161-3007-26 Header, DIP, 26 Pin-Contacts, 0.1 x 0.1 161-3007-26 Relay, 24 VDC, 4PDT, PWB Mount KC11 Relay, 24 VDC, 2PDT, PWB Mount KC06 Relay, 24 VDC, 2PDT, PWB Mount KC06 Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material LA16 Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material LA16 Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material LA16 Transistor, Field Effect, N Channel QE19 Transistor, Field Effect, N Channel QE19 Transistor, Field Effect, N Channel QE19 Resistor, Metal Film, 2200 Ohms, 2% 1/2W RC41 Resistor, Metal Film, 1210 Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB26 Resistor, Metal Film, 1210 Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB26 Resistor, Metal Film, 1210 Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB26 Resistor, Metal Film, 1210 Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB26 Resistor, Metal Film, 1210 Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB26 Resistor, Metal Film, 1210 Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB26 Resistor, Metal Film, 1210 Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB26 Resistor, Metal Film, 1210 Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB26 Resistor, Metal Film, 1210 Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB26 Resistor, Metal Film, 1210 Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB26 Resistor, Metal Film, 1210 Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB26 Resistor, Metal Film, 1210 Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB26 Resistor, Metal Film, 1210 Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB26
USE CODE REF DES R15 R16 R17 R18 R19 R20 R21 R22 R23 R24 R25 R26 R27 R28 R29 R30 R31 R32 R33 R34 R35 R36 R37 R38 R39 R40 R41 R42 R43 R44 R45 R46 R47 R48 R49 R50 R51 R52 R53 R54 R55 R56 R57 R58 R59 R60 R61 R62 NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION Resistor, Metal Film, 2200 Ohms, 2% 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 1000 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 1.0M Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 1.0M Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 1.0M Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 1.0M Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 1.0M Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 1.0M Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 3320 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Variable, Film, 100 Ohms, 2W Resistor, Variable, Film, 100 Ohms, 2W Resistor, Variable, Film, 100 Ohms, 2W Resistor, Variable, Film, 100 Ohms, 2W Resistor, Variable, Film, 100 Ohms, 2W Resistor, Variable, Film, 100 Ohms, 2W Resistor, Metal Film, 1000 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 270 Ohms, 5%, 2W Resistor, Metal Film, 270 Ohms, 5%, 2W NAUTEL'S PART NO. RC41 RAB25 RAC13 RAC13 RAC13 RAC13 RAC13 RAC13 RAC01 RAC01 RAB31 RV41 RV41 RV41 RV41 RV41 RV41 RAB25 RAB01 RAB01 RAB01 RAB01 RAB01 RAB01 RAC01 RAB01 RAB01 RAB01 RAB01 RAB01 RAB01 RAB01 RAB01 RAB01 RAB01 RAB01 RAB01 RAB01 RAB01 RAB01 RAB01 RAB01 RAB01 RAB01 RAB01 RAB01 RS36 RS36 JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. RL20S222G MF55D1001F MF55D1004F MF55D1004F MF55D1004F MF55D1004F MF55D1004F MF55D1004F MF55D1003F MF55D1003F MF55D3321F 3852A-162-101A 3852A-162-101A 3852A-162-101A 3852A-162-101A 3852A-162-101A 3852A-162-101A MF55D1001F MF55D10R0F MF55D10R0F MF55D10R0F MF55D10R0F MF55D10R0F MF55D10R0F MF55D1003F MF55D10R0F MF55D10R0F MF55D10R0F MF55D10R0F MF55D10R0F MF55D10R0F MF55D10R0F MF55D10R0F MF55D10R0F MF55D10R0F MF55D10R0F MF55D10R0F MF55D10R0F MF55D10R0F MF55D10R0F MF55D10R0F MF55D10R0F MF55D10R0F MF55D10R0F MF55D10R0F MF55D10R0F GS-3, 270 OHMS GS-3, 270 OHMS X/Y GRID G/3 D/4 D/5 D/5 D/5 D/4 D/4 D/4 M/2 M/2 F/4 L/6 M/6 O/6 L/5 M/5 O/5 F/4 I/2 I/2 I/2 J/2 J/2 J/2 C/4 N/3 N/2 N/2 M/2 I/2 L/2 L/2 M/2 I/2 M/2 J/2 J/2 K/2 L/2 L/2 L/2 K/2 K/2 K/2 K/2 H/2 M/4 M/5 OEM CODE 35005 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 80294 80294 80294 80294 80294 80294 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 75042 75042
USE CODE REF DES R63 R64 R65 R66 R67 R68 R69 R70 R71 R72 R73 R74 R75 R76 R77 R78 R79 R80 R81 R82 R83 R84 R85 R86 RT1 TB1 TB2 TB3 TB4 TB5 U1 U2 U3 U4 U5 U6 U7 U8 U9 U10
U11 U12 U13 U14
NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION Resistor, Metal Film, 470 Ohms, 5% 2W Resistor, Metal Film, 390 Ohms, 5% 2W Resistor, Metal Film, 100 Ohms, 5% 2W Resistor, Metal Film, 100 Ohms, 5% 2W Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Not Used Resistor, Metal Film, 1210 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 1210 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 1210 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 1210 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 475 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 475 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 475 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 475 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 475 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 475 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 475 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 475 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Thermistor, PTC, 0.21 , Trip @2.3A Terminal Block, Barrier, 27 Terminals Terminal Block, Barrier, 27 Terminals Terminal Block, Barrier, 12 Terminals Terminal Block, Barrier, 6 Terminals Terminal Block, Barrier, 6 Terminals Integrated Circuit, Opto Coupler, Quad Integrated Circuit, Opto Coupler, Quad Integrated Circuit, Opto Coupler, Quad Integrated Circuit, Opto Coupler, Quad IC, CMOS, Inverter, Schmitt Trigger, Hex IC, Operational Amplifier, Quad IC, Transistor Array, 8 Darlingtons IC, Transistor Array, 8 Darlingtons IC, Transistor Array, 8 Darlingtons IC, Transistor Array, 8 Darlingtons
Resistor, Network, SIP, 9x470 Resistor, Network, SIP, 9x470 Resistor, Network, SIP, 9x470 Resistor, Network, SIP, 9x470 , 2%, Bussed , 2%, Bussed , 2%, Bussed , 2%, Bussed
NAUTEL'S PART NO. RBP11 RBP33 RBP07 RBP07 RAC01 RAC01 RAB01 RAB01 RAB01 RAB01 RAB01 RAB26 RAB26 RAB26 RAB26 RAB21 RAB21 RAB21 RAB21 RAB21 RAB21 RAB21 RAB21 RT17 161-3023-27 161-3023-27 161-3023-12 161-3023-06 161-3023-06 UF13 UF13 UF13 UF13 UG05 UT01 UM28 UM28 UM28 UM28
UF17 UF17 UF17 UF17
JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. GS-3, 470 Ohms GS-3, 390 Ohms GS-3, 100 Ohms GS-3, 100 Ohms MF55D1003F MF55D1003F MF55D10R0F MF55D10R0F MF55D10R0F MF55D10R0F MF55D10R0F MF55D1211F MF55D1211F MF55D1211F MF55D1211F MF55D4750F MF55D4750F MF55D4750F MF55D4750F MF55D4750F MF55D4750F MF55D4750F MF55D4750F RXE110 161-3023-27 161-3023-27 161-3023-12 161-3023-06 161-3023-06 ILQ1 ILQ1 ILQ1 ILQ1 MC74HC14AN TL084IN ULN2803A ULN2803A ULN2803A ULN2803A
4610X-101-471 4610X-101-471 4610X-101-471 4610X-101-471
X/Y GRID N/4 N/5 K/5 K/4 B/4 B/4 A/5 A/5 B/4 C/4 C/4 G/1 A/1 A/1 B/1 C/1 C/1 C/1 D/1 D/1 E/1 E/1 F/3 F/2 G/3 A/1 G/1 M/1 O/2 A/4 A/3 C/3 E/3 F/3 E/5 N/3 F/5 I/3 K/3 M/3
H/3 L/3 J/3 B/4
OEM CODE 75042 75042 75042 75042 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 06090 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37903 37903 37903 37903 04713 01295 04713 04713 04713 04713
80294 80294 80294 80294
XE1 XE2 XE3 XE4
Header, Header, Header, Header,
SIP, SIP, SIP, SIP,
3 3 3 3
Pin-Contacts, Pin-Contacts, Pin-Contacts, Pin-Contacts,
0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10
Centre Centre Centre Centre
161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03
161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03
/ / / /
37338 37338 37338 37338
USE CODE REF DES XE5 XE6 XE7 XE8 XE9 XE10 XE11 XE12 XE13 XE14 XE15 XE16 XE17 XE18 XE19 XE20 XE21 XE22 XE23 XE24 XE25 XE26 XE27 XK1A XK1B XK2 XK3 XU1 XU2 XU3 XU4 XU5 XU6 XU7 XU8 XU9 XU10 NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION Header, SIP, 3 Pin-Contacts, 0.10 Centre Header, SIP, 3 Pin-Contacts, 0.10 Centre Header, SIP, 3 Pin-Contacts, 0.10 Centre Header, SIP, 3 Pin-Contacts, 0.10 Centre Header, SIP, 3 Pin-Contacts, 0.10 Centre Header, SIP, 3 Pin-Contacts, 0.10 Centre Header, SIP, 3 Pin-Contacts, 0.10 Centre Header, SIP, 3 Pin-Contacts, 0.10 Centre Header, SIP, 3 Pin-Contacts, 0.10 Centre Header, SIP, 3 Pin-Contacts, 0.10 Centre Header, SIP, 3 Pin-Contacts, 0.10 Centre Header, SIP, 3 Pin-Contacts, 0.10 Centre Header, SIP, 3 Pin-Contacts, 0.10 Centre Header, SIP, 3 Pin-Contacts, 0.10 Centre Header, SIP, 3 Pin-Contacts, 0.10 Centre Header, SIP, 3 Pin-Contacts, 0.10 Centre Header, SIP, 3 Pin-Contacts, 0.10 Centre Header, SIP, 3 Pin-Contacts, 0.10 Centre Header, SIP, 3 Pin-Contacts, 0.10 Centre Header, SIP, 3 Pin-Contacts, 0.10 Centre Header, SIP, 3 Pin-Contacts, 0.10 Centre Header, SIP, 3 Pin-Contacts, 0.10 Centre Header, SIP, 3 Pin-Contacts, 0.10 Centre Socket, DIP, 14 Socket-Contacts Socket, DIP, 14 Socket-Contacts Socket, Relay Socket, Relay Socket, DIP, 16 Socket-Contacts Socket, DIP, 16 Socket-Contacts Socket, DIP, 16 Socket-Contacts Socket, DIP, 16 Socket-Contacts Socket, DIP, 14 Socket-Contacts Socket, DIP, 14 Socket-Contacts Socket, DIP, 18 Socket-Contacts Socket, DIP, 18 Socket-Contacts Socket, DIP, 18 Socket-Contacts Socket, DIP, 18 Socket-Contacts NAUTEL'S PART NO. 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 UC02 UC02 163-5003 163-5003 UC03 UC03 UC03 UC03 UC02 UC02 UD35 UD35 UD35 UD35 JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 161-3008-03 2-641261-1 2-641261-1 163-5003 163-5003 2-641262-1 2-641262-1 2-641262-1 2-641262-1 2-641261-1 2-641261-1 2-641263-3 2-641263-3 2-641263-3 2-641263-3 X/Y GRID / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / OEM CODE 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 00779 00779 37338 37338 00779 00779 00779 00779 00779 00779 00779 00779 00779 00779
NOTE: Partial reference designation shown. Prefix with A1A4 (composite ref des prefix, including all higher assemblies) to obtain complete reference designation. USE CODE EXPLANATION: Denotes item is not factory installed unless specifically requested. It is shipped in the transmitter ancillary parts kit and is user installed when external status/alarm outputs must be TTL (+5 VDC) compatible. Denotes items grouped in pairs (i.e. E16/E17) and only one of each pair is installed. Installation requirement is determined during installation or when preset power levels are changed.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-5 Reference Designation Index - NAPI22 Exciter Interface PWB
USE CODE REF DES A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C19 C20 C21 C22 C23 C24 C25 C26 C27 C28 C29 C30 C31 C32 C33 C34 C35 C36 C37 C38 C39 NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION Exciter Interface PWB RF Drive PWB DC Power Supply PWB DC Power Supply PWB RF Drive PWB Interphase PDM Driver PWB Interphase PDM Driver PWB Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V Capacitor, Electrolytic, 2200uF, 50V Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V Capacitor, Electrolytic, 2200uF, 50V Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V Capacitor, Electrolytic, 2200uF, 50V Capacitor, Electrolytic, 2200uF, 50V Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V Capacitor, Electrolytic, 2200uF, 50V Capacitor, Electrolytic, 2200uF, 50V Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V Capacitor, Electrolytic, 2200uF, 50V Capacitor, Electrolytic, 2200uF, 50V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.47uF 10% 50V Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Mica, Dipped, 560pF 2% 500V Capacitor, Tantalum, 6.8uF 10% 35V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V NAUTEL'S PART NO. NAPI22E NAPE68 NAPS06 NAPS06 NAPE68 NAPM06 NAPM06 CCP36 CCP36 CCP36 CCP36 CCP36 CCG07 CCP36 CS41 CCP36 CS41 CCP36 CCP36 CS41 CS41 CCP36 CCP36 CCP36 CCP36 CS41 CS41 CCP36 CCP36 CCP36 CCP36 CS41 CS41 CCG09 CCP36 CCP36 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CB34 CCP19 CCG04 CCG04 JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. 183-3017-05 See NAPE68 Manual See NAPS06 Manual See NAPS06 Manual See NAPE68 Manual See NAPM06 Manual See NAPM06 Manual TAP106K035G TAP106K035G TAP106K035G TAP106K035G TAP106K035G CKR06BX104KRV TAP106K035G 82DA222M050HA2D TAP106K035G 82DA222M050HA2D TAP106K035G TAP106K035G 82DA222M050HA2D 82DA222M050HA2D TAP106K035G TAP106K035G TAP106K035G TAP106K035G 82DA222M050HA2D 82DA222M050HA2D TAP106K035G TAP106K035G TAP106K035G TAP106K035G 82DA222M050HA2D 82DA222M050HA2D CKR06BX474KRV TAP106K035G TAP106K035G CKR06BX104KRV CKR06BX104KRV CKR06BX104KRV CKR06BX104KRV CKR06BX104KRV CKR06BX104KRV CM06FD561G03 CSR13F685KM CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX103KRV X/Y GRID / C/2 B/9 A/11 B/6 B/6 C/9 B/9 C/12 B/6 B/8 A/11 A/10 D/13 B/12 C/1 C/2 A/7 A/7 C/13 B/4 A/10 A/10 A/6 A/7 C/5 D/5 A/5 D/8 D/8 B/2 B/3 D/9 B/1 D/9 D/10 C/3 D/7 D/14 D/3 OEM CODE 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 96095 96095 96095 96095 96095 56289 96095 62643 96095 62643 96095 96095 62643 62643 96095 96095 96095 96095 62643 62643 96095 96095 96095 96095 62643 62643 56289 96095 96095 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 14655 56289 56289 56289
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-5 Reference Designation Index - NAPI22 Exciter Interface PWB (Continued)
USE CODE REF DES C40 C41 C42 C43 C44 C45 C46 C47 C48 CR1 CR2 CR3 CR4 CR5 CR6 CR7 CR8 CR9 CR10 CR11 CR12 CR13 CR14 CR15 CR16 CR17 J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9 NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION NAUTEL'S PART NO. JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. CKR05BX222KRV CKR05BX222KRV CKR06BX104KRV TAP106K035G CKR06BX104KRV CKR05BX103KRV X/Y GRID B/14 B/14 C/3 C/3 E/10 C/4 OEM CODE 56289 56289 56289 96095 56289 56289
Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.0022uF 10% 100V CCG02 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.0022uF 10% 100V CCG02 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V CCG07 Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V CCP36 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V CCG07 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V CCG04 Not Used Not Used Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V CCG04 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, Zener, 39V, 1.5W, 2% QK03 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, Zener, 5.1V, 1W, 5% QM07 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Header, MTA, Keyed, 12 Posts, 0.156 Centre JU23 Header, MTA, Keyed, 12 Posts, 0.156 Centre JU23 Header, MTA, Keyed, 4 Posts, 0.156 Centre JU25 Header, MTA, Keyed, 4 Posts, 0.156 Centre JU25 Header, MTA, Keyed, 12 Posts, 0.156 Centre JU23 Header, MTA, Keyed, 12 Posts, 0.156 Centre JU23 Connector, Coaxial, BNC, PWB Mount JF35 Relay, 24 VDC Coil, 4PDT, 5A KC14 Relay, 24 VDC, 2PDT, PWB Mount KC06 Relay, 24 VDC Coil, 4PDT, 5A KC14 Relay, 24 VDC, 4PDT, PWB Mount KC11 Relay, 24 VDC, 2PDT, PWB Mount KC06 Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material LA16 Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material LA16 Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material LA16 Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material LA16 Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material LA16 Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material LA16 Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material LA16 Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material LA16 Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material LA16
CKR05BX103KRV 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N5939C 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4733A 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1-647123-2 1-647123-2 647123-4 647123-4 1-647123-2 1-647123-2 R141426161 MY4-DC24 DF2E-DC24V MY4-DC24 DS4E-M-DC24V DF2E-DC24V 82-152-J 82-152-J 82-152-J 82-152-J 82-152-J 82-152-J 82-152-J 82-152-J 82-152-J
/ C/9 C/6 C/7 D/7 D/12 D/7 D/2 C/14 D/4 D/12 D/3 D/11 D/10 E/9 E/9 D/14 D/12 A/15 C/15 E/14 E/1 E/1 C/1 A/5 C/10 C/7 C/8 E/7 C/14 A/9 B/11 A/5 A/6 A/9 B/11 A/6 B/8 B/11
56289 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 04713 27014 27014 27014 27014 04713 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 00779 00779 00779 00779 00779 00779 0GP12 34361 61529 34361 61529 61529 33062 33062 33062 33062 33062 33062 33062 33062 33062
USE CODE REF DES L10 L11 L12 L13 L14 L15 L16 L17 L18 L19 L20 L21 L22 L23 L24 Q1 R1
R2
NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material Transistor, NPN, Switch/Amplifier Resistor, Metal Film, 1000 Ohms, 1% 1/4W
Resistor, Metal Film, 47.5K Ohms, 1% 1/4W
NAUTEL'S PART NO. LA16 LA16 LA16 LA16 LA16 LA16 LA16 LA16 LA16 LA16 LA16 LA16 LA16 LA16 LA16 QA15 RAB25
RAB45
JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. 82-152-J 82-152-J 82-152-J 82-152-J 82-152-J 82-152-J 82-152-J 82-152-J 82-152-J 82-152-J 82-152-J 82-152-J 82-152-J 82-152-J 82-152-J 2N3904 MF55D1001F
MF55D4752F
X/Y GRID B/10 B/10 B/10 B/7 B/7 B/7 B/7 D/12 C/12 C/4 B/13 B/3 D/4 D/1 D/2 D/14 C/2
C/2
OEM CODE 33062 33062 33062 33062 33062 33062 33062 33062 33062 33062 33062 33062 33062 33062 33062 04713 59124
59124
R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 R10 R11 R12 R13 R14 R15 R16

R17 R18 R19 R20 R21 R22 R23 R24 R25 R26 R27 R28 R29 R30 R31
Resistor, Variable, Film, 100K Ohms, 1/2W Resistor, Variable, Film, 10K Ohms, 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100 Ohms, 5% 2W Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 1.0M Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 1.0M Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100 Ohms, 5% 2W Resistor, Metal Film, 150K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 182K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 274K Ohms, 1% 1/4W
Resistor, Metal Film, 82.5K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 150 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 33.2K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 18.2K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 56.2K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 33.2K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 12.1K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 3320 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 5620 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 5620 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 1000 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 5.62 Ohms, 1% 1/2W
RW01 RW09 RAC01 RAC01 RBP07 RAC01 RAC13 RAC01 RAC13 RAC01 RBP07 RAC03 RAC04 RAC06
RAB48 RAB15 RAB37 RAB43 RAB40 RAB46 RAB37 RAB43 RAB37 RAB38 RAB31 RAB34 RAB34 RAB25 RC10
3339P-1-104 3339P-1-103 MF55D1003F MF55D1003F GS-3, 100 Ohms MF55D1003F MF55D1004F MF55D1003F MF55D1004F MF55D1003F GS-3, 100 Ohms MF55D1503F MF55D1823F MF55D2743F
MF55D8252F MF55D1500F MF55D1002F MF55D3322F MF55D1822F MF55D5622F MF55D1002F MF55D3322F MF55D1002F MF55D1212F MF55D3321F MF55D5621F MF55D5621F MF55D1001F MF60D5R62F
C/3 C/3 E/8 D/9 B/5 C/3 E/8 D/8 D/8 D/8 B/5 C/2 C/2 D/7
D/8 D/10 D/9 D/9 D/9 D/10 D/10 D/10 D/10 D/9 C/3 D/10 D/9 C/3 D/12
80294 80294 59124 59124 75042 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 75042 59124 59124 59124
59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124
USE CODE REF DES
R32 R33 R34 R35 R36 R37 R38 R39 R40 R41 R42 R43 R44 R45 R46 R47 S1 U1 U2 U3 U4 U5 XA1 XA2 XA3 XA4 XA5 XA6 XK1 XK2 XK3 XK4A XK4B XK5 XU1 XU2 XU3 XU4 XU5
NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION

Resistor, Metal Film, 5.62 Ohms, 1% 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 3320 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 2740 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 221K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 68.1K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 3320 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 3320 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 3320 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 3920 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 3320 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 1000 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 3320 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Switch, Slide, DP3T, PWB, ON-ON-ON IC, Transistor Array, 8 Darlingtons IC, Analog Multiplier IC, Comparator, Quad IC, Operational Amplifier, Dual IC, Comparator, Quad Connector, 'D' Sub-Min, 25 Pin-Contacts Connector, 'D' Sub-Min, 25 Pin-Contacts Connector, 'D' Sub-Min, 25 Pin-Contacts Connector, 'D' Sub-Min, 25 Pin-Contacts Connector, 'D' Sub-Min, 25 Pin-Contacts Connector, 'D' Sub-Min, 25 Pin-Contacts Socket, Relay Socket, Relay Socket, Relay Socket, DIP, 14 Socket-Contacts Socket, DIP, 14 Socket-Contacts Socket, Relay Socket, DIP, 18 Socket-Contacts Socket, DIP, 8 Socket-Contacts Socket, DIP, 14 Socket-Contacts Socket, DIP, 8 Socket-Contacts Socket, DIP, 14 Socket-Contacts
NAUTEL'S PART NO.

RC10 RAB31 RAC01 RAB30 RAC05 RAB47 RAB37 RAB31 RAB31 RAB31 RAB32 RAB31 RAB25 RAB31 RAB01 RAC01 SD02 UM28 UN12 UL02 UW38 UL02 JS12 JS13 JS13 JS12 JS13 JS13 KC19 163-5003 KC19 UC02 UC02 163-5003 UD35 UC01 UC02 UC01 UC02
JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO.

MF60D5R62F MF55D3321F MF55D1003F MF55D2741F MF55D2213F MF55D6812F MF55D1002F MF55D3321F MF55D3321F MF55D3321F MF55D3921F MF55D3321F MF55D1001F MF55D3321F MF55D10R0F MF55D1003F MSSA-2350 ULN2803A RC4200AN MC3302L TL082CP MC3302L DB25P-FRS DB25S-FRS DB25S-FRS DB25P-FRS DB25S-FRS DB25S-FRS 1310-2PC 163-5003 1310-2PC 2-641261-1 2-641261-1 163-5003 2-641263-3 2-641260-1 2-641261-1 2-641260-1 2-641261-1
X/Y GRID
D/3 B/14 C/2 D/2 B/2 B/14 B/14 B/14 E/10 D/9 E/10 D/11 C/3 D/14 D/14 E/14 D/6 D/3 B/3 D/9 B/2 D/10 / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /
OEM CODE
59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 95146 04713 09675 04713 01295 04713 63590 63590 63590 63590 63590 63590 73949 37338 73949 00779 00779 37338 00779 00779 00779 00779 00779
NOTE:
Partial reference designation shown. Prefix with A2A1 (composite ref des prefix, including all higher assemblies) to obtain complete reference designation.
-
Denotes item is not used or installed when optional C-QUAM AM stereo exciter PWB A2A2 is installed.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-6 Reference Designation Index - NAE83 RF Drive Panel
USE CODE 1 2 3 REF DES A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A6CR1 A6K1 A7 A7CR1 A7K1 L1 R1 R1 R2 R2 T1 T2 T2 NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION RF Drive Panel (530-800kHz) RF Drive Panel (801-1050kHz) RF Drive Panel (1051-1710kHz) RF Drive Amplifier RF Drive Tuning PWB RF Drive Amplifier Regulated DC Power Supply PWB Regulated DC Power Supply PWB RF Drive Output Relay Assembly Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A Relay, 24 DC, SPDT-NC-NO-(DB-DM), 30A Relay Assembly Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A Relay, 24VDC, SPDT-NC-NO-(DB-DM), 30A RF Drive Coil Assembly Resistor, Wirewound, 25 Ohms, 5%, 50W Not Used Not Used Resistor, Wirewound, 25 Ohms, 5%, 50W RF Drive Output Transformer Assembly RF Drive Output Transformer Assembly RF Drive Output Transformer Assembly NAUTEL'S PART NO. NAE83/01 NAE83/02 NAE83/03 NAAA02 NAPI60 NAAA02 NAPS10 NAPS10 183-1840 QAP29 KC09 183-8145 QAP29 KC01 183-3120 RT26 JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. 183-8600-01 183-8600-02 183-8600-03 See Table 8-7 See Table 8-8 See Table 8-7 See Table 8-9 See Table 8-9 183-1840 1N4938 W389DZCX-3 183-8145 1N4938 W389DZCX-3 183-3120 NH-50-25 Ohms 5% OEM CODE 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 38338 37338 37338 37338 27014 94696 37338 27014 94696 37338 36002
1 2 3 1 3 2 1 2 3
RT26 183-3025-04 183-3025-02 183-3025-03
NH-50-25 Ohms 5% 183-3025-04 183-3025-02 183-1025-03
36002 37338 37338 37338
NOTE:
Partial reference designation shown. Prefix with A11 (composite reference designation prefix, including all higher assemblies) to obtain complete reference designation. Denotes used when carrier frequency (c) is between 530kHz and 800kHz. Denotes used when carrier frequency (c) is between 801kHz and 1050kHz. Denotes used when carrier frequency (c) is between 1051kHz and 1710kHz.
USE CODE EXPLANATION: 1 2 3
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-7 Reference Designation Index - NAAA02 RF Drive Amplifier
USE CODE REF DES C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 CR1 CR2 CR3 J1 J2 L1 Q1 Q2 R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 T1 NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION NAUTEL'S PART NO. JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. 183-3029 2222 378 62124 2222 378 62124 CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX103KRV 2222 378 62124 MUR415 MUR415 MUR415 640383-4 R141426161 IH-10-100uH 10% IRF540N IRF540N GS-3, 10 Ohms MF55D6811F MF55D3321F MF55D1003F MF55D1003F 183-3023 X/Y GRID C/3 C/3 D/3 D/3 D/1 D/3 A/2 E/3 E/2 A/3 A/2 B/3 E/2 E/2 A/1 D/3 D/1 D/3 D/1 C/1 OEM CODE 37338 46897 46897 56289 56289 46897 04713 04713 04713 09482 0GP12 35005 81483 81483 75042 59124 59124 59124 59124 37338
RF Drive Amplifier Assembly NAAA02 Capacitor, Plastic, 0.12uF 5% 630V CAP30 Capacitor, Plastic, 0.12uF 5% 630V CAP30 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V CCG04 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V CCG04 Capacitor, Plastic, 0.12uF 5% 630V CAP30 Diode, Power Rectifier, 4A, Ultra Fast QI10 Diode, Power Rectifier, 4A, Ultra Fast QI10 Diode, Power Rectifier, 4A, Ultra Fast QI10 Header, MTA, Keyed, 4 Posts, 0.156 Centre JU20 Connector, Coaxial, BNC, PWB Mount JF35 Inductor, Choke, 100uH, 10A LS04 Transistor,Field Effect,N Channel,Plastic QR52 Transistor,Field Effect,N Channel,Plastic QR52 Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 5% 2W RBP01 Resistor, Metal Film, 6810 Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB35 Resistor, Metal Film, 3320 Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB31 Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAC01 Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAC01 Transformer, RF Drive 183-3023
NOTE: Partial reference designation shown. Prefix with A11A1 or A11A3 (composite reference designation prefix, including all higher assemblies) to obtain complete reference designation.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-8 Reference Designation Index - NAPI60 RF Drive Tuning PWB
USE CODE 1 2 3 4 1-2 3 4 1-2 3 4 1-2 3 4 1-3 4 1-2 3-4 REF DES C1 C1 C1 C2 C2 C2 C3 C3 C3 C4 C4 C5 C5
C6
NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION RF Drive Tuning PWB (530-800kHz) RF Drive Tuning PWB (801-1050kHz) RF Drive Tuning PWB (1051-1300kHz) RF Drive Tuning PWB (1301-1710kHz) Capacitor, Mica, Dipped, 1000pF, 2%, 500V Capacitor, Mica, Dipped, 560pF, 2%, 500V Capacitor, Mica, Dipped, 470pF, 2%, 500V Capacitor, Mica, Dipped, 1000pF, 2%, 500V Capacitor, Mica, Dipped, 560pF, 2%, 500V Capacitor, Mica, Dipped, 470pF, 2%, 500V Capacitor, Mica, Dipped, 1000pF, 2%, 500V Capacitor, Mica, Dipped, 560pF, 2%, 500V Capacitor, Mica, Dipped, 470pF, 2%, 500V Capacitor, Mica, Dipped, 560pF, 2%, 500V Not Used Capacitor, Mica, Dipped, 560pF, 2%, 500V Not Used
Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF 10% 35V
NAUTEL'S PART NO. NAPI60/01 NAPI60/02 NAPI60/03 NAPI60/04 CB37 CB34 CB33 CB37 CB34 CB33 CB37 CB34 CB33 CB34 CB34
CCP36
JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. 183-3134-01 183-3134-02 183-3134-03 183-3134-04 CM06FD102G03 CM06FD561G03 DM15FD471G03 CM06FD102G03 CM06FD561G03 DM15FD471G03 CM06FD102G03 CM06FD561G03 DM15FD471G03 CM06FD561G03 CM06FD561G03
TAP106K035G
X/Y GRID / / / / A/5 A/5 A/5 A/4 A/4 A/4 A/4 A/4 A/4 A/4 /
E/2
OEM CODE 37338 37338 37338 37338 14655 14655 14655 14655 14655 14655 14655 14655 14655 14655 14655
96095
C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 CR1 CR2 CR3 CR4 CR5 CR6 CR7 CR8 CR9 CR10 CR11 E1
J1
Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A Diode, Zener, 5.1V, 250mW, 5% Diode, Zener, 12.0V, 400mW, 5% Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A Connector, Quick-Dis, M, 1/4 Tab, PWB
Header, MTA, Keyed, 4 Posts, 0.156 Centre
CCG07 CCG07 CCG07 CCG04 CCG04 CCG04 CCG04 CCG04 CCG04 CCG04 CCG04 CCG04 QAP29 QN04 QG08 QAP29 QAP29 QAP29 QAP29 QAP29 QAP29 QAP29 QAP29 HR26
JU25
CKR06BX104KRV CKR06BX104KRV CKR06BX104KRV CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX103KRV 1N4938 1N4689 1N759A 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1287
647123-4
E/2 D/1 D/1 F/1 B/4 C/4 D/4 E/4 B/2 C/2 D/2 E/2 D/2 F/1 D/1 B/4 C/4 D/4 E/4 B/3 C/3 D/3 E/3 D/1
E/6
56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 27014 04713 04713 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 91833
00779
J2 J3 Q1
R1
Header, MTA, Keyed, 8 Posts, 0.156 Centre JU24 Header, MTA, Keyed, 8 Posts, 0.156 Centre JU24 Transistor, NPN, Switch/Amplifier QA03
Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 1%, 1/4W RAC01
647123-8 647123-8 2N2222A

MF55D1003F
B/6 C/6 F/2

D/2
00779 00779 04713

59124
R2
Resistor, Metal Film, 15K Ohms, 1%, 1/4W RAB39
MF55D1502F
D/2
59124
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-8 Reference Designation Index - NAPI60 RF Drive Tuning PWB (Continued)
USE CODE REF DES
R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 R10 R11 R12 R13 R14 R15 R16 R17 R18 R19 R20 R21 R22 R23 R24 R24 RT1 RT1 RT1 RT2 RT2 RT2 RT3 RT3 RT3 RT4 RT4 RT4 RT5 RT5 RT5 RT6 RT6 RT6 RT7 RT7 RT7 RT8 RT8 RT8

Resistor, Metal Film, 33.2K Ohms, 1%, 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 475 Ohms, 1%, 1/4W Resistor, Variable, Film, 50K Ohms, 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 33.2K Ohms, 1%, 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 1210 Ohms, 1%, 1/4W Res istor, Fetal Film, 100 Ohms, 2%, 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 1%, 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100 Ohms, 2%, 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 1%, 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100 Ohms, 2%, 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 1%, 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100 Ohms, 2%, 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 1%, 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100 Ohms, 2%, 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 1%, 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100 Ohms, 2%, 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 1%, 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100 Ohms, 2%, 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 1%, 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100 Ohms, 2%, 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 1%, 1/4W Not Used Resistor, Wirewound, 1.0 Ohms, 5%, 25W Thermistor, PTC, 3.30-5.21 Ohms Thermistor, PTC, 0.88-1.33 Ohms Thermistor, PTC, .50-77 Ohms Thermistor, PTC, 3.30-5.21 Ohms Thermistor, PTC, 0.88-1.33 Ohms Thermistor, PTC, .50-77 Ohms Thermistor, PTC, 3.30-5.21 Ohms Thermistor, PTC, 0.88-1.33 Ohms Thermistor, PTC, .50-77 Ohms Thermistor, PTC, 3.30-5.21 Ohms Thermistor, PTC, 0.88-1.33 Ohms Thermistor, PTC, .50-77 Ohms Thermistor, PTC, 3.30-5.21 Ohms Thermistor, PTC, 0.88-1.33 Ohms Thermistor, PTC, .50-77 Ohms Thermistor, PTC, 3.30-5.21 Ohms Thermistor, PTC, 0.88-1.33 Ohms Thermistor, PTC, .50-77 Ohms Thermistor, PTC, 3.30-5.21 Ohms Thermistor, PTC, 0.88-1.33 Ohms Thermistor, PTC, .50-77 Ohms Thermistor, PTC, 3.30-5.21 Ohms Thermistor, PTC, 0.88-1.33 Ohms Thermistor, PTC, .50-77 Ohms
NAUTEL'S PART NO.

RAB43 RAB21 RW35 RAB43 RAB26 RAP05 RAC01 RAP05 RAC01 RAP05 RAC01 RAP05 RAC01 RAP05 RAC01 RAP05 RAC01 RAP05 RAC01 RAP05 RAC01 RA45 RT44 RT43 RT16 RT44 RT43 RT16 RT44 RT43 RT16 RT44 RT43 RT16 RT44 RT43 RT16 RT44 RT43 RT16 RT44 RT43 RT16 RT44 RT43 RT16

MF55D3322F MF55D4750F 3339P-1-503 MF55D3322F MF55D1211F RL20S101G MF55D1003F RL20S101G MF55D1003F RL20S101G MF55D1003F RL20S101G MF55D1003F RL20S101G MF55D1003F RL20S101G MF55D1003F RL20S101G MF55D1003F RL20S101G MF55D1003F 331L25J1R0 RXE017 RXE030 RXE050 RXE017 RXE030 RXE050 RXE017 RXE030 RXE050 RXE017 RXE030 RXE050 RXE017 RXE030 RXE050 RXE017 RXE030 RXE050 RXE017 RXE030 RXE050 RXE017 RXE030 RXE050
X/Y GRID
D/1 E/2 D/1 E/1 E/1 B/4 B/4 C/4 C/4 D/4 D/4 E/4 E/4 B/3 B/2 C/3 C/2 D/3 D/2 E/3 E/2 C/1 B/5 B/5 B/5 C/5 C/5 C/5 D/5 D/5 D/5 E/5 E/5 E/5 B/3 B/3 B/3 C/3 C/3 C/3 D/3 D/3 D/3 E/3 E/3 E/3
OEM CODE
59124 59124 80294 59124 59124 35005 59124 35005 59124 35005 59124 35005 59124 35005 59124 35005 59124 35005 59124 35005 59124 44655 4G927 4G927 06090 4G927 4G927 06090 4G927 4G927 06090 4G927 4G927 06090 4G927 4G927 06090 4G927 4G927 06090 4G927 4G927 06090 4G927 4G927 06090
1-2 3-4 1 2-3 4 1 2-3 4 1 2-3 4 1 2-3 4 1 2-3 4 1 2-3 4 1 2-3 4 1 2-3 4
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-8 Reference Designation Index - NAPI60 RF Drive Tuning PWB (Continued)
USE CODE REF DES T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 T8 TP4 TP5 TP6 TP7 TP8 TP9 TP10 TP11 TP12 TP13 U1 XU1 NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION Transformer, RF Drive Current Transformer, RF Drive Current Transformer, RF Drive Current Transformer, RF Drive Current Transformer, RF Drive Current Transformer, RF Drive Current Transformer, RF Drive Current Transformer, RF Drive Current Connector, Jack, White, 5A Connector, Jack, White, 5A Connector, Jack, White, 5A Connector, Jack, White, 5A Connector, Jack, White, 5A Connector, Jack, White, 5A Connector, Jack, White, 5A Connector, Jack, White, 5A Connector, Jack, White, 5A Connector, Jack, White, 5A IC, Comparator, Quad Socket, Integrated Circuit, 14-Pin NAUTEL'S PART NO. 183-1135 183-1135 183-1135 183-1135 183-1135 183-1135 183-1135 183-1135 J043 J043 J043 J043 J043 J043 J043 J043 J043 J043 UL02 UC02 JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. 183-1135 183-1135 183-1135 183-1135 183-1135 183-1135 183-1135 183-1135 105-0751-001 105-0751-001 105-0751-001 105-0751-001 105-0751-001 105-0751-001 105-0751-001 105-0751-001 105-0751-001 105-0751-001 MC3302L 2-641261-1 X/Y GRID B/5 C/5 D/5 E/5 B/3 C/3 D/3 E/3 A/6 B/4 D/4 E/4 F/4 B/2 D/2 E/2 F/2 D/2 E/2 / OEM CODE 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 74970 74970 74970 74970 74970 74970 74970 74970 74970 74970 04713 00779
NOTE:
Partial reference designation shown. Prefix with A11A2 (composite ref des prefix, including all higher assemblies) to obtain complete reference designation. Duplicated reference designations indicate an option exists for that item. Refer to description to determine which item/variation is required for a specific installation.
USE CODE EXPLANATION: 4 1 2 3
-Denotes used when carrier frequency (c) is between 1301kHz and 1710kHz. Denotes used when carrier frequency (c) is between 530kHz and 800kHz. -Denotes used when carrier frequency (c) is between 801kHz and 1050kHz. -Denotes used when carrier frequency (c) is between 1051kHz and 1300kHz.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-9 Reference Designation Index - NAPS10 Regulated DC Power Supply PWB
USE CODE REF DES C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 CR1 DS1 J1 L1 L2 L3 Q1 Q2 R1 R2 R3 R4 R5
R6 R7 R8 R9
NAUTEL'S PART NO.
JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. 183-3027-02 RPE114Z5U105M100V TAP106K035G CKR06BX474KRV CKR05BX472KRV CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX102KRV CKR06BX104KRV 82D821M100JC2D 82D821M100JC2D RPE114Z5U105M100V 82DA472M100ME2D 1N5944C HLMP-3554 640383-8 82-152-J 176-3014 176-3014 IRF540N 2N2222A MF55D1211F MF55D4751F 3339P-1-102 MF55D1004F MF55D1001F
MF55D1212F MF55D2212F MF55D1211F MF55D2212F
X/Y GRID / D/5 B/5 B/4 A/4 A/4 A/4 B/4 B/2 A/1 A/2 C/5 A/5 B/4 A/5 B/5 D/4 D/2 D/3 B/5 B/5 B/4 B/4 A/4 B/3
A/4 B/3 A/4 A/4
OEM CODE 37338 72982 96095 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 72982 62643 04713 50434 09482 33062 37338 37338 81483 04713 59124 59124 80294 59124 59124
59124 59124 59124 59124
Regulated Power Supply PWB NAPS10B Capacitor, Ceramic, 1.0uF 100V CAP16 Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V CCP36 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.47uF 10% 50V CCG09 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.0047uF 10% 100V CCG03 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V CCG04 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.001uF 10% 200V CCG01 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V CCG07 Capacitor, Electrolytic, 820uF, 100V CT05 Capacitor, Electrolytic, 820uF, 100V CT05 Capacitor, Ceramic, 1.0uF 100V CAP16 Capacitor, Elect, Snap Mt, 4700uF, 100V CJ20 Diode, Zener, 62V, 1.5W, 2% QL29 Diode, Light Emitting, Green QK12 Header, MTA, Keyed, 8 Posts, 0.156 Centre JU08 Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material LA16 Inductor Assembly 176-3014 Inductor Assembly 176-3014 Transistor,Field Effect,N Channel,Plastic QR52 Transistor, NPN, Switch/Amplifier QA03 Resistor, Metal Film, 1210 Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB26 Resistor, Metal Film, 4750 Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB33 Resistor, Variable, Film, 1000 Ohms, 1/2W RV06 Resistor, Metal Film, 1.0M Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAC13 Resistor, Metal Film, 1000 Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB25
Resistor, Metal Film, 12.1K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 22.1K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 1210 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 22.1K Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB38 RAB41 RAB26 RAB41
R10 R11 R12 R13 R14 U1 U2 XU1
Resistor, Metal Film, 2210 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 4750 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100 Ohms, 2% 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 1500 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10K Ohms, 1% 1/4W IC, Switchmode PWM Control Circuits Rectifier, Diode Pair, 400V, 8A Socket, DIP, 14 Socket-Contacts
RAB29 RAB33 RAP05 RAB27 RAB37 UM39 UT03 UC02
MF55D2211F MF55D4751F RL20S101G MF55D1501F MF55D1002F MC34060L MUR1640CT 2-641261-1
A/5 B/5 B/3 A/3 A/5 A/4 D/3 A/4
59124 59124 35005 59124 59124 04713 04713 00779
NOTE:
Partial reference designation shown. Prefix with A11A4 or A11A5 (composite ref des prefix, including all higher assemblies) to obtain complete reference designation.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-10 Reference Designation Index - NAPI50 Distribution PWB
USE CODE REF DES C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C19 C20 C21 C22 C23 C24 C25 C26 C27 C28 C29 C30 C31 CR1 CR2 CR3 CR4 CR5 CR6 CR7 CR8 CR9 CR10 CR11 CR12 CR13 J1 J2 J3 NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION NAUTEL'S PART NO. JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. 183-8090-02 CKR06BX104KRV CKR05BX103KRV TAP106K035G TAP106K035G CKR06BX104KRV CM05FD101G03 CKR06BX104KRV CKR06BX104KRV CKR06BX473KRV CKR06BX104KRV CKR06BX104KRV CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX103KRV CKR06BX104KRV CKR06BX104KRV 1N4733A 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4733A 1N4938 1N4938 1-640383-2 640383-8 640383-8 X/Y GRID / C/2 D/6 D/12 C/6 C/6 B/7 B/6 D/5 B/5 C/5 B/2 D/9 D/9 D/9 D/9 D/10 D/10 D/10 D/10 D/9 D/8 D/8 D/8 D/7 D/7 D/7 D/6 B/9 A/10 A/9 A/8 C/6 B/7 D/2 D/2 D/2 C/2 C/2 D/2 D/2 D/2 C/2 A/9 / B/13 A/8 A/10 OEM CODE 37338 56289 56289 96095 96095 56289 14655 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 04713 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 04713 27014 27014 09482 09482 09482
Distribution PWB NAPI50B Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V CCG07 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V CCG04 Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V CCP36 Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V CCP36 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V CCG07 Capacitor, Mica, Dipped, 100pF 2% 500V CB25 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V CCG07 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V CCG07 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.047uF 10% 100V CCG06 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V CCG07 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V CCG07 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V CCG04 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V CCG04 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V CCG04 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V CCG04 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V CCG04 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V CCG04 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V CCG04 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V CCG04 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V CCG04 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V CCG04 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V CCG04 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V CCG04 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V CCG04 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V CCG04 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V CCG04 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V CCG04 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V CCG04 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V CCG04 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V CCG07 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V CCG07 Diode, Zener, 5.1V, 1W, 5% QM07 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, Zener, 5.1V, 1W, 5% QM07 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Header, MTA, Keyed, 12 Posts, 0.156 Centre JU21 Header, MTA, Keyed, 8 Posts, 0.156 Centre JU08 Header, MTA, Keyed, 8 Posts, 0.156 Centre JU08
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-10 Reference Designation Index - NAPI50 Distribution PWB (Continued)
USE CODE REF DES J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 L1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10 Q11 Q12 Q13 Q14 Q15 Q16 R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 R10 R11 R12 R13 R14 NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION NAUTEL'S PART NO. JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. 1-640383-2 1-640383-2 1-640383-2 1-640383-2 1-640383-2 R141426161 1-640383-2 1-640383-2 82-152-J IRL540N 2N3904 2N3904 IRF520 IRF520 IRF520 IRF520 IRF520 IRF520 IRF520 IRF520 2N3904 2N3904 MPF6661 IRF520 MF55D1002F MF55D3322F MF55D1212F MF55D1002F GS-3, 150 Ohms MF55D1002F MF55D5621F MF55D3323F MF55D3321F MF55D1001F MF55D1002F MF55D3323F X/Y GRID A/2 C/1 D/5 D/12 D/7 A/6 D/3 D/10 D/5 B/2 D/6 C/5 C/8 C/8 C/9 C/9 C/9 C/10 C/10 C/10 A/9 A/10 A/8 A/11 D/5 B/7 A/7 B/7 B/7 B/7 C/6 B/2 C/6 B/7 C/6 C/6 B/7 A/5 OEM CODE 09482 09482 09482 09482 09482 0GP12 09482 09482 04713 81483 04713 04713 81483 81483 81483 81483 81483 81483 81483 81483 04713 04713 04713 81483 59124 59124 37338 59124 59124 37338 75042 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124
Header, MTA, Keyed, 12 Posts, 0.156 Centre JU21 Header, MTA, Keyed, 12 Posts, 0.156 Centre JU21 Header, MTA, Keyed, 12 Posts, 0.156 Centre JU21 Header, MTA, Keyed, 12 Posts, 0.156 Centre JU21 Header, MTA, Keyed, 12 Posts, 0.156 Centre JU21 Connector, Coaxial, BNC, PWB Mount JF35 Header, MTA, Keyed, 12 Posts, 0.156 Centre JU21 Header, MTA, Keyed, 12 Posts, 0.156 Centre JU21 Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material LA16 Transistor,Field Effect,N Channel,Plastic QS23 Transistor, NPN, Switch/Amplifier QA15 Transistor, NPN, Switch/Amplifier QA15 Transistor, FET, N Channel, 100V, 8A QR13 Transistor, FET, N Channel, 100V, 8A QR13 Transistor, FET, N Channel, 100V, 8A QR13 Transistor, FET, N Channel, 100V, 8A QR13 Transistor, FET, N Channel, 100V, 8A QR13 Transistor, FET, N Channel, 100V, 8A QR13 Transistor, FET, N Channel, 100V, 8A QR13 Transistor, FET, N Channel, 100V, 8A QR13 Transistor, NPN, Switch/Amplifier QA15 Transistor, NPN, Switch/Amplifier QA15 Transistor, Field Effect, N Channel QE19 Transistor, FET, N Channel, 100V, 8A QR13 Resistor, Metal Film, 10K Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB37 Resistor, Metal Film, 33.2K Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB43 Select on Test Resistor, Metal Film, 12.1K Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB38 Resistor, Metal Film, 10K Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB37 Select on Test Resistor, Metal Film, 150 Ohms, 5% 2W RBP08 Resistor, Metal Film, 10K Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB37 Resistor, Metal Film, 5620 Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB34 Resistor, Metal Film, 332K Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAC07 Resistor, Metal Film, 3320 Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB31 Resistor, Metal Film, 1000 Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB25 Resistor, Metal Film, 10K Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB37 Resistor, Metal Film, 332K Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAC07
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-10 Reference Designation Index - NAPI50 Distribution PWB (Continued)
USE CODE REF DES R15 R16 R17 R18 R19 R20 R21 R22 R23 R24 R25 R26 R27 R28 R29 R30 R31 R32 R33 R34 R35 RT1 RT2 RT3 RT4 RT5 RT6 RT7 RT8
U1 U2
NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION Resistor, Metal Film, 39.2K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 2210 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 2740 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 150K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 392K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 33.2K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 5620 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 5620 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 5620 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 3320 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 1000 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 4750 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 1000 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 4750 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 1.0M Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 4750 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10.K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 182K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 1.0M Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 4750 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Thermistor, PTC, 0.34 , Trip, @ 1.35A Thermistor, PTC, 0.34 , Trip, @ 1.35A Thermistor, PTC, 0.34 , Trip, @ 1.35A Thermistor, PTC, 0.34 , Trip, @ 1.35A Thermistor, PTC, 0.34 , Trip, @ 1.35A Thermistor, PTC, 0.34 , Trip, @ 1.35A Thermistor, PTC, 0.34 , Trip, @ 1.35A Thermistor, PTC, 0.34 , Trip, @ 1.35A
Resistor, Network, SIP, 9x10K , 2%, Bussed IC, Operational Amplifier, Quad, Common Vcc
NAUTEL'S PART NO. RAB44 RAB29 RAC01 RAB30 RAC03 RAC08 RAB43 RAB34 RAB34 RAB34 RAB31 RAB25 RAB33 RAB25 RAB33 RAC13 RAB33 RAB37 RAC04 RAC13 RAB33 RT18 RT18 RT18 RT18 RT18 RT18 RT18 RT18
UF18 UR42
JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. MF55D3922F MF55D2211F MF55D1003F MF55D2741F MF55D1503F MF55D3923F MF55D3322F MF55D5621F MF55D5621F MF55D5621F MF55D3321F MF55D1001F MF55D4751F MF55D1001F MF55D4751F MF55D1004F MF55D4751F MF55D1002F MF55D1823F MF55D1004F MF55D4751F RXE 090 RXE 090 RXE 090 RXE 090 RXE 090 RXE 090 RXE 090 RXE 090
4610X-101-103 MC34074AP
X/Y GRID A/6 A/6 B/6 C/2 B/6 B/5 B/6 B/5 B/6 C/6 C/5 C/5 B/9 B/10 B/9 A/10 A/9 A/9 B/8 A/8 B/10 A/3 B/3 B/3 B/4 B/3 B/3 A/3 B/4
D/9 B/6
OEM CODE 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 06090 06090 06090 06090 06090 06090 06090 06090
80294 04713
XU1 XU2
Not Used Socket, DIP, 14 Socket-Contacts
UC02
2-641261-1
00779
NOTE:
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-11 Reference Designation Index - NAF102 RF Output Filter
USE CODE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1-5 6-9 1-5 6-9 1 2 3-4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9 1-2 3-9 1-2 3-9 REF DES A1 A2 A3 A3 A3C1 A3C1 A3R1 A3T1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 J1 L1 L1 L2 L2 L3 RT1 NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION RF Filter, (535-610kHz) RF Filter, (611-680kHz) RF Filter, (681-810kHz) RF Filter, (811-930kHz) RF Filter, (931-1075kHz) RF Filter, (1076-1230kHz) RF Filter, (1231-1370kHz) RF Filter, (1371-1515kHz) RF Filter, (1516-1710kHz) RF Current Probe PWB Forward/Reflected Power Probe Static Drain Choke Assy (535-1075kHz) Static Drain Choke Assy (1076-1710kHz) Capacitor, Mica, Dipped, 5600pF 2% 500V Capacitor, Mica, Dipped, 2200pF 2% 500V Resistor, Metal Film, 1500 Ohms, 5% 2W Transformer, RF, Air Core Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 4000pF, 5% 12000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 3600pF 5% 12000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 3000pF 5% 12000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 1500pF 5% 15000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 1200pF 5% 15000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 1100pF 5% 20000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 1000pF 5% 20000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 910pF 5% 20000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 4000pF, 5% 12000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 3600pF 5% 12000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 3300pF 5% 12000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 2700pF 5% 12000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 1300pF 5% 15000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 1200pF 5% 15000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 1100pF 5% 20000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 1000pF 5% 20000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 910pF 5% 20000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 10000pF 5% 8000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 8200pF 5% 10000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 6200pF 5% 10000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 4700pF 5% 10000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 3600pF 5% 12000V Connector, Inner, Female, 1 5/8 EIA Inductor Detail Assembly Inductor Detail Assembly Inductor Detail Assembly Inductor Detail Assembly Coil, Air Thermistor, 200K Ohms @ 25C NAUTEL'S PART NO. NAF102/01 NAF102/02 NAF102/03 NAF102/04 NAF102/05 NAF102/06 NAF102/07 NAF102/08 NAF102/09 NAPP02 NAFP90 NAX161/01 NAX161/02 CAP14 CB41 RBP14 CS39 CU25 CU30 CU34 CU36 CU37 CU11 CU10 CS39 CU25 CU31 CU26 CU35 CU36 CU37 CU11 CU10 CV02 CV04 CU22 CU18 CU25 183-8025-01 183-6036-05 183-6036-04 183-6037-01 183-6037-02 183-6033-01 RX07 JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. 183-6085-01 183-6085-02 183-6085-03 183-6085-04 183-6085-05 183-6085-06 183-6085-07 183-6085-08 183-6085-09 See Table 8-14 See Table 8-12 183-6032-01 183-6032-02 CM07FD562G03 CM06FD222G03 GS-3, 1500 Ohms Not Procurable 293120B402J00 293120B362J00 293120B302J00 293150B152J00 293150B122J00 293200B112J00 293200B102J00 293200B911J00 293120B402J00 293120B362J00 293120B332J00 293120B272J00 293150B132J00 293150B122J00 293200B112J00 293200B102J00 293200B911J00 29380B103J00 293100B822J00 293100B622J00 293100B472J00 293120B362J00 183-8025-01 183-6036-05 183-6036-04 183-6037-01 183-6037-02 183-6033-01 135-204QAG-J01 OEM CODE 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 14655 14655 75042 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 1BH13
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-11 Reference Designation Index - NAF102 RF Output Filter (Continued)
USE CODE REF DES NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION NAUTEL'S PART NO. JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. OEM CODE
NOTE:
Partial reference designation shown. Prefix with A21 (composite ref des prefix, including all higher assemblies) to obtain complete reference designation. Duplicated reference designations indicate an option exists for that item. Refer to description to determine which item/variation is required for a specific installation.
USE CODE EXPLANATION: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Denotes item contains frequency dependent variables. Denotes used when carrier frequency (c) is between 535-610kHz. Denotes used when carrier frequency (c) is between 611-680kHz. Denotes used when carrier frequency (c) is between 681-810kHz. Denotes used when carrier frequency (c) is between 811-930kHz. Denotes used when carrier frequency (c) is between 931-1075kHz. Denotes used when carrier frequency (c) is between 1076-1230kHz. Denotes used when carrier frequency (c) is between 1231-1370 kHz. Denotes used when carrier frequency (c) is between 1371-1515kHz. Denotes used when carrier frequency (c) is between 1516-1710kHz.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-12 Reference Designation Index - NAFP90 Forward/Reflected Power Probe
USE CODE REF DES A1 A1C1 A1C2 A1C3 A1C4 A1C5 A1C6 A1C7 A1C8 A1C9 A1CR1 A1CR2 A1CR3 A1CR4 A1CR5 A1E1 A1E2 A1R1 A1R2 A1R3 A1R4 A1R5 A1R6 A1R7 A1R8 A1R9 A1R10 A1R11 A1R12 A1R13 A1R14 A1R15 A1R16 A1R17 A1R18 A1R19 A1R20 A1R21 A1R22 A1R23 A1R24 A1R25 A1S1 A1U1 A1XU1 C1 NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION Forward/Reflected Power Probe Power Probe PWB Capacitor, Mica, Dipped, 5600pF 2% 500V Capacitor, Mica, Dipped, 3300pF 2% 500V Not Used Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.022uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Mica, Dipped, 100pF 2% 500V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Not Used Diode, Zener Transient Supressor, 30V Diode, Zener Transient Supressor, 30V Diode, Hot Carrier Diode, Hot Carrier Diode, Zener Transient Supressor, 30V Connector, Quick-Dis, M, 1/4 Tab, PWB Connector, Quick-Dis, M, 1/4 Tab, PWB Resistor, Metal Film, 100 Ohms, 5% 2W Resistor, Metal Film, 100 Ohms, 5% 2W Resistor, Metal Film, 100 Ohms, 5% 2W Resistor, Metal Film, 100 Ohms, 5% 2W Resistor, Metal Film, 220 Ohms, 5% 2W Resistor, Metal Film, 390 Ohms, 5% 2W Resistor, Metal Film, 680 Ohms, 2% 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 1200 Ohms, 2% 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 2200 Ohms, 2% 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 3900 Ohms, 2% 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 2% 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 2% 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 470 Ohms, 2% 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 470 Ohms, 2% 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 4750 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 4750 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 1.0M Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 1.0M Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 3320 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 3320 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Film, 100 Ohms, 5% 2W Switch, 8-Position, Piano, DIP, 1PST IC, Op Amp, Dual, Single Supply Socket, DIP, 8 Socket-Contacts Capacitor, Ceramic, 50pF +10% 15,000V NAUTEL'S PART NO. NAFP90A 176-6148-22 CAP14 CCD18 CCP36 CCG07 CCG05 CB25 CCG07 QM12 QM12 QK09 QK09 QM12 HR26 HR26 RBP07 RBP07 RBP07 RBP07 RK31 RBP33 RC35 RC38 RC41 RD02 RAP01 RAP01 RC33 RC33 RAB33 RAB33 RAC13 RAC13 RAB31 RAB31 RAB37 RAB37 RAB13 RAB13 RBP07 SD28 UP41 UC01 CCG42 JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. 183-6300-01 176-6148-22 CM07FD562G03 CM06FD332G03 TAP106K035G CKR06BX104KRV CKR06BX223KRV CM05FD101G03 CKR06BX104KRV P6KE30CA P6KE30CA 1N5711 1N5711 P6KE30CA 1287 1287 GS-3, 100 Ohms GS-3, 100 Ohms GS-3, 100 Ohms GS-3, 100 Ohms GS-3, 220 Ohms GS-3, 390 Ohms RL20S681G RL20S122G RL20S222G RL20S392G RL20S100G RL20S100G RL20S471G RL20S471G MF55D4751F MF55D4751F MF55D1004F MF55D1004F MF55D3321F MF55D3321F MF55D1002F MF55D1002F MF55D1000F MF55D1000F GS-3, 100 Ohms 76PSB08 AD822AN 2-641260-1 T500K99COGW8570 X/Y GRID / / B/3 B/3 B/3 B/3 C/2 C/2 C/1 A/1 A/1 A/1 B/1 B/2 B/1 B/3 C/3 C/3 A/2 A/2 B/2 B/2 B/2 B/2 C/2 C/2 C/2 C/2 A/2 B/1 A/2 B/1 B/2 B/1 C/2 C/1 C/2 C/2 C/2 C/1 B/2 B/2 C/3 C/1 C/2 / / OEM CODE 37338 37338 14655 14655 96095 56289 56289 14655 56289 04713 04713 50434 50434 04713 91833 91833 75042 75042 75042 75042 75042 75042 35005 35005 35005 35005 35005 35005 35005 35005 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 75042 81073 45496 00779 99942
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-12 Reference Designation Index - NAFP90 Forward/Reflected Power Probe (Continued)
USE CODE REF DES J1 J2 T1 NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION Connector, Coaxial, BNC, 50 , Bulkhead Connector, Coaxial, BNC, 50 , Bulkhead Transformer, Current NAUTEL'S PART NO. JDP26 JDP26 149-6052-08 JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. UG1094/U UG1094/U 149-6052-08 X/Y GRID / / / OEM CODE 02660 02660 37338
NOTE:
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-13 Reference Designation Index NAF101 8-Input RF Combiner/Filter
USE CODE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 REF DES A1 A1C1 A1K1 A1R1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A10C1 A10C2 A10C3 A10C4 A10R1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C3 C3 NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION 8 Input Combiner Filter, (535-610kHz) 8 Input Combiner Filter, (611-680kHz) 8 Input Combiner Filter, (681-810kHz) 8 Input Combiner Filter, (811-930kHz) 8 Input Combiner Filter, (931-1075kHz) 8 Input Combiner Filter, (1076-1230kHz) 8 Input Combiner Filter, (1231-1370kHz) 8 Input Combiner Filter, (1371-1515kHz) 8 Input Combiner Filter, (1516-1710kHz) Relay Assembly Capacitor, Ceramic, 1.0uF, 10%, 50V Relay, 24 VDC Coil, 1 PST, 30A Resistor, Metal Film, 560 Ohms, 5%, 2W Same as A1 Same as A1 Same as A1 Same as A1 Same as A1 Same as A1 Same as A1 RF Current Probe Capacitor Divider Assembly Capacitor, Mica, Dipped, 47pF, 1000V Capacitor, Mica, Dipped, 47pF, 1000V Capacitor, Mica, Dipped, 47pF, 1000V Capacitor, Mica, Dipped, 1500pF, 2% 500V Resistor, Metal Film, 68 Ohms, 5%, 2W Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 10000pF 5% 8000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 8200pF 5% 10000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 7500pF 5% 10000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 6800pF 5% 10000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 3300pF 5% 12000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 3000pF 5% 12000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 2700pF 5% 12000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 2400pF, 5% 12000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 2200pF, 5% 12000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 10000pF 5% 8000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 8200pF 5% 10000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 7500pF 5% 10000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 6800pF 5% 10000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 3300pF 5% 12000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 3000pF 5% 12000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 2700pF 5% 12000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 2400pF, 5%, 12000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 2200pF, 5%, 12000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 9100pF 5% 8000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 8200pF 5% 10000V NAUTEL'S PART NO. NAF101A/01 NAF101/02A NAF101/03A NAF101/04A NAF101/05A NAF101/06A NAF101/07A NAF101/08A NAF101/09A 183-6045-02 CCG10 KAP44 RT14 JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. 183-6080-11 183-6080-12 183-6080-13 183-6080-14 183-6080-15 183-6080-16 183-6080-17 183-6080-18 183-6080-19 183-6045-02 CKR06BX105KRU HEIAN-Q-DC24V GS-3, 560 Ohm OEM CODE 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 56289 61529 75042
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2
NAPP02 176-8253 CS17 CS17 CS17 CB39 RBP06 CV02 CV04 CU08 CU14 CU31 CU30 CU26 CD10 CD11 CV02 CV04 CU08 CU14 CU31 CU30 CU26 CD10 CD11 CV03 CV04
See Table 8-13 176-8253 CDV18EF470J03 CDV18EF470J03 CDV18EF470J03 CM06FD152G03 GS-3, 68 Ohms 29380B103J00 293100B822J00 293100B752J00 293100B682J00 293120B332J00 293120B302J00 293120B272J00 293120B242J00 293120B222J00 29380B103J00 293100B822J00 293100B752J00 293100B682J00 293120B332J00 293120B302J00 293120B272J00 293120B242J00 293120B222J00 29380B912J00 293100B822J00
37338 37338 14655 14655 14655 14655 75042 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-13 Reference Designation Index - NAF101 8-Input RF Combiner/Filter (Continued)
USE CODE
3 4 5 6/7 8 9
REF DES
C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 J1 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 P1 P2 R1 R2 R3 R4 S1 XA3 XA4 XA5 XA6 XA7 XA8 XA9 XA10

Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 6800pF 5% 10000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 6200pF 5% 10000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 3300pF 5% 12000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 2700pF 5% 12000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 2400pF, 5%, 12000V Capacitor, Mica, Cast, 2200pF, 5%, 12000V Capacitor,Electrolytic,6800uF,450 VDC RD Capacitor,Electrolytic,6800uF,450 VDC RD Capacitor,Electrolytic,6800uF,450 VDC RD Capacitor,Electrolytic,6800uF,450 VDC RD Connector, Size 17-16, 16 Socket-Contacts Inductor Detail Assembly, RH Inductor Detail Assembly, LH Inductor Detail Assembly, RH Inductor Detail Assembly, LH Inductor Detail Assembly, RH Inductor Detail Assembly, LH Inductor Detail Assembly, RH Inductor Detail Assembly, LH Connector, Coaxial, BNC, 50 Ohm, Clamp Connector, Coaxial, BNC, 50 Ohm, Crimp Resistor, Metal Film, 82K Ohms, 5%, 2W Resistor, Metal Film, 82K Ohms, 5%, 2W Resistor, Metal Film, 82K Ohms, 5%, 2W Resistor, Metal Film, 82K Ohms, 5%, 2W Switch, Miniature, SPDT, Actuated Socket, 6-Pin, 15A Shallow Bracket, Gold Socket, 6-Pin, 15A Shallow Bracket, Gold Socket, 6-Pin, 15A Shallow Bracket, Gold Socket, 6-Pin, 15A Shallow Bracket, Gold Socket, 6-Pin, 15A Shallow Bracket, Gold Socket, 6-Pin, 15A Shallow Bracket, Gold Socket, 6-Pin, 15A Shallow Bracket, Gold Socket, 6-Pin, 15A Shallow Bracket, Gold
NAUTEL'S PART NO.

CU14 CU22 CU31 CU26 CD10 CD11 CE43 CE43 CE43 CE43 JQ07 183-6022-01 183-6022-02 183-6022-01 183-6022-02 183-6022-01 183-6022-02 183-6022-01 183-6022-02 JDP25 JDP24 RBP37 RBP37 RBP37 RBP37 SD47 JT24 JT24 JT24 JT24 JT24 JT24 JT24 JT24

293100B682J00 293100B622J00 293120B332J00 293120B272J00 293120B242J00 293120B222J00 3186GN682T450MLA3 3186GN682T450MLA3 3186GN682T450MLA3 3186GN682T450MLA3 206036-1 183-6022-01 183-6022-02 183-6022-01 183-6022-02 183-6022-01 183-6022-02 183-6022-01 183-6022-02 69475 225395-7 GS-3, 82 K OHMS GS-3, 82 K OHMS GS-3, 82 K OHMS GS-3, 82 K OHMS V-15G4-1C25-K S3-5406-SB-04 S3-5406-SB-04 S3-5406-SB-04 S3-5406-SB-04 S3-5406-SB-04 S3-5406-SB-04 S3-5406-SB-04 S3-5406-SB-04
OEM CODE
00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 00853 46897 46897 46897 46897 09482 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 02660 09482 75042 75042 75042 75042 34361 13150 13150 13150 13150 13150 13150 13150 13150
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-13 Reference Designation Index - NAF101 8-Input RF Combiner/Filter (Continued)
USE CODE REF DES NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION NAUTEL'S PART NO. JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. OEM CODE
NOTE:
Partial reference designation shown. Prefix with A21A3 (composite ref des prefix, including all higher assemblies) to obtain complete reference designation. Duplicated reference designations indicate an option exists for that item. determine which item/variation is required for a specific installation. Refer to description to
USE CODE EXPLANATION: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Denotes used when carrier frequency (c) is between 535-610kHz. Denotes used when carrier frequency (c) is between 611-680kHz. Denotes used when carrier frequency (c) is between 681-810kHz. Denotes used when carrier frequency (c) is between 811-930kHz. Denotes used when carrier frequency (c) is between 931-1075kHz. Denotes used when carrier frequency (c) is between 1076-1230kHz. Denotes used when carrier frequency (c) is between 1231-1370kHz. Denotes used when carrier frequency (c) is between 1371-1515kHz. Denotes used when carrier frequency (c) is between 1516-1710kHz.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-14 Reference Designation Index - NAPP02 RF Current Probe PWB
USE CODE REF DES J1 R1 R2 R3 R3 R4 R4 R5 T1 NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION RF Current Probe PWB (535-1370kHz) RF Current Probe PWB (1371-1710kHz) Receptacle, BNC, PWB Mount Resistor, Metal Film, 39 Ohms, 2% 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 47 Ohms, 2% 1/2W Not Used Resistor, Metal Film, 47 Ohms, 2% 1/2W Not Used Resistor, Metal Film, 56 Ohms, 2% 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 39 Ohms, 2% 1/2W Transformer, RF Current NAUTEL'S PART NO. NAPP02A NAPP02/01A JF35 RC20 RC21 RC21 RAP04 RC20 183-6052-01 JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. 183-6050-02 183-6050-03 R141426161 RL20S390G RL20S470G RL20S470G RL20S560G RL20S390G 183-6052-01 OEM CODE 37338 37338 0GP12 35005 35005 35005 35005 35005 37338
NOTE:
Partial reference designation shown. Prefix with A21A1 or A22A9 (composite ref des prefix, including all higher assemblies) to obtain complete reference designation. Duplicated reference designations indicate an option exists for t hat item. Refer to description to determine which item/variation is required for a specific installation.
Denotes used when basic nomenclature has an A suffix (NAPP02A). Denotes used when basic nomenclature has a /01A suffix (NAPP02/01A).
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-15 Reference Designation Index - NAX202/04 Surge Arrestor Assembly
USE CODE REF DES C1 CR1 CR2 CR3 CR4 CR5 CR6 E1 J1 R1 R2
R3
NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION Surge Arrestor Assembly, 4000V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.047uF 10% 100V Diode, Zener Transient Supressor, 20V Diode, Power Rectifier, 1A, UltraFast Diode, Power Rectifier, 1A, UltraFast Diode, Power Rectifier, 1A, UltraFast Diode, Power Rectifier, 1A, UltraFast Diode, Zener, 4.7V, 1W, 5%, 0.14 Surge Arrester, 4000VDC 10% Connector, Coaxial, BNC, 50 , Insulated Resistor, Metal Film, 47 Ohms, 5%, 2W Resistor, Metal Film, 47 Ohms, 5%, 2W
Resistor, Metal Film, 1000 Ohms, 2%, 1/2W
NAUTEL'S PART NO. NAX202/04 CCG06 QI29 QN33 QN33 QN33 QN33 QL43 UM33 JT05 RBP05 RBP05
RAP09
JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. 194-6070-04 CKR06BX473KRV P6KE20CA MUR160 MUR160 MUR160 MUR160 1N4732A GXH40 31-10 GS-3, 47 Ohms GS-3, 47 Ohms
RL20S102G
OEM CODE 37338 56289 04713 04713 04713 04713 04713 04713 1C532 02660 75042 75042
35005
T1
Transformer, RF Current
183-6052
183-6052
37338
NOTE:
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-16 Reference Designation Index - NASR108 AC/DC Power Supply
USE CODE REF DES A1 A1 A1F1 A1F2 A1F3 A1T1 A1T1 A2 A2 A2T1 A2T1 A3 A3CR1 A3R1 A3R2 A3RT1 A4 A4CR1 A4R1 A4R2 F1 F2 K1 K2 L1 L2 TB1 XF1 NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION NAUTEL'S PART NO. JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. OEM CODE 37338 37338 37338 37338 71400 71400 71400 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 37338 81483 75042 35005 4G927 37338 81483 75042 35005 71400 71400 37338 09710 73831 73831 USDEV 71400
AC/DC Power Supply, 188-240 VAC, 50/60Hz AC/DC Power Supply, 360-480 VAC, 50/60Hz Power Transformer Assembly (188-240 VAC) Power Transformer Assembly (360-480 VAC) Fuse, 10A, 250V, Slow, 3AB Fuse, 10A, 250V, Slow, 3AB Fuse, 10A, 250V, Slow, 3AB Transformer, Power, 3, 188-240 VAC, 22KVA Transformer, Power, 3, 360-480 VAC, 22KVA LVPS Transformer Assy (188-240 VAC) LVPS Transformer Assy (360-480 VAC) Transformer, Power, 1, 188-248V, 350VA Transformer, Power, 1, 360-480V, 350VA Choke Strap Assembly Diode, Power Rectifier, 40A, 1200V, Anode Resistor, Metal Film, 68K Ohms, 5% 2W Resistor, Wirewound, 33K Ohms, 1% 5W Thermistor, PTC, 9 , 600V, Trip @ 0.375A Choke Strap Assembly Diode, Power Rectifier, 40A, 1200V, Anode Resistor, Metal Film, 68K Ohms, 5% 2W Resistor, Wirewound, 33K Ohms, 1% 5W Fuse, 5A, 600V, Time Delay, FNQ-R Fuse, 5A, 600V, Time Delay, FNQ-R Contactor Kit Contactor, 3PST, 75A, 600V, 22 VAC Coil Inductor, Choke, 5mH, 30 ADC Inductor, Choke, 5mH, 30 ADC Terminal Block, 2 Double Terminals, 90A, 600V Fuseblock, 30A, 600V, 2-Pos, FNQ-R
NASR108/01 183-7350-01 NASR108/02 183-7350-02 NASR105 183-7004 NASR105/01 183-7004-01 FB37 MDA10 FB37 MDA10 FB37 MDA10 TG29C 183-7005 TG30C 183-7005-01 183-7024 183-7024 183-7024-01 183-7024-01 TZ54C 183-7018 TZ55A 183-7018-1 183-7038-01 183-7038-01 QS14 40HFR120 RBP24 GS-3, 68K Ohms RN13 RS5-33K Ohms-1% RX18 TR600-150 183-7035-01 183-7035-01 QS14 40HFR120 RBP24 GS-3, 68K Ohms RN13 RS5-33K Ohms-1% FC44 FNQ-R-5 FC44 FNQ-R-5 183-8051 183-8051 KC39 8910DPA73V14Y236 TZ06 195G30 TZ06 195G30 JK23 14004-2 FD09 BC6032SQ
NOTE:
Duplicated reference designations indicate an option exists for that item. Refer to description to determine which item/variation is required for a specific installation.
Denotes used when AC power source is 3, 50/60Hz and line-line voltage is between 188 and 240 VAC. Denotes used when AC power source is 3, 50/60Hz and line-line voltage is between 360 and 480 VAC.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-17 Reference Designation Index - NAPS16 DC Power Supply PWB
USE CODE REF DES C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C19 C20 C21 C22 C23 C24 C25 C26 C27 C28 C29 C30 C31 C32 CR1 CR2 CR3 CR4 CR5 CR6 CR7 CR8 CR9 CR10 CR11 CR12 CR13 CR14 CR15 NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION DC Power Supply PWB Capacitor, Elect, Snap Mt, 4700uF, 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Tantalum, 47uF, 10%, 20V Capacitor, Elect, Snap Mt. 12000uF, 63V Capacitor, Elect, Snap Mt, 4700uF, 100V Capacitor, Elect, Snap Mt, 4700uF, 100V Capacitor, Elect, Snap Mt. 12000uF, 63V Capacitor, Elect, Snap Mt, 4700uF, 100V Capacitor, Elect, Snap Mt, 4700uF, 100V Capacitor, Elect, Snap Mt, 47000uF, 25V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.001uF 10% 200V Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.001uF 10% 200V Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Plastic, 0.12uF 5% 630V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.001uF 10% 200V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.001uF 10% 200V Capacitor, Plastic, 0.12uF 5% 630V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.001uF 10% 200V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.001uF 10% 200V Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V Capacitor, Plastic, 0.12uF 5% 630V Diode, Zener, 12.0V, 400mW, 5% Diode, General Purpose, 400V, 1A Diode, Zener, 4.7V, 500mW, 1% Diode, Power Rectifier, 200V, 6A Diode, Power Rectifier, 200V, 6A Diode, Power Rectifier, 200V, 6A Diode, Power Rectifier, 200V, 6A Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A Diode, Zener, 12.0V, 400mW, 5% Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A NAUTEL'S PART NO. NAPS16C CJ20 CCG07 CCP36 CCP36 CCG07 CCG07 CM01 CA44 CJ20 CJ20 CA44 CJ20 CJ20 CJ21 CCG07 CCP36 CCG01 CCP36 CCG01 CCP36 CCG07 CCG07 CAP30 CCG01 CCG04 CCG01 CAP30 CCG07 CCG01 CCG01 CCG07 CAP30 QG08 QE28 QN19 QM25 QM25 QM25 QM25 QAP29 QAP29 QG08 QAP29 QAP29 QAP29 QAP29 QAP29 JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. 183-7020-03 82DA472M100ME2D CKR06BX104KRV TAP106K035G TAP106K035G CKR06BX104KRV CKR06BX104KRV TAP476K020F 81DA123M063ME2D 82DA472M100ME2D 82DA472M100ME2D 81DA123M063ME2D 82DA472M100ME2D 82DA472M100ME2D 82DA473M025MF2D CKR06BX104KRV TAP106K035G CKR05BX102KRV TAP106K035G CKR05BX102KRV TAP106K035G CKR06BX104KRV CKR06BX104KRV 2222 378 62124 CKR05BX102KRV CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX102KRV 2222 378 62124 CKR06BX104KRV CKR05BX102KRV CKR05BX102KRV CKR06BX104KRV 2222 378 62124 1N759A 1N4004 1N5992D 6A2 6A2 6A2 6A2 1N4938 1N4938 1N759A 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 1N4938 X/Y GRID / H/4 B/4 F/7 E/7 E/5 B/5 E/5 L/6 K/3 I/3 L/7 J/4 K/4 M/4 C/3 C/6 D/5 C/6 C/6 D/4 C/7 B/4 E/3 D/5 A/5 D/6 E/5 A/6 D/3 D/4 F/2 / F/8 E/7 E/6 L/1 L/2 M/1 M/2 D/3 D/4 C/6 B/7 C/7 C/6 / / OEM CODE 37338 62643 56289 96095 96095 56289 56289 96095 62643 62643 62643 62643 62643 62643 62643 56289 96095 56289 96095 56289 96095 56289 56289 46897 56289 56289 56289 46897 56289 56289 56289 56289 46897 04713 04713 04713 6L334 6L334 6L334 6L334 27014 27014 04713 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-17 Reference Designation Index - NAPS16 DC Power Supply PWB (Continued)
USE CODE REF DES F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 K1 L1 L2 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10 R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 R10 R11 R12 R13 R14 R15 R16 R17 R18 R19 NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION NAUTEL'S PART NO. FA10 FB35 FA11 FA11 FA11 FA14 FA14 FA14 JU20 JU21 JU21 JU21 JU21 JU21 JU20 KA44 LA16 LA16 QA15 QN24 QA15 QA15 QA15 QE19 QN24 QE41 QE19 QR17 RBP17 RD17 RD17 RBP38 RD03 RD03 RBP15 RBP15 RAB41 RAB41 RAB37 RAB37 RBP25 RBP25 RAB29 RAB32 RBP25 RAB29 RBP13 JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. 313003 326010 313002 313002 313002 313005 313005 313005 640383-4 1-640383-2 1-640383-2 1-640383-2 1-640383-2 1-640383-2 640383-4 PVDZ172N 82-152-J 82-152-J 2N3904 MAC223A10 2N3904 2N3904 2N3904 MPF6661 MAC223A10 IRF510 MPF6661 IRGPC40S GS-3, 4700 Ohms RL20S683G RL20S683G GS-3, 56 OHMS RL20S472G RL20S472G GS-3, 2200 Ohms GS-3, 2200 Ohms MF55D2212F MF55D2212F MF55D1002F MF55D1002F GS-3, 100K Ohms GS-3, 100K Ohms MF55D2211F MF55D3921F GS-3, 100K Ohms MF55D2211F GS-3, 1000 Ohms X/Y GRID G/6 J/6 J/6 K/6 M/6 H/6 H/6 I/6 F/1 C/8 I/8 L/8 E/8 A/5 H/8 F/1 F/8 E/8 B/6 E/2 B/7 C/1 B/5 B/5 E/4 D/6 B/6 C/8 D/7 D/7 D/7 E/6 L/2 M/2 H/8 H/8 C/3 C/3 A/6 A/6 A/4 A/3 C/5 C/5 A/4 A/5 E/8 OEM CODE 75915 75915 75915 75915 75915 75915 75915 75915 09482 09482 09482 09482 09482 09482 09482 81483 33062 33062 04713 04713 04713 04713 04713 04713 04713 81483 04713 81483 75042 35005 35005 75042 35005 35005 75042 75042 59124 59124 59124 59124 75042 75042 59124 59124 75042 59124 75042
Fuse, 3A, 250V, Slow, 3AG Fuse, 10A, 250V, Slow, 3AB Fuse, 2A, 250V, Slow, 3AG Fuse, 2A, 250V, Slow, 3AG Fuse, 2A, 250V, Slow, 3AG Fuse, 5A, 250V, Slow, 3AG Fuse, 5A, 250V, Slow, 3AG Fuse, 5A, 250V, Slow, 3AG Header, MTA, Keyed, 4 Posts, 0.156 Centre Header, MTA, Keyed, 12 Posts, 0.156 Centre Header, MTA, Keyed, 12 Posts, 0.156 Centre Header, MTA, Keyed, 12 Posts, 0,156 Centre Header, MTA, Keyed, 12 Posts, 0.156 Centre Header, MTA, Keyed, 12 Posts, 0.156 Centre Header, MTA, Keyed, 4 Posts, 0.156 Centre Relay, Photovoltaic,Mosfet,SP,NO 60V-1.5A Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, J Material Transistor, NPN, Switch/Amplifier Thyristor, Triac, 800V, 25A Transistor, NPN, Switch/Amplifier Transistor, NPN, Switch/Amplifier Transistor, NPN, Switch/Amplifier Transistor, Field Effect, N Channel Thyristor, Triac, 800V, 25A Transistor, Field Effect, N Channel Transistor, Field Effect, N Channel Transistor, IGBT, N Channel, 600V, 31A Resistor, Metal Film, 4700 Ohms, 5% 2W Resistor, Metal Film, 68K Ohms, 2% 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 68K Ohms, 2% 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 56 Ohms, 5% 2W Resistor, Metal Film, 4700 Ohms, 2% 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 4700 Ohms, 2% 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 2200 Ohms, 5% 2W Resistor, Metal Film, 2200 Ohms, 5% 2W Resistor, Metal Film, 22.1K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 22.1K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100K ohms, 5% 2W Resistor, Metal Film, 100K ohms, 5% 2W Resistor, Metal Film, 2210 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 3920 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100K ohms, 5% 2W Resistor, Metal Film, 2210 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 1000 Ohms, 5% 2W
USE CODE REF DES R20 R21 R22 R23 R24 R25 R26 R27 R28 R29 R30 R31 R32 R33 R34 R35 R36 R37 R38 R39 R40 R41 R42 R43
R44
NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION Resistor, Metal Film, 1000 Ohms, 5% 2W Resistor, Metal Film, 390K Ohms, 2% 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 5% 2W Resistor, Metal Film, 3920 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 1.0M Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 3920 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 8250 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 1500 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Not Used Resistor, Metal Film, 1000 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 4750 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 15K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 274K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 3920 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 10K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 3300 Ohms, 2% 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 1000 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 1500 Ohms, 1% 1/4W
NAUTEL'S PART NO. RBP13 RD26 RBP25 RAB32 RAC13 RAB32 RAC01 RAC01 RAB36 RAB27 RAB25 RAC01 RAB33 RAC01 RAB39 RAC06 RAB32 RAB37 RAB37 RAB37 RAP11 RAB25 RAB27
RAB43
JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. GS-3, 1000 Ohms RL20S394G GS-3, 100K Ohms MF55D3921F MF55D1004F MF55D3921F MF55D1003F MF55D1003F MF55D8251F MF55D1501F MF55D1001F MF55D1003F MF55D4751F MF55D1003F MF55D1502F MF55D2743F MF55D3921F MF55D1002F MF55D1002F MF55D1002F RL20S332G MF55D1001F MF55D1501F
MF55D3322F
X/Y GRID E/7 B/4 A/3 C/5 D/7 C/4 C/3 C/3 C/5 C/6 C/5 C/4 C/3 B/7 C/1 C/6 C/5 C/5 C/5 C/4 D/1 C/5 D/4
A/6
OEM CODE 75042 35005 75042 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 35005 59124 59124
59124
R45 R46 R47

R48 R49
Resistor, Metal Film, 27 Ohms, 2% 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 150 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 332 Ohms, 1% 1/4W
Resistor, Metal Film, 47.5K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 47.5K Ohms, 1% 1/4W
RC18 RAB15 RAB19

RAB45 RAB45
RL20S270G MF55D1500F MF55D3320F

MF55D4752F MF55D4752F
E/2 E/2 E/2

F/7 F/7
35005 59124 59124

59124 59124
R50 R51 R52 R53

R54
Resistor, Metal Film, 1000 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100 Ohms, 2% 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 10K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 1000 Ohms, 1% 1/4W
RAB25 RAP05 RAB37 RAB25

RAB45
MF55D1001F RL20S101G MF55D1002F MF55D1001F

MF55D4752F
A/5 A/5 C/4 G/7

G/7
59124 35005 59124 59124

59124
R55 R56 R57 R58 R59 R60

R61
Resistor, Metal Film, 27 Ohms, 2% 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 150 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 332 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 3300 Ohms, 2% 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 4750 Ohms, 1% 1/4W
RC18 RAB15 RAB19 RAB13 RAP11 RAB33

RAB45
RL20S270G MF55D1500F MF55D3320F MF55D1000F RL20S332G MF55D4751F

MF55D4752F
E/4 E/4 E/4 A/6 F/2 G/1

/
35005 59124 59124 59124 35005 59124

59124
R62 S1 S2 U1 U2 U3
Resistor, Metal Film, 10 Ohms, 2% 1/2W Switch, Slide, DPDT, ON, ON Switch, Slide, DPDT, ON, ON IC, Opto-Coupler/Isolator IC, Comparator, Quad IC, Comparator, Quad
RAP01 SD07 SD07 UD05 UL02 UL02
RL20S100G MHS-222 MHS-222 4N26 MC3302L MC3302L
/ D/5 D/6 D/7 C/4 B/6
35005 95146 95146 04713 04713 04713
USE CODE REF DES U4 U5 XF1 XF2 XF3 XF4 XF5 XF6 XF7 XF8 XK1 XU1 XU2 XU3 XU4 XU5 NOTE: NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION IC, Opto-Isolator, Triac Driver Output IC, Opto-Isolator, Triac Driver Output Fuseholder, PWB Mount, Type 3AG Fuseholder, PWB Mount, Type 3AG Fuseholder, PWB Mount, Type 3AG Fuseholder, PWB Mount, Type 3AG Fuseholder, PWB Mount, Type 3AG Fuseholder, PWB Mount, Type 3AG Fuseholder, PWB Mount, Type 3AG Fuseholder, PWB Mount, Type 3AG Socket, DIP, 8 Socket-Contacts Socket, Integrated Circuit, 6-Pin Socket, DIP, 14 Socket-Contacts Socket, DIP, 14 Socket-Contacts Socket, Integrated Circuit, 6-Pin Socket, Integrated Circuit, 6-Pin NAUTEL'S PART NO. UX41 UX41 FA31 FA31 FA31 FA31 FA31 FA31 FA31 FA31 UC01 UD43 UC02 UC02 UD43 UD43 JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. MOC3063 MOC3063 4245 4245 4245 4245 4245 4245 4245 4245 2-641260-1 2-641259-1 2-641261-1 2-641261-1 2-641259-1 2-641259-1 X/Y GRID E/1 E/3 / / / / / / / / / / / / / / OEM CODE 04713 04713 91833 91833 91833 91833 91833 91833 91833 91833 00779 00779 00779 00779 00779 00779
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-18 Reference Designation Index - NAPI48 DC Power Supply Monitor PWB
USE CODE REF DES C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 CR1 CR2 CR3 CR4 CR5 CR6 CR7 CR8 CR9 CR10 CR11 CR12 CR13 CR14 CR15 CR16 DS1 DS2 DS3 DS4 DS5 DS6 DS7 E1 J1 J2 K1 Q1 R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 R10 NAME OF PART AND DESCRIPTION NAUTEL'S PART NO. JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. 183-7022-02 CSR13H395KM 199D105X9035AA1 199D226X9035EE2 CKR06BX104KRV CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX103KRV CKR05BX103KRV 199D105X9035AA1 1N4938 1N4733A 1N4938 1N4004 1N4004 1N4004 1N4004 1N4004 1N4004 1N4004 1N4004 1N4004 1N4004 1N4004 1N4004 1N4749A HLMP-3351 HLMP-3554 HLMP-3554 HLMP-3554 HLMP-3554 HLMP-3554 HLMP-3451 390088-2 1-640383-2 1-640383-2 DF2E-DC24V 2N3904 GS-3, 560 OHM GS-3, 560 OHM GS-3, 560 OHM MF55D5623F MF55D5623F MF55D5623F MF55D4752F MF55D6810F MF55D6810F MF55D1003F X/Y GRID / B/2 B/2 B/3 C/1 D/2 D/1 D/1 C/3 C/1 C/3 B/3 A/1 B/1 A/1 B/1 A/1 B/1 A/2 A/2 A/2 B/2 B/2 B/2 B/3 C/1 C/4 C/2 C/2 C/3 C/3 C/3 C/4 A/4 D/3 B/4 B/3 A/3 A/3 B/3 B/3 B/3 B/3 D/1 B/2 B/2 C/2 OEM CODE 37338 96095 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 27014 04713 27014 04713 04713 04713 04713 04713 04713 04713 04713 04713 04713 04713 04713 75857 50434 50434 50434 50434 50434 50434 50434 09482 09482 09482 61529 04713 75042 75042 75042 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124
DC Power Supply Monitor PWB NAPI48B Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 75V CCP28 Capacitor, Tantalum, 1uF 35V, 10%, Epoxy CCF06 Capacitor, Tantalum, 22uF 35V, 10% CCF05 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10% 100V CCG07 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V CCG04 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V CCG04 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.01uF 10% 100V CCG04 Capacitor, Tantalum, 1uF 35V, 10%, Epoxy CCF06 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, Zener, 5.1V, 1W, 5% QM07 Diode, General Purpose, 200V, 0.1A QAP29 Diode, General Purpose, 400V, 1A QE28 Diode, General Purpose, 400V, 1A QE28 Diode, General Purpose, 400V, 1A QE28 Diode, General Purpose, 400V, 1A QE28 Diode, General Purpose, 400V, 1A QE28 Diode, General Purpose, 400V, 1A QE28 Diode, General Purpose, 400V, 1A QE28 Diode, General Purpose, 400V, 1A QE28 Diode, General Purpose, 400V, 1A QE28 Diode, General Purpose, 400V, 1A QE28 Diode, General Purpose, 400V, 1A QE28 Diode, General Purpose, 400V, 1A QE28 Diode, Zener, 24V, 1.0W, 5% QG15 Diode, Light Emitting, Red QK13 Diode, Light Emitting, Green QK12 Diode, Light Emitting, Green QK12 Diode, Light Emitting, Green QK12 Diode, Light Emitting, Green QK12 Diode, Light Emitting, Green QK12 Diode, Light Emitting, Amber QK14 Post Shunt, 2 Socket-Contacts, 0.10 Centre JQ15 Header, MTA, Keyed, 12 Posts, 0.156 Centre JU21 Header, MTA, Keyed, 12 Posts, 0.156 Centre JU21 Relay, 24 VDC, 2PDT, PWB Mount KC06 Transistor, NPN, Switch/Amplifier QA15 Resistor, Metal Film, 560 Ohms, 5% 2W RT14 Resistor, Metal Film, 560 Ohms, 5% 2W RT14 Resistor, Metal Film, 560 Ohms, 5% 2W RT14 Resistor, Metal Film, 562K Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAC10 Resistor, Metal Film, 562K Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAC10 Resistor, Metal Film, 562K Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAC10 Resistor, Metal Film, 47.5K Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB45 Resistor, Metal Film, 681 Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB23 Resistor, Metal Film, 681 Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB23 Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAC01
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 8-18 Reference Designation Index - NAPI48 DC Power Supply Monitor PWB (Continued)
USE CODE REF DES R11 R12 R13
R14 R15
NAUTEL'S PART NO.
JAN/MIL/OEM PART NO. 3339P-1-104 MF55D2213F MF55D3323F

MF55D4752F MF55D5624F
X/Y GRID C/3 C/2 C/2

D/1 C/2
OEM CODE 80294 59124 59124

59124 59124
Resistor, Variable, Film, 100K Ohms, 1/2W RW01 Resistor, Metal Film, 221K Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAC05 Resistor, Metal Film, 332K Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAC07
Resistor, Metal Film, 47.5K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 5.62M Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 18.2K Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB45 RAB50 RAB40
R16
R17
Resistor, Metal Film, 4750 Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAB33 Resistor, Metal Film, 4750 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 681K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 100K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 470 Ohms, 2% 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 1000 Ohms, 1% 1/4W
MF55D4751F
MF55D1822F
C/2
B/1
59124
59124
R18 R19 R20 R21 R22

R23
RAB33 RAC11 RAC01 RC33 RAB25

RAB41
MF55D4751F MF55D6813F MF55D1003F RL20S471G MF55D1001F

MF55D2212F
C/1 B/1 B/1 C/4 B/3

B/3
59124 59124 59124 35005 59124

59124
R24 R25 R26 R27 R28 R29 R30 R31

R32 R33
Resistor, Metal Film, 10K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 6800 Ohms, 2% 1/2W Resistor, Metal Film, 3320 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 3320 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 1000 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 1000 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 1000 Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 1000 Ohms, 1% 1/4W
Resistor, Metal Film, 47.5K Ohms, 1% 1/4W Resistor, Metal Film, 47.5K Ohms, 1% 1/4W
RAB37 RD05 RAB31 RAB31 RAB25 RAB25 RAB25 RAB25

RAB45 RAB45
MF55D1002F RL20S682G MF55D3321F MF55D3321F MF55D1001F MF55D1001F MF55D1001F MF55D1001F

MF55D4752F MF55D4752F
B/4 D/4 D/3 D/3 D/4 D/4 D/3 D/2

D/2 D/1
59124 35005 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124 59124

59124 59124
U1 XE1 XK1 XU1
IC, Op Amp, Dual, Single Supply Header, SIP, 3 Pin-Contacts, 0.10 Centre Socket, Relay Socket, DIP, 8 Socket-Contacts
UW23 161-3008-03 163-5003 UC01
LM358N 161-3008-03 163-5003 2-641260-1
B/2 C/4 B/4 B/2
18324 37338 37338 00779
NOTE:
SECTION 9 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS

INTRODUCTION This section contains electrical schematics/ 9.1 logic diagrams for the subject equipment. Block diagrams, simplified electrical schematics and/or logic diagrams may be included. Refer to table 9-1 for an itemized listing. COMPONENT VALUES Unless otherwise specified on the logic/ 9.2 schematic diagram: - Resistor values are shown in ohms. (K = 1 000 and M = 1 000 000). - Capacitor values are shown in microfarads (uF). - Unidentified diodes are part number 1N4938. GRAPHIC SYMBOLS The graphic symbols used on electrical 9.3 schematics are in accordance with American National Standard ANSI Y32.2-1975 - Graphic Symbols for Electrical and Electronic Diagrams. LOGIC SYMBOLS The logic symbols used on electrical 9.4 schematics and logic diagrams are in accordance with American National Standard ANSI Y32-.14-1975 - Graphic Symbols for Logic Diagrams. REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS Reference designations were assigned in 9.5 accordance with American National Standard ANSI Y32.-16-1975 - Reference Designations for Electrical and Electronic Parts and Equipments. Each electrical symbol has been identified with its basic reference designation. To obtain the full reference designation for a specific part, this basic identifier must be prefixed with the reference designation assigned to all higher assemblies. UNIQUE SYMBOLOGY Nautel utilizes unique symbology on 9.6 electrical schematics to describe two-state (logic) inputs/outputs which differ from those inputs/outputs having only one distinct state or multiple states (analog). 9.6.1 TYPE OF INPUTS/OUTPUTS: On electrical schematics, names used to describe twostate (logic) inputs/outputs are prefixed by a '#'. Those inputs/outputs representing a one-state or analog signal will have no prefix. 9.6.2 LOGIC LEVEL/CONVENTION: The '#' prefix identifies an input/output that has two distinct states - 'high' and 'low'. A suffix, '+' or '-', identifies the active (true) state of the input/ output. The 'high' (+) will be the more positive of the two levels used to represent the logic states. The 'low' () will be the less positive of the two levels used to represent the logic states. Two types of logic, positive and negative, may be represented on a particular schematic. In positive logic, a 'high' represents the active (true) state and a 'low' represents the inactive (false) state. In negative logic, a 'low' represents the active state and a 'high' represents the inactive state. IDENTIFICATION OF SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS Each illustration in this section is identified by 9.7 a number that is both the figure number and the page number. The numbers are assigned sequentially and are prefixed by the letters 'SD-'. The electrical schematics/logic diagrams included in this section are listed in table 9-1. STRUCTURE OF SCHEMATICS The electrical schematics have been 9.8 structured in a hierarchical format that is based on function and signal flow. Wherever practical, the signal flow is from left to right. Inputs will normally originate on the left-hand side and outputs will be extended to the right-hand side. Exceptions will be indicated by an arrow indicating the direction of signal flow.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 NOTE The physical location of a part/assembly was not necessarily a factor when a schematic was drawn. The full reference designation assigned to a part/ assembly, in conjunction with the family tree in figure 8-1 and the assembly detail drawings in section 10, will identify its location. 9.8.1 Figure SD-1 identifies the major functional blocks and their detailed interconnection. Figures SD-2 thru SD-6 further expand the functional breakdown of each block and contain cross references that identify which block is the signal source for inputs or the destination for outputs. 9.8.2 When a sub-function is treated as a block in figures SD-2 thru SD-6, its detailed circuit information will be included in its own schematic drawing(s). These schematics may be included in this section or in an appended service instruction manual(s). LOCATING A PART/ASSEMBLY IDENTIFIED ON A SCHEMATIC 9.9 The full reference designation assigned to a part/assembly is the key to physically locating that part/assembly. NOTE Full reference designations contain the assembly hierarchical coding. When the end item is divided into units (cabinets) the first coding is a unit number (1, 2, 3, etc). When the end item is divided into assemblies, the first coding is an assembly number (A1, A2, A3, etc). If a unit or an assembly is divided into subassemblies, assembly codings that identify assembly relationship (A1, A2A1, A2A1A1, etc) are added 9.9.1 Enter the family tree depicted in figure 8 -1 with the full reference designation and follow the family tree branches to the appropriate block, noting the name and Nautel nomenclature number of all higher assemblies in the path. NOTE The drawings in section 10 depict the assembly detail of the transmitter and any of its modules/ assemblies that are not the subject of their own service instruction manual. If the block in the family tree references a manual that is keyed to a Nautel nomenclature number, the assembly detail for that assembly will be included in the referenced service instruction manual. 9.9.2 Enter table 10-1 with the name and Nautel nomenclature number of each family tree block in the path, starting at the highest assembly (normally figure MD-1) and determine the figure number(s) for that assembly. Refer to the referenced figure and locate the next lower level assembly. Repeat this procedure until the location of the required part/assembly has been identified. LOCATING THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM(S) FOR A FUNCTIONAL BLOCK 9.10 The text inside a functional block, provides the key to locating its schematic diagram(s). 9.10.1 WHEN FIGURE NUMBER IDENTIFIED: In some instances the figure number of the schematic will be identified. These schematics will be included in this section. 9.10.2 WHEN REFERENCE DESIGNATION ASSIGNED TO BLOCK: When a functional block has been assigned a reference designation, enter the family tree depicted in figure 8-1 and follow the family tree branches to the block that contains the reference designation. 9.10.2.1 If the family tree's block references a service instruction manual that is keyed to a Nautel nomenclature number, the schematic will be included in the referenced manual. 9.10.2.2 If the family tree's block references a table in section 8 of this manual, the schematic will be in this section. Enter table 10-1 to with the Nautel nomenclature number and/or the description to identify the appropriate figure number(s). 9.10.3 TITLE OF BLOCK: When a functional block has not been assigned a reference designation and a figure number has not been referenced, the schematic is included in this section. Enter table 9-1 with the name of the functional block to identify the appropriate figure number(s).
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 9-1 List of Electrical Schematics
Figure SD-1 Figure SD-2 Figure SD-3 Figure SD-4 Figure SD-5 Figure SD-6 Figure SD-7 Figure SD-8 Figure SD-9 Figure SD-10 Figure SD-11 Figure SD-12 Figure SD-13 Electrical Schematic - XL12 - 12 000 Watt AM Broadcast Transmitter Electrical Schematic - Exciter Stage Electrical Schematic - RF Drive Stage Electrical Schematic - RF Power Stage Electrical Schematic - Control/Monitor Functions Electrical Schematic - AC/DC Power Stage Electrical Schematic - Remote Interface PWB (NAPI25A) Electrical Schematic - Exciter Interface PWB (NAPI22E) Electrical Schematic - RF Drive Tuning PWB (NAPI60) Electrical Schematic - Distribution PWB (NAPI50B) Electrical Schematic - DC Power Supply PWB (NAPS16C) Electrical Schematic - DC Power Supply Monitor PWB (NAPI48B) Electrical Schematic - RF Combiner/Output Filter (NAF101A/NAF102)
Figure SD-1 Electrical Schematic - XL12 - 12 000 Watt AM Broadcast Transmitter Page SD-1 01 January 2002
Figure SD-2 Electrical Schematic - Exciter Stage Page SD-2 01 January 2002
Figure SD-3 Electrical Schematic - RF Drive Stage Page SD-3 01 January 2002
Figure SD-4 Electrical Schematic - RF Power Stage Page SD-4 01 January 2002
Figure SD-5 Electrical Schematic - Control/Monitor Functions Page SD-5 01 January 2002
Figure SD-6 Electrical Schematic - AC/DC Power Stage Page SD-6 01 January 2002
Figure SD-7 Electrical Schematic - Remote Interface PWB (NAPI25A) Page SD-7 01 January 2002
Figure SD-8 Electrical Schematic - Exciter Interface PWB (NAPI22E) Page SD-8 01 January 2002
Figure SD-9 Electrical Schematic - RF Drive Tuning PWB (NAPI60) Page SD-9 01 January 2002
Figure SD-10 Electrical Schematic - Distribution PWB (NAPI50B) Page SD-10 01 January 2002
Figure SD-11 Electrical Schematic - DC Power Supply PWB (NAPS16C) Page SD-11 01 January 2002
Figure SD-12 Electrical Schematic - DC Power Supply Monitor PWB (NAPI48B) Page SD-12 01 January 2002
SECTION 10 MECHANICAL DRAWINGS

INTRODUCTION 10.1 This section contains assembly detail drawings for the subject equipment. Dimensional drawings may be included. Refer to Table 10-1 for an itemized listing of drawings provided. CONTENT OF MECHANICAL DRAWINGS 10.2 Mechanical drawings are illustrations that depict the location of electrical components and show assembly outline detail. Where appropriate, dimensional information will be included. LOCATING ASSEMBLY DETAIL DRAWINGS 10.3 Each illustration in this section is identified by a number that is both the figure number and the page number. The numbers are assigned sequentially and are prefixed by the letters 'MD-'. Drawings in this section are listed in Table 10-1.
12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Table 10-1 List of Mechanical Drawings
Figure MD-1 Figure MD-2 Figure MD-3 Figure MD-4 Figure MD-5 Figure MD-6 Figure MD-7 Figure MD-8 Figure MD-9 Figure MD-10A Figure MD-10B Figure MD-11 Figure MD-12 Figure MD-13 Figure MD-14 Figure MD-15 Figure MD-16 Figure MD-17 Figure MD-18 Figure MD-19 Figure MD-20 Figure MD-21 Figure MD-22 Figure MD-23 Figure MD-24 Figure MD-25 Figure MD-26 Figure MD-27 Figure MD-28 Figure MD-29 Assembly Detail - XL12 12 000 Watt AM Broadcast Transmitter (Top and Front) Assembly Detail - XL12 12 000 Watt AM Broadcast Transmitter (Rear and Sides) Assembly Detail - NAC101 Control/Monitor Panel Assembly Detail - NAPD07/01 and NAPD07/02 Meter/Switch Monitor PWBs Assembly Detail - NAPI25A Remote Interface PWB Assembly Detail - NAE73A Exciter Panel Assembly Detail - NAPI22E Exciter Interface PWB Assembly Detail - NAE83 RF Drive Panel Assembly Detail - NAAA02 RF Drive Amplifier Assembly Detail - NAPI60/01 and NAPI60/02 RF Drive Tuning PWB Assembly Detail - NAPI60/03 and NAPI60/04 RF Drive Tuning PWB Assembly Detail - NAPS10B Regulated Power Supply PWB Assembly Detail - NAPI50B Distribution PWB Assembly Detail - Fan Tray (P/N 183-8350) Assembly Detail - NAF102 RF Output Filter (Top View) Assembly Detail - NAF102 RF Output Filter (Rear View) Assembly Detail - NAFP90 Forward/Reflected Power Probe Assembly Detail - NAX161 Static Drain Choke Assembly Detail - NAF101A 8-Input RF Combiner/Filter (Rear View) Assembly Detail - NAF101A 8-Input RF Combiner/Filter (Side View) Assembly Detail - NAPP02 RF Current Probe PWB Assembly Detail - Capacitive Divider Assembly (176-8253) Assembly Detail - NAX202/04 Surge Arrestor Assembly Assembly Detail - NASR108 AC/DC Power Supply (Top View) Assembly Detail - NASR105 & /01 Power Transformer Assembly Assembly Detail - 3 Rectifier (UP28) Assembly Detail - NAPS16C DC Power Supply PWB Assembly Detail - NAPI48B DC Power Supply Monitor PWB Dimensional Information - XL12 12 000 Watt AM Broadcast Transmitter Assembly/Dimensional Information - NAX165 Circuit Breaker Enclosure
Figure MD-1 Assembly Detail - XL12 12 000 Watt AM Broadcast Transmitter (Top and Front) Page MD-1 01 January 2002
Figure MD-2 Assembly Detail - XL12 12 000 Watt AM Broadcast Transmitter (Rear and Sides) Page MD-2 01 January 2002
Figure MD-3 Assembly Detail - NAC101 Control/Monitor Panel Page MD-3 01 January 2002
Figure MD-4 Assembly Detail - NAPD07/01 and NAPD07/02 Meter/Switch Monitor PWBs Page MD-4 01 January 2002
Figure MD-5 Assembly Detail - NAPI25A Remote Interface PWB Page MD-5 01 January 2002
Figure MD-6 Assembly Detail - NAE73A Exciter Panel Page MD-6 01 January 2002
Figure MD-7 Assembly Detail - NAPI22E Exciter Interface PWB Page MD-7 01 January 2002
Figure MD-8 Assembly Detail - NAE83 RF Drive Panel Page MD-8 01 January 2002
Figure MD-9 Assembly Detail - NAAA02 RF Drive Amplifier Page MD-9 01 January 2002
Figure MD-10A Assembly Detail - NAPI60/01 and NAPI60/02 RF Drive Tuning PWB Page MD-10A 01 January 2002
Figure MD-10B Assembly Detail - NAPI60/03 and NAPI60/04 RF Drive Tuning PWB Page MD-10B 01 January 2002
Figure MD-11 Assembly Detail - NAPS10B Regulated Power Supply PWB Page MD-11 01 January 2002
Figure MD-12 Assembly Detail - NAPI50B Distribution PWB Page MD-12 01 January 2002
Figure MD-13 Assembly Detail - Fan Tray (P/N 183-8350) Page MD-13 01 January 2002
Figure MD-14 Assembly Detail - NAF102 RF Output Filter (Top View) Page MD-14 01 January 2002
Figure MD-15 Assembly Detail - NAF102 RF Output Filter (Rear View) Page MD-15 01 January 2002
Figure MD-16 Assembly Detail - NAFP90 Forward/Reflected Power Probe Page MD-16 01 January 2002
Figure MD-17 Assembly Detail - NAX161 Static Drain Choke Page MD-17 01 January 2002
Figure MD-18 Assembly Detail - NAF101 8-Input RF Combiner/Filter (Rear View) Page MD-18 01 January 2002
Figure MD-19 Assembly Detail - NAF101 8-Input RF Combiner/Filter (Side View) Page MD-19 01 January 2002
Figure MD-20 Assembly Detail - NAPP02 RF Current Probe PWB Page MD-20 01 January 2002
Figure MD-21 Assembly Detail - Capacitive Divider Assembly (176-8253) Page MD-21 01 January 2002
Figure MD-22 Assembly Detail - NAX202/04 Surge Arrestor Assembly (DWA00-555) Page MD-22 01 January 2002
Figure MD-23 Assembly Detail - NASR108 AC/DC Power Supply (Top View) Page MD-23 01 January 2002
Figure MD-24 Assembly Detail - NASR105 & /01 Power Transformer Assembly Page MD-24 01 January 2002
Figure MD-25 Assembly Detail - 3 Rectifier (UP28) Page MD-25 01 January 2002
Figure MD-26 Assembly Detail - NAPS16C DC Power Supply PWB Page MD-26 01 January 2002
Figure MD-27 Assembly Detail - NAPI48B DC Power Supply Monitor PWB Page MD-27 01 January 2002
Figure MD-28 Dimensional Information - XL12 12 000 Watt AM Broadcast Transmitter Page MD-28 01 January 2002
Figure MD-29 Assembly/Dimensional Information - NAX165 Circuit Breaker Enclosure Page MD-29 01 January 2002
Figure SD-13 Electrical Schematic - RF Combiner/Output Filter (NAF101A/NAF102) Page SD-13 01 January 2002

XL12 Technical Instruction Manual

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

XL12 Technical Instruction Manual

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

TECHNICAL INSTRUCTIONS

Original Issue ...................01 January 2002

e-mail: support@nautel.com web: www.nautel.com

Copyright 2002 NAUTEL. All rights reserved

12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Original ...............................................01 January 2002

Total number of printed sides in this manual is 251 as listed below :

Effective Pages (Page 1) 15 January 2002

12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (Continued)

Effective Pages (Page 2) 15 January 2002

12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (Continued)

Effective Pages (Page 3) 15 January 2002

12 000 WATT FM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12

ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION (MOUTH-TO-MOUTH)

(b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i)

Safety (Page 1) 01 January 2002

12 000 WATT FM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12

GENERAL RULES FOR TREATMENT FOR BURNS, BLEEDING, AND SHOCK

Safety (Page 2) 01 January 2002

12 000 WATT FM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12

ELECTRIC SHOCK - RESCUE METHODS

Safety (Page 3) 01 January 2002

12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12

Warranty (Page 1) 01 January 2002

12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12

All other customers use:

Telephone Facsimile E-Mail Web

902-823-3900 (24 hours) 902-823-3183 support@nautel.com www.nautel.com

MODULE EXCHANGE SERVICE

EQUIPMENT BEING RETURNED TO NAUTEL

* Denotes minimum information required to order spare/replacement parts

Warranty (Page 2) 01 January 2002

12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12

Section 1 GENERAL INFORMATION

Contents (Page 1) 01 January 2002

12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Section 2

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

Contents (Page 2) 01 January 2002

12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12 Section

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

Contents (Page 3) 01 January 2002

12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

Contents (Page 4) 01 January 2002

12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

Contents (Page 5) 01 January 2002

12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

Contents (Page 6) 01 January 2002

12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

Contents (Page 7) 01 January 2002

12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

Contents (Page 8) 01 January 2002

12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

Contents (Page 9) 01 January 2002

12 000 WATT AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTER XL12

Contents (Page 10) 01 January 2002